summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites83
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ1015
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books147
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index11553
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex189
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan298
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt1892
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial331
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp234
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html354
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth633
11 files changed, 16729 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a38e1051b2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+In order to reduce network load, it is recommended that you use the
+Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) host which is located in the
+closest network proximity to your site. Alternatively, you may wish to
+obtain a copy of the CTAN via CD-ROM (see help/CTAN.cdrom for details).
+
+Known mirrors of the CTAN reside on (alphabetically):
+ cis.utovrm.it (Italia) /TeX
+ ctan.math.mun.ca (Newfoundland, Canada) /tex-archive
+ ctan.unsw.edu.au (NSW, Australia) /tex-archive
+ dongpo.math.ncu.edu.tw (Taiwan) /tex-archive
+ ftp.belnet.be (Belgium) /packages/TeX
+ ftp.ccu.edu.tw (Taiwan) /pub/tex
+ ftp.cdrom.com (West coast, USA) /pub/tex/ctan
+ ftp.comp.hkbu.edu.hk (Hong Kong) /pub/TeX/CTAN
+ ftp.cs.rmit.edu.au (Australia) /tex-archive
+ ftp.cs.ruu.nl (The Netherlands) /pub/tex-archive
+ ftp.cstug.cz (The Czech Republic) /pub/tex/CTAN
+ ftp.duke.edu (North Carolina, USA) /tex-archive
+ ftp.funet.fi (Finland) /pub/TeX/CTAN
+ ftp.gwdg.de (Deutschland) /pub/dante
+ ftp.heanet.ie (Ireland) /pub/ctan/tex
+ ftp.jussieu.fr (France) /pub4/TeX/CTAN
+ ftp.kreonet.re.kr (Korea) /pub/CTAN
+ ftp.lab.kdd.co.jp (Japan) /CTAN
+ ftp.loria.fr (France) /pub/ctan
+ ftp.mpi-sb.mpg.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex/mirror/ftp.dante.de
+ ftp.nada.kth.se (Sweden) /pub/tex/ctan-mirror
+ ftp.net.uni-c.dk (Denmark) /mirror/ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive
+ ftp.ntua.gr (Greece) /mirror/ctan
+ ftp.oleane.net (France) /pub/mirrors/CTAN/
+ ftp.rediris.es (Espa\~na) /mirror/tex-archive
+ ftp.rge.com (New York, USA) /pub/tex
+ ftp.riken.go.jp (Japan) /pub/tex-archive
+ ftp.tu-chemnitz.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex
+ ftp.u-aizu.ac.jp (Japan) /pub/tex/CTAN
+ ftp.uni-augsburg.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex/ctan
+ ftp.uni-bielefeld.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex
+ ftp.unina.it (Italia) /pub/TeX
+ ftp.uni-stuttgart.de (Deutschland) /tex-archive (/pub/tex)
+ ftp.univie.ac.at (\"Osterreich) /packages/tex
+ ftp.ut.ee (Estonia) /tex-archive
+ ftpserver.nus.sg (Singapore) /pub/zi/TeX
+ joshua.smcvt.edu (Vermont, USA) /pub/tex
+ src.doc.ic.ac.uk (England) /packages/tex/uk-tex
+ sunsite.auc.dk (Denmark) /pub/tex/ctan
+ sunsite.cnlab-switch.ch (Switzerland) /mirror/tex
+ sunsite.icm.edu.pl (Poland) /pub/CTAN
+ sunsite.unc.edu (North Carolina, USA) /pub/packages/TeX
+ tex.ihep.su (Russia) /pub/TeX/CTAN
+ wuarchive.wustl.edu (Missouri, USA) /packages/TeX
+
+Known partial mirrors of the CTAN reside on (alphabetically):
+ ftp.adfa.oz.au (Australia) /pub/tex/ctan
+ ftp.dcc.uchile.cl (Chile) /pub/Mirror/ctan
+ ftp.fcu.edu.tw (Taiwan) /pub2/tex
+ ftp.germany.eu.net (Deutschland) /pub/packages/TeX
+ ftp.gust.org.pl (Poland) /pub/TeX
+ ftp.jaist.ac.jp (Japan) /pub/TeX/tex-archive
+ ftp.uu.net (Virginia, USA) /pub/text-processing/TeX
+ sunsite.dsi.unimi.it (Italia) /pub/TeX
+ sunsite.snu.ac.kr (Korea) /shortcut/CTAN
+
+Please send updates to this list to <ctan@urz.uni-heidelberg.de>.
+
+The participating hosts in the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network are:
+ ftp.dante.de (Deutschland)
+ -- anonymous ftp /tex-archive (/pub/tex /pub/archive)
+ -- gopher on node gopher.dante.de
+ -- email via ftpmail@dante.de
+ -- World Wide Web access on http://www.dante.de/
+ -- Administrator: <ftpmaint@dante.de>
+
+ ftp.tex.ac.uk (England)
+ -- anonymous ftp /tex-archive (/pub/tex /pub/archive)
+ -- gopher on node gopher.tex.ac.uk
+ -- NFS mountable from nfs.tex.ac.uk:/public/ctan/tex-archive
+ -- World Wide Web access on http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive
+ -- Administrator: <ctan-uk@tex.ac.uk>
+
+ ctan.tug.org (Massachusetts, USA)
+ -- anonymous ftp /tex-archive (/pub/archive)
+ -- World Wide Web access on http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/
+ -- Administrator: <ftpmaint@mail.tug.org>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1dd051f1e83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ
@@ -0,0 +1,1015 @@
+Date: Tue, 31 Jan 1995 21:15:16 +0100
+Sender: NTS-L Distribution list <NTS-L@DHDURZ1.EARN>
+From: "J%org Knappen, Mainz" <KNAPPEN@VKPMZD.KPH.UNI-MAINZ.DE>
+Subject: Frequently asked questions of NTS-L, 5th edition
+X-To: nts-l <nts-l@dhdurz1.bitnet>
+To: Multiple recipients of list NTS-L <NTS-L@DHDURZ1.EARN>
+
+ Frequently Asked Questions of NTS-L
+
+Fifth edition
+Date: 31-JAN-1995
+Archive name: nts-l-faq
+Currently maintained by: knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de (J%org Knappen)
+
+Remark about the format:
+
+This faq is divided into several sections and subsections. Each section
+contains a subsection general with some ideas which have not yet been
+discussed. I added a date to some subsections to allow you to retrieve
+fuller discussions from the archives. The transactions of this group are
+archived on
+
+ ftp.th-darmstadt.de [130.83.55.75] *)
+ directory pub/tex/documentation/nts-l
+
+Each file in this directory is named yymm, where (guess :-) yy is the
+year and mm is the month when the mail arrived. (I.e., all postings
+of one month are bundled in one file.)
+*) Avoid using the number above ... it is subject to changes.
+
+Related stuff which is very worth reading you can find on the CTAN archives
+under tex/info/tex-implementors. In addition, I recommend reading the list
+of TeX bugs (tex-archive/systems/knuth/errata/tex82.bug).
+
+-1. Contents
+
+0. About NTS
+1. Proposed features of a New Typesetting system
+1.1. Improvement of Quality
+1.2. Internationality
+1.3. New Look and Feel
+1.4. Changing the ligaturing algorithm
+1.5. Writing more than one dvi-file
+1.6. Anchors
+1.7. dump/restore mechanism
+2. Proposed additions to TeX (concrete new primitives)
+2.1. \lastmark etc.
+2.2. \system
+2.3. \skylineskiplimit, \skylinehorizontallimit
+2.4. \directioncode
+2.5. \textcode
+2.6. \afterfi
+2.7. \interactionmode
+2.8. \mathspacing
+2.9. \inputescapechar
+2.10. \middle
+2.11. \outputunit
+2.12. \protected
+2.13. \scantokens
+2.14. \deferred
+2.15. \everyeof
+2.16. \readline
+2.17. \evaluate
+2.18. \ifevaluate
+2.19. \everyeof
+2.20. \fancyprompt
+3. Metaremarks
+3.1. TeX is not perfect
+3.2. In which language shall NTS be written
+3.3. The TeX language
+3.4. The TeX engine
+3.5. Extensions and Enhancements
+4. Deviations
+4.1. Automated Kerning
+4.2. About Lout
+5. Proposed changes to METAFONT
+5.1. Writing to auxiliary files
+6. Proposed changes to the tfm file format
+6.1. Vertical kerning
+6.2. Cross-font ligatures
+7. Proposed changes to the dvi file format
+7.1. Horizontal and Vertical Mirroring
+7.2. Rotation of a glphy by 180 degrees
+8. Additions to the TeX kit
+8.1. dvicopy
+8.2. dv2dp and dp2dv
+8.3. gftotxt
+8.4. qdtexvpl
+8.5. fontinst
+8.6. afmtotfm
+8.7. dvipaste
+8.8. METAPOST
+8.9. Tie
+8.10. dvi2dvi
+9. Existing extensions to TeX
+9.1. TeX-XeT
+9.2. TeX--XeT
+9.3. MLTeX
+9.4. SiSiSi
+9.5. Japanese TeX
+
+0. About NTS (Mar 93, see also Jul 92)
+
+ At DANTE '93, held at the Technical University Chemnitz last week, Joachim
+ Lammarsch, President of Dante, announced that the NTS project which had been
+ started under the aegis of DANTE, was to be re-formed under a new
+ co-ordinator, Philip Taylor. The old core group, announced at the previous
+ annual DANTE meeting, was to be dissolved, and a new core group established.
+ Membership of the new core group will not be restricted to DANTE members,
+ but will instead be offered to various well-known names (and some
+ lesser-known!) in the international TeX community.
+
+ see also:
+ F. Mittelbach: E-TeX Guidelines for future TeX, TUGboat v11n3 (1990)
+ P. Taylor: The future of TeX, EuroTeX'92 Prag (Proceedings); reprinted
+ in TUGboat v13n4, 433 (1992)
+
+ As of September 1994, there are two activities going on, the ETeX group
+ is working on a extension of TeX and is going to produce a first ETeX soon.
+ The NTS group takes the path to reimplement TeX in common LISP to get
+ a deeper understanding of how the modules of TeX are cooperating which
+ eachother.
+
+ Independently, the Omega project was launched to produce a typesetting system
+ which uses unicode as internal code and can handle arbitrarily encoded input
+ via filters.
+
+ The beforementioned projects were presented at the 1994 TUG meeting at Santa
+ Barbara and at the EuroTeX'94 conference at Gdansk. For more information,
+ consult the respective proceedings. For the Omega project exists a mailing
+ list, omega@ens.fr. To subscribe, send an e-mail to LISTSERV@ens.fr.
+
+ Omega is now announced to be presented at March 16, 1995 at CERN (Geneva).
+
+1. Proposed features of a New Typesetting system
+
+1.1. Improvement of Quality
+
+1.1.0 General:
+ Optimised page breaking, avoiding ``rivers'', letterspacing (see also 4.1),
+ Hyphenation (Haupt- und Nebentrennstellen), grid typesetting
+
+1.1.1 Skyline approach to line breaking (Mar 93)
+
+You can break paragraphs as usual with the current model, where all
+lines are simple rectangular boxes. If there's no necessity to insert
+\lineskip, then you don't have to look at the skyline. Only if two
+lines are too near (e.g. distance<\lineskiplimit), you have to look
+into the two rectangular boxes and to check if the boxes inside
+overlap at one or more places.
+For the worst case (i.e., you have to look at the skyline for all
+pairs of lines) processing the skyline model consumes a lot of process
+time, but this shouldn't hinder us to test this idea and look at the
+results.
+
+Btw, the skyline model seems to be easy to implement in the current
+TeX, because we need only some changes when the finally broken lines
+of the paragraph are put on the vertical list. There are more changes
+needed in the code, if the line break should be changed for the cases
+where it is possible to avoid an overlap with other break points, but
+IMHO it's nonetheless a relatively small change.
+
+Additionally you have to introduce some new parameters. I think of
+something like:
+ \skylineskiplimit (b)
+ minimum vertical distance between two boxes
+ \skylinehorizontallimit (a)
+ minimum horizontal distance
+
+
+line 1: ------------
+ % %
+ % % ----------
+ ------- <== (a) ==> % %
+ ~ % %
+ (b) % -------
+ v %
+ ----------------------
+line 2:
+
+and other parameters, but the necessary parameter set, realization,
+etc. for "skylines" are subject of discussion.
+
+
+1.2. Internationality
+
+1.2.0 General:
+ Typesetting in arbitrary directions, unicode support (16bits), ISO10646
+ support (32bits), ligatures pointing to other fonts, vertical kerning,
+ better accent handling (\topaccent and \botaccent)
+
+ Remark: UTF-8 (UNICODE) can be handled with `TeX classic', LaTeX2e
+ support is provided by the CJK package written by Werner Lemberg.
+
+1.2.1 Supporting TeX--XeT primitives for right to left typesetting
+ TeX--XeT is an existing extension to TeX supporting right-to-left
+ typesetting an producing a usual dvi-file. TeX--XeT is written by
+ P. Breitenlohner and freely available. It is different from TeX-XeT
+ (one hyphen only). Allthough TeX will be frozen at version $\pi$,
+ this is not true for TeX--XeT. (see also 9.2)
+
+1.3. New Look and Feel
+
+1.3.0 General
+ Windows support, wysiwyg-like features
+
+1.3.1 Interaction with the operating system and other programmes
+ see 2.2. \system
+
+1.4. Changing the ligaturing algorithm
+ Replace the (IMHO over-)optimized ligature builder/kerning routines in
+ TeX by routines which separate between the building of ligatures and
+ the insertion of kerns between the characters/ligatures.
+
+ This can be realized in a simple way by using two passes: in the
+ first pass the ligatures are built and in the second pass the
+ resulting ligatures and remaining single characters are used to
+ determine the necessary kerns.
+
+ To ensure compatibility between e-TeX and TeX, it will be possible to
+ switch between the new and the current behaviour.
+
+ Additionally a flag in the TFM file of each font can be used to
+ specify which behaviour is to be used for the font. This ensures that
+ "old" fonts with some tricky ligature/kerning programs depending on
+ the old behaviour can still be used with e-TeX. (I don't know if this
+ font dependent switching is really necessary. Comments, please!!)
+
+ Example:
+
+ A font contains the following ligatures and kerns:
+
+ o " => ligature (o") (= \"{o})
+ V o => kern(-smallkern)
+ V lig(o") => nothing
+
+ Input: V o "
+ Output of current TeX: V kern(-smallkern) ligature(o")
+ Output with change: V ligature(o")
+
+ Status:
+
+ Bernd Raichle has written a simple, but running reimplementation of TeX's
+ ligature/kerning routine (in CommonLisp), which still waits to be
+ rewritten as a TeX.web change file.
+ The ligature builder/kerning routine is realized in one pass; kerns
+ are introduced in a delayed manner, i.e., after we are sure that
+ there's no possibility for a ligature.
+ Additionally there's a switch between the current TeX and the new
+ behaviour. (The TRIP test fails with the new behaviour.)
+
+PS: IMHO the ligature/kerning routines should be further changed to
+ remove the `shelf{}ful' anomaly (see TeXbook, exercise 5.1), i.e.,
+ reinserting ligatures when words are hyphenated.
+ The change should allow ligatures for inputs like `f{}f' or
+ `f\relax f', which will simplify the macros in `german.sty',
+ Babel and changed macros for \", \', ... which are used to select
+ characters from DC fonts or other fonts with national characters.
+
+1.5. Writing more than one dvi-file (Nov 94)
+ I want to have TeX ready in the memory and avoid loading it anew and anew
+ for each run again which costs lots of startup time, if you have to load
+ every file via NFSS.
+ The idea I am toying with is to have something like
+ \level
+ which clones the current state of TeX and allows to start a new dvi-file.
+ Then you do anything you want (start even another \level) and at last you say
+ \exit
+ which performes like \end, except that it restores exactly the state before
+ the last cloning.
+ To communicate some information to the waiting lion, there may be one
+ exeption. You say
+ \exit{some_integer_number}
+ and this number can be read by using
+ \exitstatus.
+ Applications are many. If you have a format which usually requires several
+ runs, you can do all the runs within one job, and automatically decide,
+ whether a further run is necessary. Of course, you should device your format
+ to have a counter maxruns to avoid endless looping...
+
+1.6. Anchors (Nov 94)
+ Proposed by Jiri, an ``anchor point'' would be in some senses
+ be analogous to a mark, but rather than recording textual information it
+ would instead record the co-ordinates of itself, relative to the reference
+ point of the smallest surrounding box. Additional new primitives would
+ be required to return the co-ordinates of a specified anchor point.
+
+1.7. dump/restore mechanism
+ I'd suggest something much simpler, but also more general: Include \dump in
+ all versions of TeX. The initex/virtex distinction is simply not worth the
+ bother of retaining any more - the memory differences are trivial in modern
+ terms. \dump should ideally also be extended to allow dumping from inside of
+ a group.
+ Once you do this, it becomes possible to write programs to analyze format
+ files. Since the analysis programs would not be part of TeX proper, they can
+ be as elaborate as anyone might want to make them. Sorting would be no
+ problem, for example.
+ None of this would cost anything in TeX itself, and except for the ability
+ to \dump inside a group, if added, would not even have an effect on whether
+ the resulting E-TeX is properly "TeX", since it would be invisible to any
+ possible trip test.
+
+2. Proposed additions to TeX (concrete new primitives)
+
+2.0. General (Jun 92, Jul 92, Aug 93, Nov 94)
+ A rather long list of proposed primitives (more or less worked out) was
+ posted by Karl Berry on 10-Jun-1992. It contains suggestions like:
+ \elseif (selfexplaining), \format{foo} (allow the author to select a format),
+ \host{name} \host{os} \host{type} \getenv to extract host information
+ \TeXversion, \usertime, \everyeof, and others.
+
+ It is currently not possible to get some information about the current
+ mode of TeX and make conditionals dependent on it and/or restore it after
+ some action (see 2.7. \interactionmode). More of this kind are a
+ conditional or primitive to signal, when TeX is in "expand only" mode
+ (\edef, \mark, \write, ...), when TeX is scanning numbers (here I'm
+ thinking---and hating---german.sty's active doublequote, which can also
+ be used as a marker for hexadecimal numbers), when TeX is peeking for
+ some special tokens (first column in an \halign), etc...
+
+ A list of new primitives, enhancements and extensions has been prepared
+ on the NTS meeting at Lindau in October 1994. It was posted to this list in
+ November 1994 and provoked plenty of discussions and additional suggestions.
+ Under the discussed primitves were \bind, \contents<box#>, \futuredef,
+ \ifdefined, \ifcsname ... \endcsname, \unless, \OSname, \defaultextension.
+
+2.1. \lastmark etc. (Jun 92, Jul 92)
+ Currently you cannot remove a \write or \mark or
+ \insert or rule from any list at all. If we allow them to removed, how
+ will the commands appear to the user? If we have \lastmark like
+ \lastbox, then perhaps we need a mark data type so that we can say something
+ like \setmark0=\lastmark. It will probably be difficult
+ in the case of \insert's to think of a good command syntax.
+
+ Perhaps \lastpenalty, \lastkern, \lastskip should
+ remove the penalty, kern, skip, ... so that they are consistent with
+ \lastbox. Then \unpenalty, \unkern, and \unskip would be unnecessary.
+ (Of course most macro packages would probably want to reimplement them,
+ as macros: \def\unpenalty{\count@\lastpenalty},
+ \def\unkern{\dimen@\lastkern}, \def\unskip{\skip@\lastskip}.)
+
+2.2. \system (Mar 93)
+
+2.2.0 General
+ Oops, this got rather longish, but this topic has caused plenty of traffic.
+ I decided to quote directly the positions of both sides. The subpoints are
+ 1. Pro 2. Contra 3. Syntax
+
+2.2.1 Pro
+ First comes the proposal as formulated by Phil Taylor:
+
+ There has been much discussion on how a \system primitive might interact
+ with different operating systems, each with different functionality and a
+ different syntax. My idea was to extend the concept of a `TeX
+ implementation', which at the moment implies the creation and application
+ of a change-file to the master TeX source, to include an implementation-
+ specific macro library. Thus each implementor, as well as creating and
+ applying a change file, would also be responsible for mapping a well-defined
+ set of macros, through the \system primitive, to the syntax and
+ functionality of the operating system for which he or she has assumed
+ responsibility. To cite a specific example:
+
+ Assume that in e-Lib (a hypothetical macro library to accompany e-TeX),
+ a macro \sys$delete_file {<parameters>} is partially defined; then each
+ implementor would be responsible for mapping \sys$delete_file {<parameters}>
+ to his or her own implementation of \system. e-Lib would define the effect
+ and the result(s), \system would provide the interface, and the implementor
+ would be responsible for providing the mapping.
+
+ The question has been asked: ``Why via \system and macros? Why not via
+ explicit primitives to carry out the various functions that are envisaged?''
+
+ To which I would suggest that the answer is ``Because `the various functions
+ which are envisaged' is both enormous (requiring many new primitives), and
+ yet not large enough (because no matter what functionality we posit, someone
+ will come up with an idea that has not been considered).'' By implementing
+ just one \system primitive, and an extensible e-Lib macro library, one can
+ create a robust and well-tested e-TeX whilst allowing new system interactions
+ to be added at the simplest points: through the implementation-independent
+ and implementation-specific components of e-Lib.
+
+2.2.2 Contra
+ And here's from the ``Minority Report'' (Tim Murphy and J"org Knappen)
+
+ May I recall the immortal words of Ken Thompson,
+ "A program should do one thing, and do it well." (TM)
+
+ I don't like the hackers to decide, making eTeX yet another programme from
+ which I can send e-mail and read news :-) Maybe people will tell me eTeX is
+ a fine operating system, but TeX version $\pi$ is the better typesetter :-)
+
+ But there is another side of \system, I want to call it the monstrosity
+ side. Many people are thinking now, that TeX is a monster and difficult to
+ tame. \system will add to this monstrosity. It will create a new paradise
+ for hackers creating system hacks. And it will make people turn away from
+ eTeX and use other products, even if they are far less secure. (JK)
+
+2.2.3 Syntax
+ If a \system command is required, should it not have a similar syntax
+ and semantics to the a similar TeX command. I can't think of anything
+ else in TeX (prepares to be shown wrong) that expands in the mouth and
+ has side-effects. Should it not be like \read, \write etc. that is it
+ generates a whatsit that is obeyed at shipout, unless preceded by an
+ \immediate, in which case it is done immediately by the stomach.
+ There seem to be two obvious syntaxes, one like \write:
+ \system{foo} or \immediate\system{foo}
+ and one like \read:
+ \system{foo} to \baz or \immediate\system{foo} to \baz
+ The latter one would produce the exit code into \baz. Should this be
+ done with catcode 12 characters, or should it be done like \read, with
+ the current catcodes?
+
+2.3. \skylineskiplimit, \skylinehorizontallimit
+ see section 1.1.1
+
+2.4. \directioncode (May 1993)
+ A \directioncode (with syntax analogous to \uccode, \lccode, sfcode) to be
+ assigned to each input character. The basic ones are
+ 0 -- transparent (space, full stop...)
+ 1 -- left-to-right (latin letters, digits...)
+ 2 -- right-to-left (hebrew letters, arab letters...),
+ a truly international NTS will also have codes for vertical typesetting
+ and some special cases.
+
+ The question is how to use this idea consistently. One could extend the
+ notion of TeX's modes. Horizontal mode is in fact left-to-right mode, a
+ right-to-left mode is missing. To be complete, this mode will be equipped
+ with boxen and all the stuff TeX's left-to-right (aka horizontal) mode has.
+
+ At the beginning of a paragraph NTS decides which mode to choose by the
+ \directioncode of the first input character. Sometimes the first character
+ will have the wrong code, in this case the insertion of an explicit
+ control sequence (like \lrbox{}) is necessary. If a character with another
+ directioncode occurs, NTS starts a \rlbox and finishes it as soon as a
+ character with the original \directioncode appears or at the end of the
+ paragraph.
+
+ For the building of right-to-left tables a \rlalign is needed.
+
+2.5. \textcode (Sep 93, Nov 93)
+ Some of the character coding discussions in the Technical Working
+ Group on Multiple Language Coordination and some experiences I've made
+ with `german.sty' (specially the problems with an active doublequote
+ and hex integer constants!) lead to this _incomplete_ proposal/idea
+ for the following addition:
+ Introduce something like
+ \textcode (and \textchar & \textchardef)
+ which are the text (hmode) equivalent of TeX's \mathcode (and
+ \mathchar/\mathchardef) primitives.
+
+ With an equivalent and appropriate implemented \textcode primitive
+ (with the choice to define a character as "pseudo-active"), it would
+ be possible to
+ * relate characters to different fonts
+ (using a generalized `fam' of \mathcode)
+
+ * suppress expansion of active characters (it will only be
+ expanded, if it is read to form the hlist)
+ (using an equivalent \mathcode="8000 value)
+ [This point allows the use of e.g. a pseudo-active "
+ which expands to non-expandable tokens and it removes
+ the special construct \relax\ifmmode... for active
+ characters, too.]
+
+2.6. \afterfi (August 1993)
+ In the answer to an exercise of the ``Around the Bend'' series, Michael Downes
+ realised the non-existence of an \afterfi primitive (Note: He did not
+ demand it nor really miss it). Perhaps an \afterfi can
+ simplify some obscure mouth-only macros with nested conditionals???
+ \afterfi should be expandable, because \if...\fi is expandable.
+
+2.7. \interactionmode (Nov 93, was: \currentinteractionmode)
+ Add a new count register \interactionmode, which reflects the user
+ interaction level with the following values:
+ <= 0 batch_mode
+ = 1 nonstop_mode
+ = 2 scroll_mode
+ >= 3 error_stop_mode
+
+ The commands \batchmode...\errorstopmode, the "options" 'Q', 'R', 'S'
+ in the interactive error routine and all other TeX internal
+ interaction level changes (e.g. after an interruption) access this new
+ register. The level changes in the interactive error routine and the
+ old commands should always work, even if the symbol \interactionmode is
+ redefined (this means that the user can redefine \interactionmode, but the
+ commands \batchmode...\errorstopmode still work).
+
+ Examples:
+
+ \ifnum\interactionmode<1 \AskUser \else \UseDefault \fi
+
+ {\interactionmode=0 % switch to \batchmode
+ \global\font\test=xyz10 % try to load font
+ }% % restore former interaction level
+ % ... now test if font has been loaded
+ % without error (i.e. != nullfont)
+
+2.8. \mathspacing (Nov 93)
+ Add a new count register array \mathspacing with 64 entries (we really
+ need only 64-8=56 entries, because some of them are never used, but to
+ simplify things 64 are used) with the following syntax:
+
+ \mathspacing <num1>=<num2> % 0 <= <num1> <= 63
+
+ The spacing specified in number <num2> is inserted between the two
+ math atom types specified in number <num1>. The two numbers are coded
+ as
+
+ <num1> = <left_atom_type> * 8 + <right_atom_type>
+ <num2> = ( (<display_spacing> * 256 + <text_spacing>) * 256
+ + <script_spacing> ) * 256 + <scriptscript_spacing>
+
+ This means that <num1> is easily expressed in octal and <num2> in
+ hexadecimal notation.
+
+ <..._atom_type> is one of the following seven types:
+
+ 0 ordinary 1 large operator
+ 2 binary operation 3 relation
+ 4 opening 5 closing
+ 6 punctuation 7 delimited subformula
+
+ <..._spacing> can be specified separately for each of the four math
+ styles (display, text, script and scriptscript) with the following
+ values:
+
+ 0 no space
+ 1 thin space (specified by \thinmuskip)
+ 2 medium space ( -- " -- \medmuskip)
+ 3 thick space ( -- " -- \thickmuskip)
+
+ 4-255 reserved for other things
+ (e.g. other spacings and/or additional penalties,
+ like \relpenalty, \binoppenalty, ...)
+
+ For more information see TeXbook, pp. 170f & Appendix G and TeX--The
+ Program, \S 764ff.
+
+ Examples: (using TeX's standard spacing)
+
+ Between an `ordinary' (= 0) and a `relation' (= 3) atom a thick
+ space (= 3) is inserted, but not in script or scriptscript style.
+
+ \mathspacing '03 = "0033
+
+ Between a large operator (= 1) and an ordinary (= 0) atom a thin
+ space (= 1) is inserted:
+
+ \mathspacing '10 = "1111
+
+ Necessary changes for the sketched proposal are very simple to
+ implement.
+ The syntax of \mathspacing is awful, but this is true for \mathcode,
+ \delimitercode, etc.etc., too.
+
+2.9. \inputescapechar (Nov 93, alternative names were proposed during
+ discussion)
+ Use two new internal count registers \inputescapechar and
+ \outputescapechar to specify the "escape" character to be used for
+ unprintable characters.
+ If \inputescapechar is not in [0..255], TeX's behaviour is used,
+ i.e., two equal characters with category 7 are used as a prefix for a
+ ~~x notated character, otherwise two characters with code
+ \inputescapechar are used for this prefix.
+ If \outputescapechar is not in [0..255], the character `~' is used
+ when an unprintable character has to be written.
+
+ The default values of these two registers are
+ \inputescapechar = -1
+ \outputescapechar = `~
+ to be compatible with TeX's standard behaviour.
+
+2.10. \middle (Jan 94)
+ Generalize the syntax of \left<delimiter> <formula> \right<delimiter>
+ to allow one or more optional \middle delimiters,
+ \left<delimiter> <formula> \middle<delimiter> <formula> \right<delimiter>.
+
+ The middle delimiter grows to the same height as the left and right ones.
+ Constructions of this kind are used throughout quantum mechanics (Dirac
+ notation), e.g.
+ $$
+ \left\langle A \middle% \hat{O} \middle% B \right\rangle
+ $$
+ By default, the \middle element is \mathrel, you can make it
+ \mathord by embracing it {\middle %}.
+
+
+2.11. \outputunit (Dec 93)
+ \outputunit unit to be used when e-TeX shows some dimen or glue
+ value
+ Usage: \outputunit=<unit of measure> (s. TeXbook p. 270)
+ Rationale:
+
+ Currently TeX forces the user to think in points when it outputs any
+ dimen or glue value (e.g. when issueing an overfull hbox warning).
+ But a program should adapt to the conventions of the user instead the
+ other way round. The addition of \outputunit whould make TeX much
+ more user-friendly, since only a few people are thinking in points.
+
+2.12. \protected (new prefix for macro definitions) (Nov 94)
+ Analogous to \long, \outer, etc., causes the associated macro to be
+ non-expanding in contexts where such behaviour is likely to be undesirable
+ (in particular in \writes and \edefs); an explicit \expandafter \empty
+ may be used to force expansion in these circumstances.
+
+2.13. \scantokens (Nov 94)
+ Allows an existing token-list to be re-input under a different catcode regime
+ from that under which it was created; as it uses all of TeX's present \input
+ mechanism, even %%ff notation will be interpreted as if \input. Causes an
+ `empty filename' to be input, resulting in `( )' appearing in the log file
+ if \tracingscantokens (q.v.) is strictly greater than zero. If the token
+ list represents more than one line of input, and if an error occurs, then
+ \inputlinenumber will reflect the logical input line from the token list
+ rather than the current input line number from the current file.
+
+2.14. \deferred (Nov 94)
+ At the moment, only \writes are deferred; there are cases when it would
+ be desirable for other things, too, to be expanded only during \shipout,
+ and \specials are one of these. (See also 2.2.3)
+
+2.15. \everyeof {<balanced text>}
+ Provides a hook whereby the contents of a token list register may be
+ inserted into TeX's reading orifice when end-of-file is encountered
+ during file reading. Would not be invoked of the file indicated
+ logical e-o-f through the medium of \endinput. Proposed by Phil
+ to allow clean processing of file-handling code which requires
+ a (sequence of characters yielding) \else or fi to be found in a
+ file, where no such sequence can be guaranteed.
+
+2.16. \readline <integer> to <cs> (Nov 94)
+ Allows a single line to be read from an input file as if each character
+ therein had catcode 12. Intended to be used for verbatim copying
+ operations, in conjunction with \scantokens, or to allow error-free parsing
+ of `foreign' (non-TeX) files.
+
+2.17. \evaluate {<arithmetic expression>} (Nov 94)
+ Intended for use on the r-h-s of \count, \dimen and \skip assignments,
+ it would allow the use of infix arithmetic operators such as +, -, * and /;
+ the type of the result would, in general, be the type of the simplest operand
+ forming a part of the expression, and the normal semantics of TeX would allow
+ this to be further coerced where necessary. Parenthesised sub-expressions
+ would be allowed.
+
+ Additional operations were proposed: trigonometric functions, square
+ root, pythagorean addition (METAFONT's `++'), angle{<delta_x, delta_y>}.
+
+2.18. \ifevaluate{<boolean expression>}....\else....\fi (Nov 94)
+ The boolean expression should allow for the usual operators like
+ .not., .and., .or., .xor., =, >, <, <=, etc., if feasable it should also
+ allow the evaluation of arithmetic expressions. Some functions are needed
+ to get information old TeX \if's know now, I propose the name
+ \query<whatever> to these functions.
+
+ At the moment I see need for the following \query<whatever> functions:
+ \queryeof returns `1' if eof, `0' else
+ \querymode returns `0' in the infamous `no mode' (do we need to
+ differentiate finer here?
+ `1' in vertical mode
+ `2' in restricted vertical mode
+ `3' in horizontal mode
+ `4' in restricted horizontal mode
+ `5' in math mode
+ `6' in restricted math mode
+ With \querymode \ifmmode, \ifhmode, \ifvmode, and \ifinner can be emulated.
+ \querydefined{\cs} `1' if defined, `0' else
+ \querycsname...\endcsname (ditto)
+
+2.19. \everyeof {<balanced text>}
+ Provides a hook whereby the contents of a token list register may be
+ inserted into TeX's reading orifice when end-of-file is encountered
+ during file reading. Would not be invoked of the file indicated
+ logical e-o-f through the medium of \endinput. Proposed by Phil
+ to allow clean processing of file-handling code which requires
+ a (sequence of characters yielding) \else or fi to be found in a
+ file, where no such sequence can be guaranteed.
+
+2.20. \fancyprompt
+ allow configuration of the TeX prompt (default `*'), e.g.
+ *\fancyprompt{eTeX>}
+ eTeX>
+
+3. Metaremarks
+
+3.0. General
+ Remarks about group efforts vs. one person creating software (Mar 93),
+ ALGOL 68 as a warning example
+
+3.1. TeX is not perfect (Jun 92, Jul 92)
+ The discussion has taken place in June and July 1992. Several details were
+ worked out, where TeX could be improved. Another point of criticism was
+ the programming language of TeX in general, several participants prefer a
+ procedural language over a macro language.
+
+3.2. In which language shall NTS be written (Mar 93)
+ In 1992, there was much discussion, in which language an NTS should be
+ implemented (candidates were LISP, C, and WEB). This has settled in March
+ 1993 (to PASCAL-WEB), because of the acceptance of the
+ idea that rather than wait for an ``all-singing, all dancing'' NTS, the
+ group should develop, in a stepwise manner, small but significant
+ enhancements to TeX. This implies that the enhancements are implemented as
+ change files in WEB.
+
+3.3. The TeX language (Oct/Nov 93)
+ The TeX language is a simple language in the sense, that it contains only
+ few concepts. It belongs to the Lisp family. In particular, it's a
+ list-based macro language with late binding. Actually, that's all one
+ needs to say to characterize it.
+ Its data constructs are simpler than in Common Lisp: `token list' is the
+ only first order type. Glue, boxes, numbers, etc., are engine
+ concepts; instances of them are described by token lists.
+ Its lexical analzsis is simpler than CL: One cannot program
+ it. One can only configure it.
+ Its control constructs are simpler than in CL: Only macros, no
+ functions. And the macros are only simple ones, one can't compute
+ in them.
+
+3.4. The TeX engine (Oct/Nov 93)
+ The TeX engine lies below the TeX language. Glue, boxes, numbers, etc.
+ belong to the TeX engine. The registers of the engine can be changed
+ by TeX's primitives. However, the latter seem to be quite unregular and
+ baroque.
+
+3.5. Extensions and Enhancements (Nov 94)
+ `Extensions' are basically new primitives which have no effect on the
+ semantics of existing TeX documents, except insofaras any document which
+ tests whether such a primitive is, in fact, undefined, will clearly obtain
+ opposite results under TeX and e-TeX; `enhancements' are more fundamental
+ changes to the TeX kernel which may affect the semantics of existing TeX
+ documents even if no new primitive is used or even tested. Such changes
+ may be, for example, differences in the construction of TeX's internal
+ lists, or perhaps different hyphenation or ligaturing behaviour.
+
+4. Deviations
+
+4.0. General
+ (empty)
+
+4.1. Automated Kerning (Oct 92)
+ Kindersley's "optical kerning": for the purposes of
+ kerning, each character is replaced by a circle centred on the centre of
+ gravity of that character; the radius of the circle is determined by the
+ fourth moment of the character (that is, the fourth root of the sum over
+ all black pixels of the fourth power of their distance from the centre). On
+ the UKTUG trip to Kindersley's studio, I tried to extract the reason why
+ the fourth, as opposed to third or fifth or whatever, moment is used; the
+ reason is apparently that it "looks right".
+
+ We can construct elaborate schemes for kerning (Kindersley's fourth
+ moments, FontStudio's (convex?) envelopes, Calamus' eight widths, etc), but
+ the proof of the typographical pudding is in the eating of the resulting
+ words, so to speak.
+
+4.2 About Lout (June 1993)
+ In June 1993, the new system Basser Lout caused several questions and
+ suggestions on this list. The following is taken from a short review
+ of Lout by Bernd Raichle:
+
+ `Lout' is a (yet another) document formatting system, released under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License and available on some ftp
+ servers.
+
+ IMHO it's more like a `troff' (with a better input language and some
+ newer concepts) than a `TeX'.
+
+ A few citations from the documentation of lout:
+
+ Lout is a high-level language for document formatting, designed and
+ implemented by the author. The implementation, known as Basser
+ Lout, is a fully operational production version written in C for the
+ Unix operating system, which translates Lout source code into
+ PostScript, a device-independent graphics rendering language
+ accepted by many high-resolution output devices, including most
+ laser printers.
+ [...]
+ When expert users can implement such applications quickly,
+ non-experts benefit. Although Lout itself provides only a small
+ kernel of carefully chosen primitives,
+
+ Lout has 23 primitive operators... missing, for example, the simplest
+ arithmetical operators (there is only the operator "@Next" which
+ increases a number by one).
+
+ packages written in Lout and distributed with Basser Lout provide an
+ unprecedented array of advanced features in a form accessible to
+ non-expert users. The features include rotation and scaling, fonts,
+
+ These features are mostly based on the output language... Postscript
+ (if you are looking inside a Lout package, you find large portions of
+ embedded Postscript code).
+
+ paragraph and page breaking,
+
+ TeX does a better job for these two items, because Lout is missing
+ most of TeX's paragraph/page breaking parameters. (Note: Lout uses
+ TeX's hyphenation algorithm and the hyphenation patterns.)
+
+ displays and lists, floating figures and tables, footnotes, chapters
+ and sections (automatically numbered), running page headers and
+ footers, odd-even page layouts, automatically generated tables of
+ contents, sorted indexes and reference lists, bibliographic and
+ other databases (including databases of formats for printing
+ references), equations, tables, diagrams, formatting of Pascal
+ programs, and automatically maintained cross references.
+
+ TeX's math setting abilities are better. Lout uses a package named
+ `eq' derived from the `eqn' preprocessor used with `troff'. And there
+ are other packages named `tab' (for tabulars) and `fig' (drawing
+ figures).
+
+ [...]
+ Lout is organized around four key concepts -- objects, definitions,
+ galleys, and cross references -- [...]
+
+ The concept of `galleys' and the "expansion" of recursive defintions
+ are IMHO the only new concept in Lout:
+
+ `galleys' are a way to describe a page, dividing it in certain regions
+ which can be filled from different sources (e.g. a footnote galley is
+ filled with footnote text, etc.).
+
+ Recursive definitions are very simple, e.g.
+ def @Leaders { .. @Leaders }
+ defines the command (Lout calls it `object') to "expand" to a `..' and
+ if there is place for another "expansion" it is called again.
+
+ For example
+ \hbox to 4in{Chapter 7 \dotfill 53}
+ is in Lout
+ 4i @Wide { Chapter 7 @Leaders 53 }
+
+ With this recursive definitions, a whole document is defined as a
+ @PageList consisting of a @Page and a @PageList with an incremented
+ @PageNum. A @Page is defined as a set of `galleys' (header, text
+ body, footnotes, footer), which are also defined as a list of
+ text/footnotes/... and so on.
+
+ Perhaps others can add more impressions, mine are based on the
+ documentation coming with the Lout package and some tests done in
+ 1-2 hours.
+
+5. Proposed changes to METAFONT
+
+5.O. General
+ Most of the General points in the discussion of TeX also apply to METAFONT.
+
+5.1. Writing to auxiliary files
+ METAFONT should be able to write to auxiliary files. Desparately needed
+ for packages which allow to draw figures in METAFONT and label them in TeX
+ (BoF session at EuroTeX '92, Prague).
+
+
+6. Proposed changes to the tfm file format
+
+6.1. Vertical kerning (Jun 92)
+ This may sound exotic to you, but the AFM format can do
+ it. And I desperately need it for non-Latin alphabets (everytime I need
+ a character in a ligature raised or lowered, I have to reserve a position
+ in the font for it).
+
+6.2. Cross-font ligatures (Jun 92)
+ Ligatures pointing to other fonts!! Yes, imagine for example that your
+ 256 chars are full, you could still access characters by ligatures...but
+ they have to be in the same font.
+
+7. Proposed changes to the dvi file format
+
+7.0. General
+ A longer discussion about colour inclusion into the dvi-file occured in
+ Oct/Nov 93. The outcome was, that high-quality colour handling is a difficult
+ and device dependent task, better left to the printer driver. Colour can be
+ handled by the \special command which is sent directly to the driver.
+
+ On comp.text.tex I saw a remark, that specials may occur on places in the
+ dvi-file, where TeX can't put them. Maybe eTeX should take care of this
+ point.
+
+7.1. Horizontal and Vertical Mirroring (Nov 94)
+ Allow a glyph to be mirrored in a vertical axis, placed centrally;
+ mirrored in a horizontal axis, placed at half the x(?)-height.
+
+ It was noted, that the specification of the axes might cause problems.
+ It was also noted, that several drivers understand specials for the
+ requested action.
+
+7.2. Rotation of a glphy by 180 degrees (Nov 94)
+ This would greatly increase the power of vpl files (e.g. define schwa by
+ rotating e), and I hope that it would be possible for drivers to implement.
+
+ It was noted, that this is fine, but rotation by 90 degrees cannot be
+ device independent, because there are printers with rectangular (non-square)
+ pixels.
+
+8. Additions to the TeX kit
+
+8.0. General
+ The TeX kit, meaning the bundle of programmes building up a complete TeX
+ installation, contains besides the major programmes TeX and METAFONT
+ additional programmes, traditionally divided into several groups:
+
+ a) TeXware: dvitype, tftopl, pltotf, pooltype, pktype, patgen, vftovp,
+ vptovf, (outdated: pxtopk, pktopx)
+ b) MFware: mft, gftodvi, gftopk, gftype, (outdated: gftopxl)
+ c) webware: weave, tangle
+
+ And, of course, drivers for the screens and printers.
+
+ Other utility programmes more loosely associated with TeX are indexers
+ (makeindex, idxtex, glotex, ...) and bibliography tools (bibtex,
+ bibclean, ...). Makeindex and Bibtex are standard tools, because they
+ are described in the LaTeX manuals.
+
+ Another group includes drawing programmes (TeXCAD, xfig, gnuplot, ...) to
+ create graphics to be imported to TeX documents and graphics converters
+ (ghostscript, xv, bmt2font, ...).
+
+8.1. dvicopy
+ Written in WEB by Peter Breitenlohner
+ Available from CTAN
+ Resolves all references to virtual fonts in a dvi file. Can be used to
+ create a dvi file without virtual fonts (e.g. for drivers which cannot
+ handle vf's).
+
+8.2. dv2dp and dp2dv
+ Written in C by Geoffrey Tobin
+ Available on request from the author
+ dv2dp makes a human readable file from a dvi file. The companion
+ programme dp2dv makes a dvi file frome a dvi property list file.
+ It allows you to change dvi files with a text editor.
+
+8.3. gftotxt
+ Written in C by Yannis Haralambous
+ Available ?
+ Extracts a certain kind of specials from the gf file into a text file.
+ Workaround for the famous non-ability of METAFONT to write auxiliary
+ files.
+
+8.4. qdtexvpl
+ Written by Eberhard Mattes
+ Available from the CTAN archives
+ Generates a virtual font from TeX macros. qd = quick and dirty.
+
+8.5. fontinst
+ Written in TeX by Alan Jeffrey
+ Available form CTAN
+ Makes virtual fonts from afm files (PostScript fonts). Used by the LaTeX
+ team to create virtual fonts and fd files for LaTeX2e.
+
+8.6. afmtotfm
+ Written in C by Thomas Rokicki
+ Available from CTAN (part of dvips distribution)
+ Makes tfm files from afm files.
+
+8.7. dvipaste
+ Part of LAMSTeX (Michael Spivak)
+ Allows to paste a dvi-file into another one.
+
+8.8. METAPOST
+ Written in Web by John Hobby
+ Now freely available from the CTAN
+ A tool to build graphics to be included in TeX documents, uses a METAFONT
+ style language.
+
+8.9. Tie
+ Written by Klaus Gunthermann
+ Available from CTAN
+ Allows to process multiple change files to a given Web source. A tool
+ of this kind is needed to build any eTeX distribution, since one has
+ tex.web, etex.ch, tex.ch-system, and etex.ch-system files to deal with.
+
+8.10. dvi2dvi
+ Available from CTAN
+ Postprocessor for dvi files, allowing e.g. 2-up or 4-up layout of full
+ pages.
+
+9. Existing extensions to TeX
+
+9.0 General
+ Here I include short description of existing extensions to TeX. This section
+ does not include commercial TeX implementations because of lack of solid
+ enough information on them. It also does not yet include ETeX, NTS, nor
+ Omega.
+
+9.1. TeX-XeT (Don Knuth and Pierre MacKay)
+ CTAN: tex-archive/systems/knuth
+ Adds new primitives \beginR, \endR, \beginL, and \endL for right to left
+ typesetting. Despite their names, the new primitives are insensitive to
+ TeX's grouping mechanism. Outputs a special file in dvi-ivd format, which
+ need be resolved by another programme or requires special drivers.
+
+9.2. TeX--XeT (Peter Breitenlohner)
+ Available from CTAN tex-archive/systems/knuth/tex--xet
+ Implements the same primitives as TeX-XeT, but outputs a normal dvi file.
+ Passes the trip test (as far as I know).
+
+9.3. MLTeX (Michael Ferguson)
+ Available from aldebaran.ee.mcgill.ca in pub/mltex
+ Adds a primitive \charsubdef, which allows the following: input of 8-bit
+ characters, participation of accented characters not present in the output
+ encoding in hyphenation, ligatures and kerning with accented letters.
+ Especially popular in francophone countries.
+ emTeX supports MLTeX via the /ml option.
+
+9.4. SiSiSi (Wilhelm Barth, Heinrich Nirschl, Heini Hofstaedter und Harald
+ Mueller)
+ Available from CTAN: tex-archive/systems/vms (sic!)
+ Implements another hyphenation algorithm (the name means SIchere
+ SInnentsprechende SIlbentrennung, which is translated `secure sensitive
+ hyphenation') specific to the german language (with Haupt- und
+ Nebentrennstellen). Fails the trip test, therefore not a legitimate TeX.
+ In use at TU Wien (Austria).
+
+9.5. Japanese TeX
+ [in preparation]
+
+The End.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5a8c780047e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+$Id: //depot/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books#1 $ $Date: 2004/10/28 $ $Author: karl $
+
+Bibliography entries for the various published books here.
+The files here contain examples only, not the full text of the books,
+with the exception of "Making TeX Work" and "TeX for the Impatient".
+
+BiBTeX entries taken from ./texmf/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib.
+
+The complete sources to the following books are available on the web
+(under varying licensing conditions, precluding republishing except
+where noted).
+
+ The TeXbook, by Donald Knuth
+ http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/tex/texbook.tex
+ (source only)
+
+ The Metafontbook, by Donald Knuth
+ http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/mf/mfbook.tex
+ (source only)
+
+ TeX by Topic, A TeXnician's reference, by Victor Eijkhout
+ http://www.eijkhout.net/tbt/
+ (pdf only)
+
+ TeX for the Impatient, by Paul Abrahams, Kathryn Hargreaves, Karl Berry
+ ftp://tug.org/tex/impatient/
+ (freely available under the GNU Free Documentation License)
+
+ Making TeX Work, by Norman Walsh
+ http://makingtexwork.sourceforge.net/mtw/
+ (freely available under the GNU Free Documentation License)
+
+For a list of tutorials, references, and other assorted items available
+on the web, see http://tug.org/interest.html.
+
+
+
+@Book{Mittelbach:2004:LC,
+ author = "Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens and Johannes
+ Braams and David Carlisle and Chris Rowley",
+ title = "The {\LaTeX} Companion",
+ publisher = pub-AW,
+ address = pub-AW:adr,
+ edition = "Second",
+ pages = "????",
+ year = "2004",
+ ISBN = "0-201-36299-6",
+ LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 G66 2004",
+ bibdate = "Sat Apr 10 14:19:47 2004",
+ series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+}
+
+@Book{Kopka:2003:GLD,
+ author = "Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly",
+ title = "A Guide to {\LaTeXe}: Document Preparation for
+ Beginners and Advanced Users",
+ publisher = pub-AW,
+ address = pub-AW:adr,
+ edition = "Fourth",
+ year = "2003",
+}
+
+@Book{Kopka:1994:LBE,
+ author = "Helmut Kopka",
+ title = "{\LaTeX} Band 1: Einf{\"u}hrung",
+ publisher = pub-AWV,
+ address = pub-AWV:adr,
+ pages = "xix + 428",
+ year = "1994",
+ ISBN = "3-89319-664-1",
+ bibdate = "Tue Mar 1 14:25:32 MET 1994",
+ note = "Replaces the old series of two volumes.",
+ acknowledgement = ack-rz,
+}
+
+@Book{Goossens:1997:LGC,
+ author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz and Frank
+ Mittelbach",
+ title = "The {\LaTeX} Graphics Companion: Illustrating
+ Documents with {\TeX} and {PostScript}",
+ publisher = pub-AW,
+ address = pub-AW:adr,
+ pages = "xxi + 554",
+ year = "1997",
+ ISBN = "0-201-85469-4",
+ LCCN = "Z253.4.L38G663 1997",
+ bibdate = "Fri Jul 11 07:51:47 1997",
+ price = "US\$39.75",
+ series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ keywords = "LaTeX (Computer file); Computerized typesetting.;
+ PostScript (Computer program language); Scientific
+ illustration -- Computer programs.; Mathematics
+ printing -- Computer programs.; Technical publishing --
+ Computer programs.",
+}
+
+@Book{Goossens:1999:LWC,
+ author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz",
+ title = "The {\LaTeX} {Web} companion: integrating {\TeX},
+ {HTML}, and {XML}",
+ publisher = pub-AW-LONGMAN,
+ address = pub-AW-LONGMAN:adr,
+ pages = "xxii + 522",
+ year = "1999",
+ ISBN = "0-201-43311-7",
+ LCCN = "QA76.76.H94G66 1999",
+ bibdate = "Thu Jun 03 09:32:08 1999",
+ note = "With Eitan M. Gurari and Ross Moore and Robert S.
+ Sutor.",
+ price = "US\$36.95",
+ series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+}
+
+@Book{Walsh:1994:MTW,
+ author = "Norman Walsh",
+ title = "Making {\TeX} Work",
+ publisher = pub-ORA,
+ address = pub-ORA:adr,
+ pages = "xxxvi + 483",
+ year = "1994",
+ ISBN = "1-56592-051-1",
+ bibdate = "Thu May 12 08:24:59 1994",
+ price = "US\$29.95",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+}
+
+@Book{Graetzer:2000:ML,
+ author = "George Gr{\"a}tzer",
+ title = "Math into {\LaTeX}",
+ publisher = pub-BIRKHAUSER # " and " # pub-SV,
+ address = pub-BIRKHAUSER:adr # " and " # pub-SV:adr,
+ edition = "Third",
+ pages = "xxv + 584",
+ year = "2000",
+ ISBN = "0-8176-4131-9, 3-7643-4131-9",
+ LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 G745 2000",
+ bibdate = "Thu Aug 23 10:53:02 2001",
+ price = "US\$49.95",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ keywords = "AMS-LaTeX; AMS-LaTeX (Ficher d'ordinateur);
+ Mathematics printing -- Computer programs; Computerized
+ typesetting; Mathematiques -- Impression -- Logiciels;
+ Composition automatique (Industries graphiques)",
+}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ffef9e88d34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index
@@ -0,0 +1,11553 @@
+=======================================================================
+ @ASCII-file{
+ filename = "TeX-index",
+ version = "1.06",
+ date = "22 December 1992",
+ time = "18:29:27 EST",
+ author = "David M. Jones",
+ address = "MIT Laboratory for Computer Science
+ Room NE43-316
+ 545 Technology Square
+ Cambridge, MA 02139
+ USA",
+ telephone = "(617) 253-5936",
+ FAX = "(617) 253-3480",
+ checksum = "10254 11553 46236 367136",
+ email = "dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu (Internet)",
+ codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+ keywords = "TeX, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX, etc., macros",
+ supported = "yes",
+ docstring = "This is a catalogue of TeX macros. The most recent
+ version is always available from theory.lcs.mit.edu in
+ the directory pub/tex/tex-styles-and-macros.txt.
+
+ Copies can also be obtained from the following
+ locations:
+
+ ftp.tex.ac.uk:pub/archive/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt
+ ftp.th-darmstadt.de:
+ pub/tex/documentation/tex-styles-and-macros.txt[.Z]
+ ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/soft/tex/documentation/TeX-index
+ ftp.SHSU.edu:[fileserv.tex-index]tex.index
+ ymir.claremont.edu:[anonymous.tex.documentation]tex-index.txt
+
+ ftp.cs.ruu.nl:pub/TEX/DOC/TeX-index.Z
+ ftp.math.utah.edu:pub/tex/tex-index
+ ftp.diku.dk:pub/TeX/misc/TeX-Index.Z
+
+ The Catalogue is also available on SPAN at node 39003 in
+ 39003::$1$dia1:[tex]0000tex-index
+
+ The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 checksum as
+ the first value, followed by the equivalent of the
+ standard UNIX wc (word count) utility output of lines,
+ words, and characters. This is produced by Robert
+ Solovay's checksum utility.",
+ }
+========================================================================
+ A CATALOGUE OF TEX MACROS
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+This is a catalogue of TeX macros. Its scope includes all macros that
+are available via anonymous ftp or mail-server or some similar
+mechanism. Commercial packages will be included only if a full
+Catalogue entry is supplied to me by the vendor.
+
+In this, its first incarnation, the Catalogue is heavily slanted towards
+the ymir and SHSU archives, in the sense that most of the entries have
+been drawn from the packages at those sites. Although I have included a
+significant amount of material from the Stuttgart archive, I've fallen
+far short of exhausting its wealth of macros, and the excellent Aston
+archive is hardly represented at all. I hope to remedy both of these
+shortcomings in the near future.
+
+In addition to the archives just mentioned, a number of smaller, more
+specialized archives are also represented. For example, e-math.ams.com
+is the home of all the official AMS macro packages, including AMS-TeX,
+AMS-LaTeX and the AMSFonts package. Similarly, dhdspri6.bitnet is the
+home of all official Springer-Verlag macros.
+
+Since the Catalogue is devoted to macros, fonts and special-purpose
+programs are mentioned only when they are necessary to explain the
+purpose of a set of macros. For a list of fonts, I recommend Liam R. E.
+Quin's list of metafonts [1]. For a list of TeX implementations and
+other programs, see Bobby Bodenheimer's frequently-asked questions list
+[2] and Guoying Chen's supplement [3].
+
+Each entry is divided into a number of fields, with the following
+functions:
+
+Name: The name of the macro package, usually the same as the name of the
+ file containing it.
+
+Description: A short (usually 1-3 line) description of what the package
+ does.
+
+Keywords: A list of keywords to facilitate searching for special-purpose
+ macros, as well as to help describe the macros. A glossary of
+ keywords can be found at the end of the file.
+
+Archives: A list of archives where the package can be found. Whenever
+ known, the primary distribution site is marked with an asterisk.
+ This list is not meant to be comprehensive. Instead, priority is
+ given to the ymir, Aston, SHSU, Stuttgart and Utrecht archives.
+ When the archive is well-known and has a significant collection of
+ macros, I refer to it by an abbreviated name and give complete
+ information about the archive in the "List of TeX Archives" at the
+ end of the Catalogue. In many cases, however, an ftp site serves as
+ the home of only one package, in which case I include the full name
+ of the archive in the "Archives" field and don't include a full
+ listing for it below.
+
+Author: The name and address (preferably electronic) of the author of
+ the package. All email addresses, including JANET addresses, have
+ been normalized to little-endian order.
+
+Bugs to: The address where bug reports should be sent, if this is
+ different from the address(es) listed in the Author field.
+ Currently (version 1.06 of the TeX Macro Index), this is only used
+ for files in the standard LaTeX distribution. These files are being
+ maintained by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf, but all bug
+ reports should be sent to latex-help@cs.stanford.edu.
+
+Latest Version: The date and/or version number of the latest release of
+ the package.
+
+Supported: Whether or not the package is supported, that is, whether the
+ author wants to receive bug reports and/or comments on the package.
+ Note that in most cases the author of a "supported" package does not
+ promise to fix bugs or answer questions about the package. The only
+ promise is that the author won't get mad if you send a bug report.
+ In addition, it means that the author would like to hear about any
+ improvements or additions to the macros. In fact, some authors only
+ want to hear about improvements: they will accept bug fixes but will
+ not necessarily answer bug reports.
+
+See also: A list of other packages with similar features.
+
+Note: Any additional information which seems pertinent.
+
+Needless to say, the Catalogue is bound to contain numerous small errors
+and omissions and, most likely, not a few large ones. I've tried to
+indicate some of the larger gaps that I am aware of, and I'll be working
+to close these gaps as time permits. However, I would appreciate
+hearing about any errors or omissions in the information below. I would
+especially appreciate it if authors of macros would send me full entries
+for their packages. I'll continue creating entries on my own, but the
+task will be greatly simplified if I receive ready-made entries, rather
+than having to retrieve the files and process them by myself. I'll
+attempt to answer all mail sent to me, but please keep in mind that it
+might take me some time to do so.
+
+Whenever possible, I asked the authors these packages to verify the
+information listed. I'm grateful to those who responded. In a few
+cases I didn't have time to follow up on the information that authors
+supplied me, but, again, I'll do this as soon as time permits.
+
+I'd like to thank the following people for reading a preliminary version
+of the Catalogue and commenting on it:
+
+Ravinder Bhumbla
+David Carlisle
+Steve Fisk
+Graham O'Neil
+Eric Schenk
+Dave Steiner
+Dominik Wujastyk
+
+They provided me with numerous helpful comments and suggestions.
+Unfortunately, lack of time once again prevented me from implementing
+all of their ideas for this first release of the Catalogue, but I will
+be working on them for future versions of the Catalogue.
+
+My thanks also goes out to George Greenwade and Nelson Beebe for helping
+me get connected to the community of TeX archivers and for answering
+numerous questions.
+
+Finally, I extend my special thanks to Barbara Beeton for her constant
+support and encouragement. Without her always gentle nudges, this
+project would probably have become moribund on a number of occasions.
+
+David.
+
+REFERENCES
+
+[1] Complete list of all metafont-format fonts in the world. Liam R.
+E. Quin <lee@sq.sq.com>. Posted bi-monthly to comp.text.tex and
+comp.fonts.
+
+[2] TeX, LaTeX, etc.: Frequently Asked Questions with Answers [Monthly].
+Bobby Bodenheimer. Posted monthly to comp.text.tex. Also available on
+most of the major TeX archives.
+
+[3] Supplement to the Frequently Asked Questions. Guoying Chen. Posted
+monthly to comp.text.tex. Also available by anonymous ftp from
+cs.nyu.edu (128.122.140.24) in the pub/tex/tex.supplement.
+
+===========================================================================
+The Catalogue is divided into a rough hierarchy based on macro package.
+I hope to refine the division in the future, but for now here is the
+list of headings:
+
+%%Section 1: AMS-TEX
+%%Section 1.1: Standard Distribution
+%%Section 1.2: Other AMS-TeX Files
+%%Section 1.2.1: AMS-TeX document styles
+%%Section 1.2.2: Other AMS-TeX files
+%%Section 2: AMS-LATEX
+%%Section 3: EPLAIN
+%%Section 4: FOILTEX
+%%Section 4.1: Standard Distribution
+%%Section 4.2: Other FoilTeX Files
+%%Section 5: INRSTEX
+%%Section 6: LATEX
+%%Section 6.1: Standard Distribution
+%%Section 6.1.1: Document styles
+%%Section 6.1.2: Document-style options
+%%Section 6.1.3: Other
+%%Section 6.2: The Mainz LaTeX Files
+%%Section 6.2.1: The New Font Selection Scheme
+%%Section 6.2.2: Other Mainz files
+%%Section 6.2.3: Mainz-compatible macros
+%%Section 6.4: The BABEL project
+%%Section 6.5: REVTeX
+%%Section 6.6: LaTeX Document Styles
+%%Section 6.7: LaTeX Document-style Options
+%%Section 6.8: Other
+%%Section 7: LAMS-TEX
+%%Section 8: PLAIN TEX
+%%Section 8.1: The New Font Selection Scheme for plain TeX
+%%Section 8.2: Newsletter Macros
+%%Section 8.3: ScriptTeX
+%%Section 9: SLITEX
+%%Section 9.1: Standard Distribution
+%%Section 9.2: Other SliTeX Files
+%%Section 10: PHYSE
+%%Section 11: PHYZZX
+%%Section 12: TEXT1
+%%Section 13: TEXSIS
+%%Section 14: YTEX
+%%Section 15: GENERIC MACROS
+%%Section 15.1: Midnight Macros
+%%Section 15.2: PicTeX
+%%Section 16: HEBREW TEX
+%%Section 17: HYPHENATION PATTERNS
+%%Section 18: BIBTEX STYLES
+%%Section 19: OTHER
+
+LIST OF TEX ARCHIVES
+
+GLOSSARY OF KEYWORDS
+
+APPENDIX: CONVERTING THE CATALOGUE TO A MORE STANDARD DATABASE FORMAT
+
+COMING ATTRACTIONS
+***************************************************************************
+
+%%Section 1: AMS-TEX
+
+%%Section 1.1: Standard Distribution
+
+Name: amstex.tex
+Description: AMS-TeX is the American Mathematical Society's macros for
+ simplifying the typesetting of complex mathematical material.
+ AMS-TeX is meant to be used with plain TeX. For corresponding
+ support for LaTeX, see AMS-LaTeX.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, math
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 5 Apr 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart
+Note: The AMS-TeX distribution includes a readme file, a user's guide
+ (amsguide.tex) and installation notes (amstinst.tex).
+See also: AMS-LaTeX
+
+Name: amsppt.sty (.doc)
+Description: AMS-TeX article preprint document style.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, journal, article, publisher style
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1a, 22 Jan 1992
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart
+See also: amsppt1.tex
+
+Name: amsppt1.tex
+Description: AMS-TeX conversion file to provide compatibility between
+ amsppt.sty version 1 and amsppt.sty version 2.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1b, 2 Aug 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart
+See also: amsppt.sty
+
+Name: amssym.tex
+Description: Defines names for all the math symbols in the AMS symbol
+ fonts (msam and msbm). If not used with AMS-TeX, amssym.tex must be
+ used with amssym.def (q.v.).
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 31 May 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart
+See also: amssym.def, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbols.sty, amssymbl.sty,
+ amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty
+
+
+%%Section 1.2: Other AMS-TeX Files
+
+%%Section 1.2.1: AMS-TeX document styles
+
+Name: amamult.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag AMS-TeX macros for typesetting
+ multi-author mathematics books.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, book,
+ multi-author, mathematics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Jun 1991
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, amamult.doc, an
+ example file, amamult.dem, and a readme file.
+See also: lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty
+
+Name: amstexsiam.sty
+Description: Unofficial AMS-TeX document style for producing papers for
+ SIAM journals.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, SIAM, journal, article
+Author: Bradley J. Lucier <lucier@cs.purdue.edu> and Douglas N. Arnold
+ <dna@emmy.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 31 Jan 1990
+Archives: research.att.com [192.20.225.2]* (in netlib/typesetting/amstex)
+Note: The amstexsiam package includes a documentation file (siamdoc.tex)
+ and a sample file (sample.tex). This package does not work with
+ version 2.0 of AMS-TeX.
+See also: siam.sty
+
+Name: imappt.sty
+Description: AMS-TeX document style used by the Institute of Mathematics
+ and its Applications for typesetting its preprints.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, article, publisher style
+Author: Bradley J. Lucier <lucier@cs.purdue.edu> and Douglas N. Arnold
+ <dna@emmy.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.2
+Archives: research.att.com [192.20.225.2]*
+Note: The imappt package includes a documentation file (imapptdoc.tex)
+ and a sample file (sample.tex). This package does not work with
+ version 2.0 of AMS-TeX???
+
+Name: jfpppt.sty
+Description: AMS-TeX 2.1 document style which extends amsppt.sty to
+ mimic the style of The Journal of Functional Programming (JFP).
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, journal, article, publisher style, amsppt
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 22 Mar 1992
+Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc]
+
+Name: jnsams.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag AMS-TeX macros for typesetting
+ articles for the Journal of Nonlinear Science.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ journal
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 July 1990
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jnsa.doc, an example
+ file, jnsa.dem, and a readme file.
+See also: jns.sty, jns.cmm
+
+Name: lncs.sty
+Description: AMS-TeX 2.1 document style for submissions to
+ Springer-Verlag's Lecture Notes in Computer Science series.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, article, publisher style,
+ camera-ready
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1.25, 25 Jan 1992 [beta]
+Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc]
+
+Name: osudeG.sty
+Description: Macros for formatting proceedings volumes of the Ohio
+ State University Math Research Institute series. Unlimited
+ distribution with few provisos. Provides editorial facilities
+ (for proofing), good pagebreaks near headings, quality typography
+ with Adobe Type1 fonts, sophisticated mathsurround. For Plain TeX
+ and AMS-TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX
+Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> with numerous
+ contributions by Walter.D. Neumann.
+Supported: yes
+First Version: 1990
+Latest Version: July 1992
+Note: Includes user guide and several auxiliary files.
+Archives: shape.mps.ohio-state.edu* [128.146.7.200], matups.matups.fr*
+ [192.54.146.4]
+
+
+%%Section 1.2.2: Other AMS-TeX files
+
+Name: pptfixes.tex
+Description: Bug fixes for the AMS-TeX 2.1 amsppt style.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Latest Version: v1.23, 22 Jan 1992
+Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
+
+Name: review.sty
+Description: A set of macros for TeXing Mathematical Reviews text files.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: xfixed.tex
+Description: Fixed/verbatim format for AMS-TeX.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, verbatim
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1.25 28 Jan 1992 [beta]
+Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
+
+Name: xppt.sty
+Description: Extensions to the AMS-TeX document style amsppt.sty.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 1992
+Archives: aston
+Note: Obsolete: Superseded by xppt.tex (q.v.)
+
+Name: xppt.tex
+Description: Extensions to the AMS-TeX 2.1 amsppt style and compatible
+ styles: supports automatic table of contents, cross references,
+ BibTeX bibliographies, and automatic numbering of sections, theorems
+ and captions.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1.25 28 Jan 1992
+Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
+
+
+%%Section 2: AMS-LATEX
+
+Name: AMS-LaTeX
+Description: AMS-LaTeX is a synthesis of the LaTeX macro package and the
+ AMS-TeX macro package which combines the document structure of LaTeX
+ with the sophisticated math typesetting capabilities of AMS-TeX. It
+ is implemented as a set of document styles and style options for
+ LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX, NFSS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: The AMS-LaTeX distribution includes a user's guide (amslatex.tex),
+ and two sets of test files (testbook.tex and testart.tex).
+See also: AMS-TeX
+
+Name: amsart.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX document style for papers submitted to AMS
+ journals.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, article, journal, NFSS, publisher style
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1b, 31 Jul 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: amsbook.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX document style for books submitted to the AMS.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, book, NFSS, publisher style
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1b, 2 Aug 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: amsbsy.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing bold math
+ symbols, either by using the appropriate bold math font or by
+ simulating them with a "poor man's bold" macro.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, bold symbol, math symbol, pmb, NFSS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: amsbsy.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
+
+Name: amscd.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that adapts the commutative
+ diagram macros of AMS-TeX for use in LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, commutative diagrams
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: amscd.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
+
+Name: amsfonts.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides access to the
+ AMS math fonts (msam, msbm and eufm), but doesn't actually define
+ control sequences for all the individual characters (see
+ amssymb.sty).
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, amsfonts, msam, msbm, eufm, blackboard bold,
+ NFSS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1a, 3 Sep 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: amsfonts.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
+See also: amssymb.sty
+
+Name: amssymb.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines names for all the
+ symbols in the AMS math fonts (msam and msbm).
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, math symbol, amsfonts, msam, msbm, NFSS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: amssymb.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
+See also: amsfonts.sty
+
+Name: amstex.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which adapts most of the
+ mathematical macros of AMS-TeX for use with LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, AMS-TeX, math, NFSS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: amstext.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the AMS-LaTeX
+ \text command, which makes it easy to incorporate fragments of text
+ inside a displayed equation or a sub or superscript. Font sizes are
+ automatically scaled in sub/superscripts.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: amstext.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
+
+Name: ctagsplt.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option that allows the position of
+ equation numbers for the [AMS-TeX] `split' environment to be changed
+ from top left (or bottom right if the `righttag' option is in use)
+ to vertically centered on the total height of the split equation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, equation number
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: intlim.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX option which changes the placement of `limits' on
+ integrals from `on the right side' to `above and below'.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, integral, limits
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: nonamelm.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which switches sub and
+ superscripts for `operator names' from `above and below' to the
+ right side in a displayed equation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, operatorname
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: nosumlim.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which changes the placement
+ of limits for sums and other cumulative operators from above and
+ below to on the side.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, summation, sum, limits
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: righttag.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which changes the placement
+ of equation numbers from the left margin to the right margin.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, equation number
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+
+%%Section 3: EPLAIN
+
+Name: eplain.tex
+Description: Macros to expand and extend the plain TeX macros by adding
+ support for bibliographies, tables of contents, enumerated lists,
+ verbatim input of files, numbered equations, tables, two-column
+ output, footnotes and commutative diagrams.
+Keywords: plain TeX, bibliography, BibTeX, lists, verbatim, TOC, xrefs,
+ autonumbering, table, multi-column, footnotes, two-column
+Author: Karl Berry et al. <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 25 March 1992
+Archives: umb* [pub/tex/eplain], ymir, stuttgart, utrecht, shsu
+Note: eplain comes with extensive documentation and example files.
+See also: btxmac.tex
+
+Name: arrow.tex
+Description: Macros for arrow theoretic diagrams.
+Keywords: plain TeX, eplain
+Author: Steven T. Smith <smith@hrl.harvard.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, 20 Jan 1992
+Archives: umb*
+
+Name: Card.tex
+Description: Macros for creating greeting cards in TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, eplain, card, dvips, rotate
+Author: William McKeehan <mckeehan@utkux1.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0
+Archives: mathsun17.math.utk.edu:/pub/tex/card.tex* [128.169.200.117]
+Note: Requires eplain.tex (q.v.), rotate.tex (q.v.) and dvips.
+
+
+%%Section 4: FOILTEX
+
+Name: FoilTeX
+Description: FoilTeX is a LaTeX-like macro package (and misc. other
+ files) for making transparencies (foils, slides, etc.). It is
+ fundamentally similar to SliTeX but has some major structural
+ differences.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, slides
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+Note: Package includes a readme file (README.flt), a user's manual
+ (foildoc.tex (q.v.)), and sample file (sampfoil.tex (q.v.)).
+See also: colordvi.tex, blackdvi.tex
+
+%%Section 4.1: Standard Distribution
+
+Name: fltplain.tex
+Description: Primary file for building the FoilTeX format fltplain.fmt.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, fmt, slides
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX
+
+Name: fltfonts.tex
+Description: Font selection for building the FoilTeX format
+ fltplain.fmt.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, fonts. OFSS
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX
+
+Name: foils.sty
+Description: Main document style for use with the FoilTeX format
+ fltplain.fmt.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 92
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty
+
+Name: foil17.sty
+Description: 17 point document-style option for use with foils.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty
+
+Name: foil20.sty
+Description: 20 point document-style option for use with foils.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty
+
+Name: foil25.sty
+Description: 25 point document-style option for use with foils.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil30.sty
+
+Name: foil30.sty
+Description: 30 point document-style option for use with foils.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty
+
+Name: foildoc.tex
+Description: Documentation for FoilTeX in LaTeX form.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX
+
+Name: foilfont.tex
+Description: Simple file to test font availability for using FoilTeX.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX
+
+Name: sampfoil.tex
+Description: Large sample file for FoilTeX.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, foil*.sty, colordvi.[tex,sty] (in this section)
+
+%%Section 4.2: Other FoilTeX Files
+
+Name: PSFonts.sty
+Description: Document style option for using PostScript fonts in FoilTeX
+ and LaTeX under the Old Font Selection Scheme with dvips.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, PostScript, OFSS
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX
+Note: These are revisions of the files by the same names as included
+ with Rokicki's dvips program. The are completely compatible with
+ Rokicki's versions in LaTeX with the old font selection scheme. Use
+ these version if you get FoilTeX and only if your LaTeX uses the
+ OFSS. Not compatible with NFSS in LaTeX. The files in this part of
+ the package include psfonts.sty, avantgarde.sty, bookman.sty,
+ chancery.sty, helvetica.sty, ncs.sty, palatino.sty, times.sty.
+
+Name: amssymbl.sty
+Description: For using AMS-TeX fonts msam, msbm and eufm in FoilTeX or
+ LaTeX with the Old Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, msam, msbm, eufm, OFSS
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, amssym.def, amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty,
+ amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
+Note: Use this file if you get FoilTeX and only if your LaTeX uses the
+ OFSS. Not compatible with NFSS in LaTeX (also not necessary since
+ LaTeX-NFSS can use other files for the same purpose).
+
+
+%%Section 5: INRSTEX
+
+Name: inrstex.tex
+Description: INRSTeX is a complete document preparation package,
+ including graphics for document preparation. It was designed from
+ the beginning for use in a bilingual (French/English) environment.
+Keywords: plain TeX, inrstex, EPSF, graphics, French
+Author: Michael Ferguson <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca>, (514) 765-7834
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Aug 1991
+Archives: aldebaran.insl.mcgill.ca* [132.206.94.5], shsu
+ /pub/inrstex/pc directory for the pc and
+ /pub/inrstex/unix for the unix version.
+
+
+%%Section 6: LATEX
+
+%%Section 6.1: Standard Distribution
+
+%%Section 6.1.1: Document styles
+
+Name: article.sty (.doc)
+Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting articles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and R.
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+Note: The original version was written by Leslie Lamport.
+See also: art10.sty, art11.sty, art12.sty, artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty,
+ artikel3.sty
+
+Name: book.sty (.doc)
+Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting books.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 92
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: bk10.sty, bk11.sty, bk12.sty, boek.sty
+
+Name: letter.sty (.doc)
+Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting letters.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Mar 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: brief.sty
+
+Name: report.sty (.doc)
+Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting reports.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: rep10.sty, rep11.sty, rep12.sty, rapport1.sty, rapport3.sty
+
+
+%%Section 6.1.2: Document-style options
+
+Name: art10.sty (.doc)
+Description: 10 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article
+ style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: article.sty, art11.sty, art12.sty
+
+Name: art11.sty (.doc)
+Description: 11 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article
+ style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: article.sty, art10.sty, art12.sty
+
+Name: art12.sty (.doc)
+Description: 12 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article
+ style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: article.sty, art10.sty, art11.sty
+
+Name: bezier.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX picture environment macro for plotting quadratic
+ Bezier curves.
+Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, Bezier
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 17 Dec 85
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: bk10.sty (.doc)
+Description: 10 point style option for standard LaTeX book style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: book.sty, bk11.sty, bk12.sty
+
+Name: bk11.sty (.doc)
+Description: 11 point style option for standard LaTeX book style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: book.sty, bk10.sty, bk12.sty
+
+Name: bk12.sty (.doc)
+Description: 12 point style option for standard LaTeX book style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: book.sty, bk10.sty, bk11.sty
+
+Name: fleqn.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for making displayed math
+ environments flush left.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, flushleft
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 4 Nov 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: ifthen.sty (.doc)
+Description: Defines an \ifthenelse macro for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: leqno.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause displayed equation
+ labels appear on the left.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 Sep 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: makeidx.sty (.doc)
+Description: Defines \see and \printindex commands for producing an
+ index with LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, index
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 21 Oct 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: openbib.sty (.doc)
+Description: Produces the "open" bibliography style, in which each block
+ of a bibliography entry starts on a new line, and succeeding lines
+ in a block are indented by \bibindent.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: proc.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to
+ produce camera-ready conference proceedings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 26 Feb 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: rep10.sty (.doc)
+Description: 10 point style option for standard LaTeX report style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: report.sty, rep11.sty, rep12.sty
+
+Name: rep11.sty (.doc)
+Description: 11 point style option for standard LaTeX report style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: report.sty, rep10.sty, rep12.sty
+
+Name: rep12.sty (.doc)
+Description: 12 point style option for standard LaTeX report style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: report.sty, rep10.sty, rep11.sty
+
+Name: showidx.sty (.doc)
+Description: Prints \index entries in outer margin. For use with book or
+ report style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, index
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: titlepag.sty (.doc)
+Description: Causes the \maketitle command and the abstract environment
+ each to produce a separate page. For use with the article document
+ style only.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, titlepage
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: twocolum.sty (.doc)
+Description: Produces two-column pages in LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, two-column
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 27 Jan 1985
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+
+%%Section 6.1.3: Other
+
+Name: addendum.tex
+Description: Errata and additions to the LaTeX manual. Includes all
+ errors and omissions reported by 31 October 1991.
+Keywords: LaTeX, manual
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 31 Oct 1990
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: idx.tex
+Description: A LaTeX input file for printing .IDX files.
+Keywords: LaTeX, index
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 22 Jan 1985
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: lablst.tex
+Description: A LaTeX input file for printing label definitions.
+Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 24 Nov 1984
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: latex.tex
+Description: The main body of LaTeX macros.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.09, 25 Mar 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: lfonts.tex
+Description: The Old Font Selection Scheme for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Nov 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: lplain.tex
+Description: A modified version of plain.tex for use with LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Mar 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: tryfonts.tex
+Description: A LaTeX input file for trying out fonts in various sizes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, fonts
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 11 Nov 1986
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+
+%%Section 6.2: The Mainz LaTeX Files
+
+%%Section 6.2.1: The New Font Selection Scheme
+
+Name: New Font Selection Scheme (NFSS)
+Description: The NFSS is an improved font selection scheme for LaTeX and
+ plain TeX (see plainfsl.tex). It implements a scheme that allows
+ changing the family, series, shape and size of the fonts
+ independently. It also vastly simplifies the task of adding support
+ for a new font.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, NFSS, font
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, aston, utrecht, shsu
+Note: The basic macros for the NFSS are found in the files lfonts.new,
+ basefont.tex, fontdef.max, fontdef.ori, preload.med, preload.min and
+ preload.ori. Documentation and installation notes are provided in
+ the files readme.mz, readme.mz3, nfss.bug, nfss.tex, nfssinst.tex
+ and nfssprob.tex. The New Font Selection Scheme and the LaTeX
+ interface were described in a pair of TUGboat articles: "A new font
+ selection scheme for TeX macro packages---the basic macros" by Frank
+ Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf, TUGboat 10(2): 222--238, July 1989,
+ and "Reprint: The new font family selection---User interface to
+ standard LaTeX" by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf, TUGboat
+ 11(2): 297--305, June 1990.
+
+Name: concrete.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX style for for accessing the Concrete Roman fonts used
+ in "Concrete Mathematics" by Ronald Graham, Donald E. Knuth and Oren
+ Patashnik.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0h, 20 Jun 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu
+
+Name: dclfont.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the DC fonts under
+ the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, EC/DC
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4b, 20 Aug 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, aston
+
+Name: euscript.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the Euler script
+ fonts (eusm and eusb).
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, amsfonts
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0g, 20 Jun 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu
+
+Name: excale.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that implements scaling of the
+ math extension font `cmex' under the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math, cmex
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0c, 20 Jun 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu
+
+Name: lfonts.new
+Description: The basic macros for the New Font Selection Scheme for
+ LaTeX. This is a replacement for lfonts.tex.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+
+Name: margid.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the New Font
+ Selection Scheme. It defines all <math alphabet identifiers> (such
+ as \bf, \rm, etc.) to take one argument. E.g., $\rm text$ would
+ produce a roman "t" and math italics "ext", while $\rm{text}$ would
+ produce an all-roman "text".
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0c, 19 Aug 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: nomargid.sty
+
+Name: newlfont.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement the new font
+ selection conventions of the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4b, 20 Aug 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+See also: lfonts.new, oldlfont.sty
+
+Name: nomargid.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines all <math
+ alphabet identifiers> (such as \bf, \rm, etc.) to switch fonts
+ rather than taking an argument. This provides compability with the
+ old LaTeX syntax, rather than the default syntax of the New Font
+ Selection Scheme (see margid.sty).
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0c, 19 Aug 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: margid.sty
+
+Name: oldlfont.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement the old font
+ selection conventions of the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+See also: lfonts.new, oldlfont.sty
+
+Name: scripts.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style that implements \ssp and \ssb macros
+ for typesetting simple superscripts and subscripts in text mode.
+ Requires the NFSS.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, superscript, subscript
+Author: Wayne G. Sullivan <wsulivan@irlearn.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.02, 14 Aug 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston, shsu, ymir, utrecht
+
+Name: syntonly.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \syntaxonly
+ macro for suppressing all output and providing quick syntax checking
+ of a document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, syntax checking
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0e, 5 Apr 1990
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+
+Name: tracefnt.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a \tracingfonts
+ macro to trace font usage with the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0r, 27 Aug 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, ymir, aston, shsu
+
+
+%%Section 6.2.2: Other Mainz files
+
+Name: array.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which reimplements the array
+ and tabular environments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, array
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1b, 06 July 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+Note: Version 2.1 includes most of the now defunct newarray.sty.
+
+Name: doc.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for mixing documentation with
+ code in LaTeX style files.
+Keywords: LaTeX, documentation
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.7k, 24 Aug 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+See also: docstrip.tex, newdoc.sty
+
+Name: ftnright.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to position footnotes at the
+ bottom of the right-hand column in a multiple-column document. For
+ use with multicol.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, output, footnotes
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0d, 19 Jun 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+See also: multicol.sty
+
+Name: multicol.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting in multiple
+ columns, including the ability to change the number of columns in
+ the middle of a page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, output
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4m, 4 Sep 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+
+Name: newdoc.sty (.doc)
+Description: Updates or test modifications to the LaTeX document-style
+ option doc.sty. This is currently identical to doc.doc.
+Keywords: LaTeX, documentation
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 24 Aug 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+See also: doc.sty
+
+Name: thb.sty (.doc)
+Description: "Break" document-style option for use with theorem.sty.
+ Causes the theorem header to be followed by a line break.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: thc.sty (.doc)
+Description: "Change" document-style option for use with theorem.sty.
+ Causes the header number to appear before the header text, i.e., "3
+ Theorem" instead of "Theorem 3."
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1b, 28 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: thcb.sty (.doc)
+Description: "Change-break" document-style option for use with
+ theorem.sty. This is a combination of the "break" (thb.sty) and
+ "change" (thc.sty) options (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: theorem.sty (.doc)
+Description: A reimplementation of the LaTeX \newtheorem command to
+ provide greater flexibility in specifying the format of theorem-like
+ environments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem, math
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1c, 22 Jun 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+Note: Also distributed with AMS-LaTeX.
+See also: thb.sty, thc.sty, thcb.sty, thm.sty, thmb.sty, thp.sty
+
+Name: thm.sty (.doc)
+Description: "Margin" document-style option for use with theorem.sty.
+ Causes the number to be set in the left margin.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: thmb.sty (.doc)
+Description: "Margin-break" document-style option for use with
+ theorem.sty. Combination of the "margin" (thm.sty) and "break"
+ (thb.sty) theorem styles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1c, 17 Feb 1990
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: thp.sty (.doc)
+Description: "Plain" document-style option for use with theorem.sty.
+ This emulates the original LaTeX theorem environments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: verbatim.sty
+Description: A reimplementation of the LaTeX verbatim and verbatim*
+ environments. Also defines a robust comment environment for
+ ignoring large sections of a document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, comment
+Author: Rainer Sch\"opf <schoepf@sc.zib-berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4i, 20 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, aston, ymir, shsu
+
+
+%%Section 6.2.3: Mainz-compatible macros
+
+Name: psnfss
+Description: LaTeX support for using PostScript fonts under the New Font
+ Selection Scheme. The font names used are those widely promulgated
+ by Karl Berry and found in dvips; the package depends upon virtual
+ fonts to map between the default Computer Modern layout and the
+ standard PostScript layout. Optional support is provided for
+ scaling the PostScript fonts so that their x-heights match the
+ x-heights of the corresponding CM fonts. Support is provided for
+ building new formats based on PostScript fonts, but you can also use
+ most of the style files without building a new format file, as long
+ as you are using the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, PostScript, dvips, virtual fonts
+Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.2, 12 April 1992
+Note: Style files are provided for using the following PostScript fonts
+ as the main text font: AvantGarde, Baskerville, Bembo, Bookman,
+ Garamond, Helvetica, lucida, NewCenturySchoolbook, Optima, Palatino,
+ Times-Roman. Style files are also provided for loading the Zapf
+ Chancery and Zapf Dingbat fonts, as well as for using the Lucida
+ math fonts in place of the Computer Modern math fonts. A
+ documentation file, psnfss.tex, is included. There are also
+ numerous supporting files.
+Archives: aston*, stuttgart
+
+
+%%Section 6.4: The BABEL project
+
+Name: Babel
+Description: Babel is a multilingual style-option for adapting the
+ standard LaTeX document styles for use with non-English languages.
+ It consists of a collection of common macros and a series of
+ language-specific document-style options. The standard distribution
+ includes the following common files and documentation: babel.doc
+ (the documentation for the whole system), babel.bug (a list of bug
+ reports and fixes) babel.com, babel.readme (which contains
+ installation notes), babel.hyphen, babel.switch, babel22.switch,
+ babel32.switch, hyphen.doc, language.dat, latexhax.com,
+ latexhax.doc.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0c, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+Note: A description of the Babel system was published in TUGboat
+ 12(2):291--301, June 1991.
+
+Name: catalan.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Catalan.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Catalan
+Author: Gon\c{c}al Badenes <goncal@cnm.uab.es>, <goncal@ssws1.cnm.es>
+Supported: Yes?
+Latest Version: v1.0, Nov 1991
+Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/babel
+
+Name: croatian.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Croatian.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Croatian
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: cyrillic.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option for use in conjunction with
+ russian.sty to provide support for typesetting in Russian. This is
+ meant for use with the cmcyr fonts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Russian, Cyrillic, cmcyr, NFSS
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> and Werenfried Spit
+ <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 27 May 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: czech.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in the Czech language.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Czech
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: danish.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Danish.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Danish
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 2 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: dutch.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Dutch.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Dutch
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.2b, 16 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: english.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in American or British English.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, English
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0c, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: esperanto.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Esperanto.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Esperanto
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: finnish.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Finnish.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Finnish
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: francais.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in French.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, French
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v4.2d, 20 Sep 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: germanb.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in German and the Austrian dialect of German.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, German, Austrian
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.2c, 26 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+Note: germanb.sty is based on Hubert Partl's german.sty.
+
+Name: italian.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Italian.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0e, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+Note: The original version of this file was written by Maurizio Codogno,
+ <urcm@ur785.cselt.stet.it>.
+
+Name: magyar.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Hungarian.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Hungarian
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: norsk.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Norwegian. Support is also provided for the new
+ spelling variant `nynorsk' of Norwegian.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Norwegian
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0b, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: portuges.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Portuguese, including the Brasilian dialect.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Portuguese
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: romanian.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Romanian.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Romanian
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: russian.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Russian. Meant to be used with cyrillic.sty (q.v.)
+ and the cmcyr fonts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Russian, Cyrillic
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.1b, 22 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: slovene.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Slovenian.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Slovenian
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: spanish.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Spanish.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Spanish
+Author: Julio Sanchez <jsanchez@gmv.es>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0a, 26 Nov 1991
+Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/babel, tex-nl, stuttgart,
+ aston, utrecht
+
+Name: swedish.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Swedish.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Swedish
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0b, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+
+%%Section 6.5: REVTeX
+
+Name: revtex.sty
+Description: REVTeX is the official LaTeX macro package for preparing
+ manuscripts for producing manuscripts for the American Physical
+ Society's Physical Review A, B, C and D, as well as Physical Review
+ Letters. (Many AIP journals also accept REVTEX manuscripts.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher
+ style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 27 Oct 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+Note: The REVTeX package includes a README file, a users manual
+ (apguide.tex) and three sample files (smplea.tex, smpleb.tex and
+ smplec.tex).
+See also: aps.sty, aps10.sty, aps12.sty, eqsecnum.sty, preprint.sty
+
+Name: aps.sty
+Description: The American Physical Society document style for use with
+ REVTeX to produce papers for Physical Review.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher
+ style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 28 Oct 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: aps10.sty
+Description: The 10 point document-style option for use with aps.sty to
+ produce galley output for papers submitted to Physical Review.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher
+ style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 2 Oct 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: aps12.sty
+Description: The 12 point document-style option for use with aps.sty to
+ produce galley output for papers submitted to Physical Review.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher
+ style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 2 Oct 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: osa.sty
+Description: REVTeX Document-style option for typeseting papers for
+ Optical Society of America (OSA) journals.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, OSA, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: osa10.sty
+Description: The 10 point document-style option for use with osa.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: osa12.sty
+Description: The 12 point document-style option for use with osa.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: osabib.sty
+Description: REVTeX bibliography style to produce bibliographies in the
+ format required by Optical Society of America journals.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: prabib.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 14 Sep 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: prbbib.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 29 Sep 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: prsty.bst
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: version2.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 17 Sep 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+%%Section 6.6: LaTeX Document Styles
+
+Name: aaai.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for preparing papers for the
+ Proceedings of AAAI-88.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
+Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Apr 1988
+Archives: ymir
+Note: The AAAI package includes a documentation file, aaai-doc.tex. The
+ most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending mail to
+ macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request".
+
+Name: abstr_collect.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style that allows multiple articles to be
+ collected together in one document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Aug 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+Note: abstr_collect.tex
+
+Name: accarticle.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for the proceedings of the IEEE
+ American Control Conference.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
+Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 6 Feb 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+
+Name: acm.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for ACM conference proceedings papers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM, camera-ready
+Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 23 Apr 89
+Archives:
+See also: acmconf.sty, acmproc.sty, acm.bst
+
+Name: acmconf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing two-column camera-ready
+ papers for ACM conferences, according to ACM specifications.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM, camera-ready, two-column
+Author: Ken Traub
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 16 Mar 1988
+Archives:
+See also: acm.sty, acmproc.sty
+
+Name: acsarticle.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for preparing manuscripts in
+ accordance with the formatting instructions of the journal Advances
+ in Control Systems.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 22 May 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: acs.bst
+
+%% Name: aimemo.sty
+
+Name: artikel1.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible
+ with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 1. Compatible with
+ article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.18, 3 Dec 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
+ ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
+See also: artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty,
+ rapport3.sty
+
+Name: artikel2.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible
+ with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 2. Compatible with
+ article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.14, 21 Dec 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
+ ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
+See also: artikel1.sty, artikel3.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty,
+ rapport3.sty
+
+Name: artikel3.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible
+ with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 3 (has non-zero parskip
+ and zero parindent). Compatible with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.18, 3 Dec 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
+ ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
+See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty,
+ rapport3.sty
+
+Name: asaetr.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for Am. Soc. of Agricultural Engineers
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
+Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992
+Archives: shsu*
+Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE)
+See also: asaesub.sty, asaetr.tex, asaetr.bst, cmcscsl10.mf
+
+Name: automatica.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for Automatica, the Journal of the
+ International Federation of Automatic Control (IFAC). To be used
+ with ifac9.sty (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, publisher style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 24 Jun 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
+Note: Comes with a sample file, automatica.tex.
+
+Name: boek.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing a book compatible with
+ Dutch typesetting conventions. Compatible with book.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.03, 19 Feb 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
+ ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
+See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, brief.sty,
+ rapport1.sty, rapport3.sty
+
+Name: bookform.sty
+Description: MIL-STD-490 bookform document style for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, milstd
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir
+See also: bf10.sty, bf11.sty, bf12.sty, extradefs.tex, milstd.sty
+Note: extradefs.sty is required. Comes with a sample file,
+ bookform.tex.
+
+Name: brief.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for Dutch letters.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.06, 24 Mar 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Includes sample file (brief.tex) and documentation (briefdoc.tex),
+ both in Dutch.
+See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, rapport1.sty,
+ rapport3.sty, bellmac.tex, label.tex, labels.tex, letter.mac,
+ letter.tex, lettermac.tex, letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty
+
+Name: cea.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for Computers and Electronics in
+ Agriculture Submissions.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
+Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v0.1, 13 Mar 1992
+Archives: shsu
+Note: This is a hack and not official by Elsevier Sci Pub. This
+ requires doublespace.sty and endfloat.sty from ftp.shsu.edu.
+See also: cea.bst, doublespace.sty, endfloat.sty
+
+Name: deproc.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for formatting DECUS proceedings
+ articles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, DECUS, camera-ready, two-column
+Author: Barbara N. Beeton <bnb@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 24 Apr 86
+Archives: ymir
+Note: documentation in deprocldc.tex
+
+Name: elsevier.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing camera-ready articles
+ according to instructions of the ELSEVIER SCIENCE PUBLISHERS B.V.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, EUROSIM proceedings, camera ready, publisher
+ style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0-, 29 Jun 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
+
+Name: fac.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for submissions to the Springer-Verlag
+ journal Formal Aspects of Computing.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, publisher style
+Author: Christiane Notarmarco and Rod Mulvey
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.00, 27 Sep 1991
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+Note: Includes documentation, facguide.sty.
+
+Name: farticle.sty
+Description: French version of article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, french, article
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 15 May 1988
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Obsolete. Use Babel system or most recent version of latex.tex
+ instead.
+
+Name: ifacarticle.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting papers for the
+ Proceedings of the International Federation of Automatic Control
+ (IFAC) published by Pergamon press.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2, 2 Dec 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+Note: The IFAC package includes two sample files, ifacsample.tex and
+ sample.bib.
+See also: ifac.bst, ifac9.sty, ifac10.sty, ifac12.sty
+
+Name: ijcarticle.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing articles according to
+ the formatting instructions of the International Journal of Control.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
+Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 6 Jun 91
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ijc10.sty, ijc.bst
+
+Name: iso.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting ISO standards.
+Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents
+Author: Nicholas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Includes documentation file iso-doc.sty.
+See also: iso9.sty, iso10.sty
+
+Name: jns.sty
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document-style for producing
+ camera-ready copy for the Journal of Nonlinear Science.
+Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, journal
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 Jul 1990
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jnsl.doc, and an
+ example file, jnsl.dem.
+See also: jnsams.cmm
+
+Name: laa.sty
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for producing
+ articles for the journal Astronomy and Astrophysics.
+Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, journal, physics,
+ multi-column, two-column
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Feb 1991
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, laa.doc, and an
+ example file, laa.dem, and a readme file. The package also includes
+ a copy of laa.the, the thesaurus list for Astronomy and
+ Astrophysics. There is also a variant, laamt.sty, of the macros for
+ typesetting with the Monotype Times fonts.
+
+Name: laletter.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document style used at the Los Alamos National
+ Laboratory to format letters according to the rules established in
+ the LANL "Office Procedures Manual." Features include support for
+ form letters, choice of Computer Modern or PostScript fonts, choice
+ of Roman or typewriter typefaces, support for multiple addresses on
+ a single letter, and support for a salutation, a subject line, a
+ reference line, a complimentary close, a signature line, an
+ enclosures list, an attachments list, a copy list, or a distribution
+ list.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter, PostScript, formletter
+Author: Steve Sydoriak <sxs@lanl.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 18 Sep 1989
+Archives: stuttgart
+Note: Package includes a README file (laletter.README), a users' manual
+ (laletter.ref), and a sample file (lettest.tex). These macros were
+ described in "LaTeX Memos and Letters," TUGboat 10(4):715--726,
+ December 1989 (1989 Conference Proceedings).
+See also: memo.sty
+
+Name: llncs.sty
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for producing
+ camera-ready copy for the Lecture Notes in Computer Science series.
+Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, LNCS,
+ multi-author, book
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, llncs.doc, an
+ example file, llncs.dem, and a readme file.
+
+Name: lmamult.sty
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for
+ typesetting multi-author mathematics books.
+Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ multi-author, book, mathematics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 Dec 89
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lmamult.doc, and an
+ example file, lmamult.dem, and a readme file.
+See also: amamult.cmm, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty
+
+Name: ltugboat.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for preparation of TUGboat, the
+ Communications of the TeX Users Group.
+Keywords: LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, two-column
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.14, 8 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn
+Note: requires article.sty, tugboat.cmn
+
+Name: ltugproc.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for the Proceedings issues of TUGboat,
+ the Communications of the TeX Users Group.
+Keywords: LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, proceedings, two-column
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.04, 8 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugboat.cmn
+Note: ltugboat.sty, article.sty, tugboat.cmn required.
+
+Name: manual.sty
+Description: A LaTeX document style based on book.sty, which supports
+ page numbering by chapter, LaTeXing only selected pages, and always
+ produces right-handed odd-numbered pages (chapters start on
+ right-hand pages).
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual
+Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 4 Apr 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: memo.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document style used at the Los Alamos National
+ Laboratory to format memos according to the rules established in the
+ LANL "Office Procedures Manual." Features include choice of
+ Computer Modern or PostScript fonts, choice of Roman or typewriter
+ typefaces, support for "THRU" or "THRULESS" headers, and support for
+ a subject line, a reference line, a signature line, an approval
+ line, an enclosures list, an attachments list, a copy list, or a
+ distribution list.
+Keywords: LaTeX, memo, PostScript
+Author: Steve Sydoriak <sxs@lanl.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 28 Mar 1990
+Archives: stuttgart
+Note: Package includes a README file (memo.README), a user's manual
+ (memo.ref), and a sample file (memotest.tex). These macros were
+ described in "LaTeX Memos and Letters," TUGboat 10(4):715--726,
+ December 1989 (1989 Conference Proceedings).
+See also: laletter.sty
+
+Name: memo.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for memos.
+Keywords: LaTeX, memo
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 30 May 1985
+Archives: ymir
+See also: extradefs.tex, memo10.sty, memo11.sty, memo12.sty
+Note: extradefs.tex required
+
+Name: MEParticle.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for proceedings of Mechanical
+ Engineering Publications Limited.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, conference, article
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 26 Mar 92
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
+
+Name: milstd.sty
+Description: MIL-STD-490 document style for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: bookform.sty, extradefs.tex
+Note: extradefs.tex required
+
+Name: mit-press-book.sty
+Description: LaTeX MIT Press book document style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, MIT Press, publisher style
+Author: <eb@oz> (Ed Barton <eb@oz.ai.mit.edu>???)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 23 Oct 86
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: mtnsarticle.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for papers in the proceedings of
+ Mathematical Theory of Network and Systems.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings
+Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1 Apr 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+Note: mtnssample.bib, mtnssample.tex
+
+Name: nar.sty
+Description: Modified article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Tom Schneider
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.01, 13 Aug 1990
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: paper.sty
+Description: Double-spaced LaTeX document style suitable for producing
+ college papers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 28 Nov 89
+Archives: ymir*
+Note: Requires doublespace.sty and smaller.sty.
+
+Name: rapport1.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing a report compatible with
+ Dutch typesetting conventions, design 1. Compatible with
+ report.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.14, 19 March 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
+ ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
+See also: voorwerk.sty
+
+Name: rapport3.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing a report compatible with
+ Dutch typesetting conventions, design 3 (has non-zero parskip and
+ zero parindent). Compatible with report.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.16, 7 Jan 1992
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
+ ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
+See also: voorwerk.sty
+
+Name: res.sty
+Description: Resume document style for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, resume
+Author: Michael DeCorte <mrd@sun.soe.clarkson.edu, mrd@clutx.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 26 Sep 89
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: siam.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing articles for SIAM
+ journals.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
+Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Nov 1991
+Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in
+ netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir
+See also: amstexsiam.sty, siam10.sty, siam11.sty, siam12.sty, siam.bst,
+ fixup.sty, numinsec.sty
+
+Name: spie.sty
+Description: Enhanced version of Rick Zaccone's document style for
+ producing camera-ready copy for SPIE proceedings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, SPIE, camera-ready
+Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 11 Jan 1992
+Archives: aston*
+
+Name: svlncs.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for conference proceedings printed in
+ Springer-Verlag's Lecture Notes in Computer Science.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, publisher style
+Author: Marc Shapiro <shapiro@sor.inria.fr>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 23 Mar 1989
+Note: Obsolete: See llncs.sty.
+
+Name: USCthesis.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style for typesetting Theses or
+ Dissertations in accordance with the University of Southern
+ California Regulations for Format and Presentation of Theses and
+ Dissertations. It provides some alternative ``bells and whistles''
+ such as support for multi-volume documents.
+Keywords: LaTeX, thesis, dissertation
+Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.2, 29 Jun 1992
+Archives: shsu*
+Note: Requires Stephen Page's `doublespace' style option (or equivalent)
+ in addition to the standard LaTeX `report' style.
+See also: techreport.sty
+
+Name: ucthesis.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for University of California theses.
+Keywords: LaTeX, thesis
+Author: Rusty C. Wright
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+Note: Comes with a readme file, ucthesis.doc.
+
+Name: unixman.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing UNIX manual pages.
+Keywords: LaTeX, manpage
+Author: Paul Barton-Davis <pauld@cs.washington.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4, November 9th 1991
+Archives: ymir
+See also: manpage.sty
+
+Name: utdiss.sty
+Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document style for typeseting
+ dissertation for the University of Texas at Austin.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, thesis, dissertation
+Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, Mar 1992
+Archives: ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/
+Note: Comes with a documentation file (utdiss.doc) and a sample file
+ (sampdiss.tex).
+
+Name: uw-thesis.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for University of Washington theses.
+Keywords: LaTeX, thesis
+Author: Jim Fox
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.5, 30 May 1990
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: xarticle.sty
+Description: Modified version of article.sty for use with art7.sty,
+ art8.sty, and art9.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 16 Mar 88
+Archives: ymir
+See also: art7.sty, art8.sty, art9.sty
+
+
+%%Section 6.7: LaTeX Document-style Options
+
+Name: 9pt.sty
+Description: 9 point document-style option for LaTeX article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Patrick van der Smagt
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Apr 90
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: 10pt.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers at 10pt.
+ Its use is optional. But since 11pt works as a style option, it is
+ is useful that 10pt works too.
+Keywords: LaTeX, fonts
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 May 1992
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+
+Name: a4.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the page layout used
+ by the standard LaTeX document styles to conform to the European A4
+ standard.
+Keywords: LaTeX, A4, page layout
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> and N.A.F.M.
+ Poppelier <N.Poppelier@elsevier.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2a, 30 Nov 90
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir, shsu
+Note: Documented with doc.sty.
+See also: a5.sty, a5comb.sty
+
+Name: a4wide.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase line width of
+ standard LaTeX document styles. (Obsolete: use a4.sty (q.v.)
+ instead.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, A4, page layout
+Author: Jean-Francois Lamy <lamy@sobeco.com>, <lamy@sobeco.ca>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: Jul 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: a5.sty
+Description: Sets page layout to A5 size, with equal spaces to left,
+ middle and right and top:side:bottom space = 2:3:4.
+Keywords: LaTeX, A5, page layout
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+Supported: yes
+See also: a4.sty, a5comb.sty
+
+Name: a5comb.sty
+Description: Sets page layout to A5 size, with equal spaces to left and
+ right, and twice the amount of centre space (for comb-bound
+ documents) and top:side:bottom space = 2:2:4.
+Keywords: LaTeX, A5, page layout
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+Supported: yes
+See also: a4.sty, a5.sty
+
+Name: acmproc.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to
+ produce ACM conference proceedings papers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: acm.sty, acmconf.sty
+
+Name: acronym.sty
+Description: Defines macros for defining and using acronyms, including
+ use of footnote and parenthesised initial usage.
+Keywords: LaTeX, acronym, footnotes
+Author: John Kewley <jk@fiveg.icl.co.uk>, <jk@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 19 Jun 1992
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: add-wes.sty
+Description: A "book" style conforming (just!) to the Addison-Wesley
+ house style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, book, camera-ready
+Author: Paul Barton-Davis <pauld@cs.washington.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.05, 29 Jun 1989
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: algorithm.sty
+Description: Defines a theorem-like environment for typesetting
+ algorithms.
+Keywords: LaTeX, algorithm, theorm
+Author: Jose Alberto Fernandez <alberto@cs.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: ???
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: answers.sty
+Description: Defines \newrtheorem, and commands \Solution and \Hint
+ which cause all text up to first line starting \end{Exercise} to be
+ output to \jobname.sol.
+Keywords: LaTeX, solutions
+Author: M. J. Piff <MPiff@pa.shef.ac.uk>, <MPiff@ibm.shef.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: agugrl.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style option to be used with article.sty to
+ typeset papers for the American Geophysical Union Geophysical
+ Research Letters.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 20 Jul 87
+Note: Comes with a sample file, agugrl-sample.tex.
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: agujgr.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style option to be used with article.sty to
+ typeset papers for the American Geophysical Union Journal of
+ Geophysical Research.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 9 Jul 87
+Note: Comes with a sample file, agujgr-sample.tex.
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: aip.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for
+ American Institute of Physics journals. For use with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 13 Apr 1990
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+
+Name: alleqno.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to make all displayed equations
+ numbered by default.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, autonumbering
+Author: Jonathan Thornburg <thornburg@mtsg.ubc.ca>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 Sep 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: alltt.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style which defines the `alltt' environment,
+ which is like the `verbatim' environment except that `\', `\{', and
+ `\}' have their usual meanings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Dec 1987
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: astyped.sty
+
+Name: alltt2.sty
+Description: Modification of the alltt style to indent alltt
+ environments by \allttindent parameter
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Note: Based on the original alltt.sty (q.v.) by Leslie Lamport.
+Archives: Aston*
+See also: alltt.sty
+
+Name: amssymbols.sty
+Description: Document-style option which makes the AMS symbol fonts
+ (msam and msbm) available to LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 May 1992
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+See also: amssym.def, amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty,
+ amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
+
+Name: apalike.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used in conjunction with
+ apalike.bst to produce an APA-like bibliography.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX
+Author: Susan King and Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 13 Oct 87
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+See also: apalike.bst, apalike.tex
+
+Name: apeqnum.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for numbering equations A1, A2,
+ A3, etc., within appendices. For use with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, math, autonumbering
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 8 Nov 1990
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: apl.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting APL symbols
+ with standard LaTeX fonts.
+Keywords: LaTeX, APL
+Author: Andreas Geyer-Schulz <andreas@awiwuw11.bitnet> and Josef Matulka
+ <matulka@awiwuw11.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.3, 11 Mar 1991
+Archives: watserv1.waterloo.edu* [129.97.129.140], ymir,
+ ftp.wu-wien.ac.at [137.208.3.5]
+Note: These macros, as well as a preprocessor to convert from APL to
+ LaTeX, are described in "A LaTeX Document Style Option for
+ Typesetting APL," TUGboat 11(4):644-651, November 1990.
+
+Name: apsabstract.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for abstracts submitted to
+ American Physical Society conferences. For use with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 24 Jun 1992
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+Note: requires an additional file giving APS meeting name, location, etc.
+
+Name: art7.sty
+Description: 7 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, font
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 22 Dec 87
+Archives: ymir
+See also: art8.sty, art9.sty
+
+Name: art8.sty
+Description: 8 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, font
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 22 Sep 90
+Archives: ymir
+See also: art7.sty, art9.sty
+
+Name: art9.sty
+Description: 9 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, font
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 22 Sep 90
+Archives: ymir
+See also: art7.sty, art8.sty
+
+Name: asaesub.sty
+Description: style option for asaetr.sty (q.v.) to meet submission
+ requirements.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
+Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992
+Archives: shsu
+Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE)
+See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.tex, asaetr.bst, cmcscsl10.mf
+
+Name: askinclude.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that prompts the user for a
+ list of files to be \include'd.
+Keywords: LaTeX, include
+Author: Pablo A. Straub <straub@ing.puc.cl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 13 Dec 1991
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: astyped.sty
+Description: Defines the `astyped' environment, which is like the
+ `verbatim' environment except most of the special characters have
+ their usual meanings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.3, 30 Jun 1988
+Archives: shsu
+See also: alltt.sty
+
+Name: balanced.sty
+Description: Defines a two-column environment that can be used anywhere
+ in a one-column document. The twocolumns environment may extend for
+ an unlimited number of pages, and start and finish mid-page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, output
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu
+See also: multicol.sty
+
+Name: bbold.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for using Alan Jeffrey's bbold
+ (blackboard bold) fonts.
+Keywords: LaTeX, mathfonts, blackboard bold, NFSS
+Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1b, 10 Sep 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+Note: Alan Jeffrey's bbold fonts are different from the blackbord bold
+ provided by AMSTeX or AMSLaTeX. They contain a complete blackbord
+ bold alphabet with lowers, greek, and digitals in a sans serif-type
+ style.
+
+Name: bf10.sty
+Description: 10 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bookform
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir
+Note: This is the default point size.
+See also: bookform.sty, bf11.sty, bf12.sty
+
+Name: bf11.sty
+Description: 11 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bookform
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir
+See also: bookform.sty, bf10.sty, bf12.sty
+
+Name: bf12.sty
+Description: 12 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bookform
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir
+See also: bookform.sty, bf10.sty, bf11.sty
+
+Name: biblist.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option for typesetting large bibliography
+ listings. Outputs also annotations and ISBN fields.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX
+Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2, 13 Jan 1992
+Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart
+
+Name: bibperinclude.sty
+Description: Allows multiple \bibliography tags in one document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 25 Jun 1991
+Note: This style option is obsolete -- use chapterbib.sty instead. It
+ should be deleted on all archives.
+See also: chapterbib.sty
+
+Name: bibunits.sty
+Description: BIBUNITS is a style to generate separate bibliographies for
+ different units (parts) of the text (currently only one of chapters,
+ sections or bibunit-environments).
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Jose Alberto Fernandez <alberto@cs.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 7 Sep 91
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: bigtabular.sty
+Description: LaTeX environment for typesetting large tables that can be
+ split across multiple pages.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tables, tabular, array, multi-page
+Author: Denys Duchier <duchier-denys@cs.yale.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Jul 1990
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+See also: longtable.sty, supertab.sty
+
+Name: biihead.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for defining an underlined
+ heading style for the LaTeX report style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle, report
+Author: Ted Shapin
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Dec 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: fancyheadings.sty, headerfooter.sty
+
+Name: birk.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with article.sty to
+ produce Birkhaeuser conference proceedings papers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, Birkhaeuser, camera-ready
+Author: Bengt Martensson <bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 10 June 1989
+Archives: stuttgart*
+Note: Requires remark.sty (q.v.). Package includes a sample file,
+ birksample.tex, which requires the sample bibliography
+ birksample.bib.
+
+Name: birkhaus.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with article.sty to
+ format papers for Birk\"auser Verlag conference/workshop
+ proceedings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, conference, proceedings, publisher style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 11 Feb 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
+Note: Comes with a sample article (birkhaus.tex) and bibliography
+ (birkhaus.bib).
+
+Name: blackdvi.sty
+Description: See entry for blackdvi.tex.
+
+Name: bnf.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting BNF
+Keywords: LaTeX, BNF
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu
+See also: bnf.sty, bnf.tex, ebnf.sty
+
+Name: boxedminipage.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the boxedminipage
+ environment -- just like minipage, but with a box around it.
+Keywords: LaTeX, minipage, framebox
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>, mods by Jerry Leichter
+ <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu>
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Supported: yes
+Archives: Aston*
+See also: boxit.sty
+
+Name: boxit.sty
+Description: Defines an environment that draws lines arounds its
+ contents (which can include verbatim text).
+Keywords: LaTeX, framebox
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1992
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], shsu
+See also: boxedminipage.sty
+
+%% Name: brandeis-letter.sty
+
+Name: breakcites.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow citations to be broken
+ across lines.
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 14 Mar 1989
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: bruggink.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide for independent
+ formatting of table and figure (and other float) captions.
+Keywords: LaTeX, caption, floats
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Virtually identical to zaccone.sty (q.v.). Comes with a sample
+ file, bruggink.tex.
+
+Name: bsf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing access to bold
+ sans serif fonts in LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, font, OFSS
+Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 2 Dec 91
+Archives: ymir
+See also: bsl.sty, isf.sty
+
+Name: bsl.sty
+Description: Provide access to the boldface slanted type style for LaTeX
+ under the Old Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, font
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 5 Apr 1990
+Archives: shsu*
+See also: bsf.sty, isf.sty
+
+Name: calendar.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting a calendar.
+Keywords: LaTeX, calendar
+Author: J"urgen Stuber and W. J. Metzger <u632111@hnykun11.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 29 Nov 1991
+Archives: shsu
+See also: calendar.tex, yearcal.tex
+
+Name: captcont.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to permit the use of captions
+ in continuations of floats -- defines a \captcont macro that is like
+ \caption except it doesn't update the counter or add an entry to the
+ list of figures or tables.
+Keywords: LaTeX, floats, caption
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: card.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing text formatted for
+ cardfile cards.
+Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, card
+Author: R. Potu\v{c}ek jr. <potucek@winx06.informatik.uni-wuerzburg.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.04, 6 Mar 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*
+
+Name: catmac.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for drawing commutative diagrams.
+Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams
+Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 12 Nov 1989
+Archives: ymir
+Note: OBSOLETE: superseded by diagram.tex (q.v.)
+
+Name: cd.sty
+Description: Commutative diagram macros modified from AmSTeX for use as
+ LaTeX style option.
+Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams
+Author: Darrel Hankerson <hank@auducvax.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 3 Mar 89
+Archives: ymir
+Note: OBSOLETE: Use amscd.sty, xypic.sty, diagram.tex or diagrams.tex
+ instead.
+
+Name: changebars.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing changebars.
+Keywords: LaTeX, changebars, dvi2ln3, dvitops, dvips, dvidrv
+Author: Michael Fine and Neil Winton <nwinton@axion.bt.co.uk> and
+ Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 16 Nov 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, aston, ymir
+Note: Documented with doc.sty. Comes with a bug list, changbar.bug.
+
+Name: chappg.sty
+Description: Define \thepage to output chapter-page (such as 1-3, 5-2,
+ etc.) and have each chapter's page number begin on 1.
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle, pagenumbering
+Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: chapterbib.sty
+Description: Document-style option for allowing multiple bibliographies
+ in a LaTeX document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX
+Author: Niel Kempson <rmcs-tex@cdvc.cranfield.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, 23 Nov 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: chemtex.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting chemistry
+ equations.
+Keywords: LaTeX, chemistry
+Author: Roswitha Haas
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Documentation in chemdoc.tex.
+
+Name: chess.sty
+Description: (La)TeX document-style option for writing about chess
+ games.
+Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, chess
+Author: Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2, Feb 1992
+Archives: utrecht*, tue
+Note: These macros are described in "A Font and a Style for Typesetting
+ Chess using LaTeX or TeX," TUGboat 13(1):85--89, April 1992.
+
+Name: chicago.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the Chicago BibTeX
+ styles chicago.bst and chicagoa.bst.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v4, 31 August 1992
+Archives: shsu*, utah
+See also: chicago.bst, chicagoa.bst
+
+Name: chomsky.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style-option for typesetting parse trees.
+Keywords: LaTeX, parse trees, tree
+Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 22 May 1989
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: cite.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three
+ or more consecutive numbers into one number range. E.g.,
+ [4,5,6,7,9,8,Einstein,6] becomes [4-7,9,8,Einstein,6].
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, Oct 1992
+Archives: shsu*, ymir
+See also: citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, overcite.sty, rangecite.sty
+
+Name: citesort.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for sorting and compressing
+ lists of three or more consecutive numbers into one number range.
+ E.g., [4,5,6,7,9,8,6] becomes [4-9].
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
+Author: Ian Green <img@eng.cam.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1, 10 Dec 1991
+Archives: ymir
+See also: cite.sty
+
+Name: code.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing verbatim displays
+ of program code using verbatim.sty (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
+Author: George Ferguson <ferguson@cs.rochester.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 3 Jul 1991
+Archives: stuttgart
+Note: Includes a sample file, foo.tex.
+See also: verbatim.sty
+
+Name: colordvi.sty
+Description: See entry for colordvi.tex.
+
+Name: colors.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which adds greyscale and color
+ support for PostScript devices.
+Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, color
+Author: Fred Knight <knight@ll.mit.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 15 Apr 92
+Archives: shsu
+Note: The style file is distributed with a file rgb.txt, which defines
+ the RGB values for various colors.
+
+Name: cprog.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style option which allows C programs to be
+ typeset directly by TeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, verbatim
+Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4, 12 Sep 1990
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: cropmark.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which prints crop marks (corner
+ rules) at the four corners of the page.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, cropmark, output
+Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1, 11 Jan 1990
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+Note: This is considered obsolete by the author, who suggests
+ pageframe.sty or quire.tex instead.
+See also: pageframe.sty, cropmark.tex, quire.tex
+
+Name: crossword.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for drawing crossword puzzles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, crosswords
+Author: B Hamilton Kelly <rm001a@cdvc.cranfield.ac.uk> (Marked "To the
+ attention of B Hamilton Kelly.")
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: documentation in crosswords.readme and examples in
+ crosswords_0.tex and crosswords_1.tex.
+
+Name: currency.sty
+Description: Useful hacks to include currency symbols other than the
+ standard \$ and \pounds of LaTeX (currently includes only Japanese
+ Yen and British Pounds Sterling).
+Keywords: LaTeX, currency
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 17 Apr 1991
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart
+
+Name: custombib.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to make it easier to customize
+ the section head that is inserted before the bibliography.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, sectioning
+Author: Pablo A. Straub <straub@ing.puc.cl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 10 Nov 1991
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: cyrillic.sty
+Description: Document-style option which makes the Washington Cyrillic
+ fonts (wncyr10 etc) available to LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, cyrillic, AMS
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 May 1992
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+See also: cyracc.def
+Note: requires cyracc.def. Transliteration scheme is described by
+ Barbara Beeton in cyrmemo.tex (which also needs cyrmemo.def).
+
+Name: dates.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide support for the
+ production of dates. Can be easily tailored to output dates in a
+ variety of formats, including the day of the week, and is intended
+ to be simple to use in conjunction with non-English languages.
+Keywords: LaTeX, date, dow
+Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.01--0
+Archives: aston*
+See also: dow.tex, dayofweek.tex
+
+Name: dcolumn.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX style option for producing tabular entries aligned on
+ a decimal point.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.01, 12 June 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+See also: decalign.sty, dectab.sty
+
+Name: decalign.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for aligning columns in a table
+ on decimal point (or other character).
+Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal
+Author: Stephen Meatheringham
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1 Oct 1987
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: dcolumn.sty, dectab.sty
+
+Name: dectab.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for decimail alignment of
+ numbers in a table.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal
+Author: Charles Franklin <c38871cf@wuvmd.wustl.edu>,
+ <C38871CF@WUVMD.Bitnet>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 27 Apr 1991
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+See Also: decalign.sty, dcolumn.sty
+
+Name: delarray.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX style option extending array.sty.
+ Defines implicit \left and \right delimiters. For example:
+ \begin{array}({cc}) ... \end{array}
+ is equivalent to:
+ \left(\begin{array}{cc} ... \end{array}\right)
+Keywords: LaTeX, array, delimiters
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: Version 1.00, 06 July 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+ This feature was previously provided by the now defunct newarray.sty
+See also: tabularx.sty, dcolumn.sty
+
+Name: diagram.tex
+Description: LaTeX macros for drawing commutative diagrams.
+Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams
+Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 26 Mar 1992
+Archives: triples.math.mcgill.ca* [132.206.150.30], shsu
+Note: Includes documentation file, diagdoc.tex.
+See also: xypic.tex
+
+Name: diagramf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for including diagrams created
+ in Metafont.
+Keywords: LaTeX, metafont
+Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
+Supported: by Jeremy Gibbons <jeremy@cs.aukuni.ac.nz>
+Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
+Archives:
+Note: Package comes with documentation (diagramf.tex) and requires
+ diagramf.mf to work.
+
+Name: doublespace.sty
+Description: LaTeX doucment-style option for producing a double-spaced
+ document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, doublespace
+Author: Stephen Page <sdpage@andersen.co.uk> and Jean-Francois Lamy
+ <lamy@sobeco.com>, <lamy@sobeco.ca> and Don Hosek
+ <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 28 Jun 1990
+Archives: ymir*, shsu
+
+Name: dpccyr.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option to make the AMS/University of Washington
+ Cyrillic fonts available under the NFSS.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, cyrillic, AMSFonts
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.00, 09 December 1991
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: draft.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements an enhanced
+ draft mode, which marks \label, \cite, \ref, \index and \glossary
+ commands where they occur in the text.
+Keywords: LaTeX, draft, xrefs
+Author: Joe Baker <jeb@risc.com>, <jbaker@ee.ucla.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart (under draft1.sty)
+See also: drafthead.sty
+
+Name: drafthead.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which puts "DRAFT" with date
+ and time at top of each page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, draft
+Author: Stephen Page <sdpage@andersen.co.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 23 Jun 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: draft.sty
+
+Name: drftcite.sty
+Description: Modifies \cite to print the bibliography tags instead of
+ numbers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1991
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart
+See also: cite.sty, citesort.sty, overcite.sty, rangecite.sty
+
+Name: drop.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for dropping and enlarging the first letter(s)
+ of a paragraph.
+Keywords: LaTeX, dropcaps
+Author: David G. Cantor <dgc@math.ucla.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Feb 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: ebnf.sty
+Description: Simple LaTeX macros for typesetting EBNF grammars.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BNF
+Author: Damian Cugley <damian.cugley@prg.oxford.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 11 Jul 90
+Archives: ymir
+See also: bnf.sty, bnf.tex
+
+Name: eclbip.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for drawing bipartite graphs with epic.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, graphics
+Author: Hideki Isozaki
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 24 Nov 1990
+Archives: ymir
+See also: epic.sty, eepic.sty
+Note: Sample file eclbipsample.tex
+
+Name: ecltree.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for drawing tree graphs with epic.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, graphics
+Author: Hideki Isozaki
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 12 Nov 1990
+Archives: ymir
+See also: epic.sty, eepic.sty
+Note: Sample file eclbiptree.tex
+
+Name: eepic.sty
+Description: Enhancements to the epic.sty macros through the use of tpic
+ \special's.
+Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, picture, tpic, dvips
+Author: Conrad Kwok <kwok@iris.ucdavis.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1b, 7 Feb 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: eepicemu.sty, epic.sty
+Note: Comes with documentation, eepic.tex.
+
+Name: eepicemu.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros to emulate the eepic macros using only the
+ epic macros.
+Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, picture
+Author: Conrad Kwok <kwok@iris.ucdavis.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1a, 1 Feb 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: eepic.sty, epic.sty
+
+Name: endfloat.sty
+Description: LaTeX style to put figures and tables at end of article.
+Keywords: LaTeX, style-option, float, figure, table
+Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Latest Version: v2.0, 02 Jun 1992
+Archives: shsu*
+See also: comment.sty, endnotes.sty
+
+Name: endnote.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for producing endnotes instead of footnotes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, endnotes
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+See also: endnotes.sty
+
+Name: endnotes.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements a series of
+ endnote macros, parallel to the normal footnote macros except that
+ the text goes to the end of the document rather than the bottom of
+ the page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, endnotes
+Author: John Lavagnino <lav@binah.cc.brandeis.edu>, <lav@brandeis.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 24 Sept 1991
+Archives: shsu, ymir
+See also: endnote.sty
+
+Name: enumerate.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option giving the enumerate environment an
+ optional argument controlling the printing of the counter.
+Keywords: LaTeX, enumerate
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: Version 2.01, 26 June 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: enumspec.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow for a leading
+ character on labels in the enumerate environment.
+Keywords: LaTeX, enumerate
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 13 Jan 1988
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: env.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting envelopes with
+ bar codes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, envelope, barcode
+Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1991
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: zip.tex
+Note: These macros were described in detail in "TeX and Envelopes,"
+ TUGboat 12(2):279--284, June 1991.
+
+Name: envelope.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to print addresses onto a
+ business envelope fed through the manual paper feed on an Apple
+ LaserWriter II NT.
+Keywords: LaTeX, envelope
+Author: Heather Sherman
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 10 Mar 1989
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Includes sample file env-sample.tex.
+
+Name: epac.sty
+Description: Official LaTeX document-style option for the European
+ Particle Accelerator Conference.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings
+Author: Christine Petit-Jean-Genaz <christin@cernvm.cern.ch>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 23 Oct 1991
+Archives: ymir, aston
+
+Name: epic.sty
+Description: Enhancements to the LaTeX picture environment.
+Keywords: LaTeX, picture, graphics
+Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.2, 1 Jun 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: eepic.sty
+Note: Package includes documentation (picman.tex).
+
+Name: epsf.sty
+Description: Same file as epsf.tex (q.v.).
+
+Name: eqnarray.sty
+Description: Redefines the LaTeX eqnarray environment to (a) reduce the
+ amount of space around the second column and (b) allow \@eqnsel to
+ work as documented in latex.tex.
+Keywords: LaTeX, eqnarray, math
+Author: David M. Jones <dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 06 May 1992
+Archives: theory.lcs.mit.edu*
+
+Name: equationarray.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which combines the capabilities
+ of the eqnarray and array environments. In particular, it allows
+ equation arrays with more than 3 columns.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, array, eqnarray
+Author: Tony Li <tli@cisco.com>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 15 Jun 1988
+Archives: ymir
+See also: AMS-LaTeX, hackarray.sty
+
+Name: equations.sty
+Description: A collection of macros to aid in constructing displayed
+ equations in LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 26 Jul 1990
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*, shsu
+See also: AMS-LaTeX
+Note: Includes subeqn.sty (q.v.)
+
+Name: eslides.sty
+Description: Macros for converting a paper written with article.sty into
+ slides.
+Keywords: LaTeX, slides
+Author: Georg Denk <denk@mathematik.tu-muenchen.de>,
+ <Georg.Denk@Mathematik.TU-Muenchen.dbp.de (X.400)>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Feb 1990
+Archives: ymir, shsu, stuttgart
+Note: TUGboat, vol. 11, No. 2 (1990), pp. 280-283. The package includes
+ a documentation file eslides.tex and sample file
+ eslides-example.tex.
+See also: lslide.sty, seminar.sty
+
+Name: espo.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting in Esperanto.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: esperant.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting Esperanto.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, language, Esperanto
+Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1.a, 10 Dec 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+Note: This file is different from esperanto.sty (q.v.) by J. Braams.
+ esperant.sty does not support the babel system.
+
+%% Name: etcetera.tex
+
+Name: exam.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting examinations.
+ Includes support for multiple choice, true-false, fill-in-the-blank
+ and essay questions.
+Keywords: LaTeX, examination
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 21 Jul 1989
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: example.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option to print TeX examples both verbatim and
+ typeset.
+Keywords: LaTeX, TeX examples, TeX tutorials
+Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 20 May 1991
+Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart
+
+Name: exercise.sty (.doc)
+Description: This style option implements a LaTeX style option for
+ typesetting exercises. The exercise environment is modelled along
+ the lines of the exercise macros in The TeXbook, i.e., the answer
+ can be given right after the exercise. Answers are collected in a
+ file that can be included afterwards. The appearance of exercises
+ and answers may be customized. Rainer Sch\"opf's verbatim style is
+ a prerequisite for this style option.
+Keywords: LaTeX, exercise
+Author: Anselm Lingnau <lingnau@math.uni-frankfurt.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0d, 2 Jul 1992
+Archives: euler.math.uni-frankfurt.de* [141.2.90.2], stuttgart
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). Package
+ includes a driver file for the documentation (exercise.tex), a driver
+ file for the docstrip (q.v.) program, an example file (extest.tex)
+ and a README file.
+
+Name: exercise.sty (.tex)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to adapt the \exercise and
+ \answer macros from page 422 of the TeXbook for use with LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, exercise
+Author: Alan R. Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 23 Nov 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu, stuttgart (as exercise.mac)
+
+Name: extradefs.tex
+Description: A collection of macros which are required by the bookform,
+ memo and milstd document styles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: bookform.sty, memo.sty, milstd.sty
+
+Name: fancybox.sty
+Description: Tips and tricks for LR-boxes, plus shadow, oval, and double
+ boxes. Also contains macros that allow material to be typeset
+ verbatim inside of boxes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, box, LR-box, framebox, shadowbox, ovalbox, rotate,
+ verbatim, framebox
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.91, 25 Nov 1992
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht,
+ stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with an excellent documentation and tutorial file,
+ fancybox.doc, which may be appended to the end of fancybox.sty on
+ some archives.
+
+Name: fancyheadings.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which allows easy customization
+ of page headers and footers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
+Author: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, Mar 1989
+Archives: utrecht*, ymir, shsu
+See also: biihead.sty, headerfooter.sty
+Note: Contains documentation in fancyheadings.doc.
+
+Name: finder.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to automatically search an
+ address file for a specified letter recipient.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter, addresses
+Author: Steffen Steinh\"auser <steffen_steinhaeuser@mz.maus.de>,
+ <steinhaeuser@ddagsi5.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*
+Note: Package includes a documentation file (finder.txt, in German), a
+ sample file (finder.tex) and a sample address file (adressen.tex).
+ Support and any help is available, just send an email (address see above).
+ More german information in an article in c't 3/92.
+
+Name: fixup.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that modifies various LaTeX
+ macros.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: John Hobby <hobby@research.att.com>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 25 Jan 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: floatnohead.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause pages containing only
+ floats to be typeset without page headers or footers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, output, floats
+Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk> and Don Hosek
+ <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: float.sty (.doc)
+Description: This style option improves the interface for defining
+ floating objects such as figures and tables in LaTeX. It adds the
+ notion of a `float style' that governs appearance of floats. New
+ kinds of floats may be defined using a \newfloat command analogous
+ to \newtheorem.
+Keywords: LaTeX, float
+Author: Anselm Lingnau <lingnau@math.uni-frankfurt.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0c, 25 Feb 1992
+Archives: stuttgart, shsu
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). Package
+ includes a driver file for the documentation (float.tex), a driver
+ file for the docstrip (q.v.) program, an example file (fltest.tex)
+ and a README file.
+
+Name: flowchart.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which might be useful for
+ drawing flow charts.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: David Chase <dchase@eng.sun.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 24 Oct 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: fnpara.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to typeset footnotes in run-on
+ paragraphs.
+Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes, output
+Author: Chris Rowley <ca_rowley@vax.acs.open.ac.uk> and Dominik Wujastyk
+ <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 3 Oct 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: fnpara.tex
+
+Name: font-nostalgia.sty
+Description: For New Font Selection Scheme users -- provides commands
+ with the pre-NFSS meanings of \rm, \bf, etc.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, fonts
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+
+Name: footnpag.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option to enumerate footnotes anew on each
+ page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, footnote numbering
+Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 2.1 (07 Nov 1991)
+Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart
+
+Name: format.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing floating point
+ numbers in a fixed format.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 May 1992
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+
+Name: frontiers.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for the proceedings of the
+ Frontiers'88 symposium. For use with article.sty and proc.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
+Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 27 Sep 1988
+Archives: ymir
+See also: article.sty, proc.sty
+
+Name: ftn.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to make footnotes available in
+ any environment, except inside floats.
+Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes
+Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 2 Jan 92
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+
+Name: fullpage.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase the textheight and
+ textwidth.
+Keywords: LaTeX, page layout
+Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2, 15 Dec 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: geophysics.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for the journal Geophysics, a
+ publication of the Society of Exploration Geophysicists. For use
+ with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 Jan 87
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: article.sty
+Note: requires article.sty
+
+Name: german.sty (.tex)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option and plain TeX input file for
+ writing german texts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, german
+Author: Hubert Partl and Bernd Raichle et al.
+ <raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.DE>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.4a, 12 Apr 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, listserv@dhdurz1
+Note: The macro file can be used with LaTeX and plain TeX.
+
+Name: go.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to create diagrams for Go board
+ positions (Go is a board game from the Orient). Requires special Go
+ font.
+Keywords: LaTeX, game of Go, fonts
+Author: Hanna Ko{\l}odzieska, MacroSoft Ltd., ul. Chro\'scickiego 49,
+ 02-414 Warsaw, Poland. (no E-mail)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Nov 1991
+Archives: tue, milton.u.washington.edu:public/go/latex.tar.Z
+Note: The package contains the macros, documentation, and mf (MetaFont)
+ sources for the Go fonts. The TUE site also contains pre-generated
+ fonts in go.gf.tar.Z, go.pk.tar.Z, go.tfm.tar.Z. See go.README for
+ more information.
+
+Name: greekctr.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a numbering macro
+ \greek, analogous to \alpha, for printing the values of counters out
+ as greek letters.
+Keywords: LaTeX, counter
+Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Jun 1990
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: hackalloc.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines the allocation
+ primitive so that all allocations (\newdimen, \newcount, etc.)
+ become block local.
+Keywords: LaTeX, allocation
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: hackarray.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the hackarray
+ environment, which is a mixture of the equation and array
+ environments. In particular, it allows equation arrays with more
+ than 3 columns.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, array, eqnarray
+Author: Brian Wylie <bjnw@castle.ed.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: AMS-LaTeX, equationarray.sty
+
+Name: hangcaption.sty
+Description: Defines a variant of the caption command to produce
+ captions with hanging indentation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, float, caption
+Author: David M. Jones <dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v2.00, 27 August 1992
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+Note: The original author of this file is unknown. David Jones fixed a
+ typo in the file and Rainer Schoepf made some enhancements to the
+ code.
+
+Name: harvard.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides support for the
+ Harvard family of bibliography styles.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 0.99a
+Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
+Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The
+ family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles,"
+ distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex.
+See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst
+
+Name: headerfooter.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to simplify the definition of
+ three-part page headers and footers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 13 Apr 89
+Archives: ymir*, shsu
+See also: biihead.sty, fancyheadings.sty
+
+Name: here.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option giving floats a [H] option, meaning `do
+ not float'.
+Keywords: LaTeX, figure, table, floats
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.01, 12 June 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: hex.sty
+Description: Defines a numbering macro \hex for representing counters in
+ hexadecimal notation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, counter
+Author: Eric Domenjoud <domen@euler.crin.fr>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 7 Oct 91
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: hhline.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX style option defining an alternative to \hline
+ for producing horizontal lines in tables.
+Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, hline
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: Version 2.01, 26 June 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: icassp.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy
+ for the ICASSP'89 conference. For use with article.sty and
+ proc.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
+Author: John Vlontzos
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 13 Dec 1988
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Based on frontiers.sty.
+See also: article.sty, proc.sty
+
+Name: ieee9.sty
+Description: 9 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty
+
+Name: ieee10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty
+
+Name: ieee11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Jul 1989
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee12.sty
+
+Name: ieee12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty
+
+Name: ieeconf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy
+ for IEE conference proceedings
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, IEE, camera-ready
+Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.00--0, 20 Aug 1991
+Archives: aston*
+
+Name: ieeeconf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy
+ for IEEE conference proceedings; can also be used for the
+ International Conference on Pattern Recognition (or the 11th one,
+ anyway). Based on the template written by Matthew Ward of Worcester
+ Polytechnic Institute which is distributed by the IEEE.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, IEEE, ICPR, camera-ready
+Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.00--0, 17 Apr 1992
+Archives: aston*
+
+Name: ieeetr.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements the guidelines
+ for submissions to Information for IEEE Transactions and Journal
+ Authors as of September 1989. For use with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, IEEE
+Author: Terry Bohning <bohning@acc.fau.edu>, <71036.1066@compuserve.com>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 9 Apr 1991
+Archives: ymir
+See also: article.sty, ieeetr.bst
+
+Name: ieeetran.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for preparing articles for IEEE
+ journals.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 7 Feb 92
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ieee.bst, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty
+
+Name: ifac10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty
+ (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 8 Aug 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ifacarticle.sty
+
+Name: ifac12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty
+ (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 11 Jun 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ifacarticle.sty
+
+Name: ifac9.sty
+Description: 9 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty
+ (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 8 Aug 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ifacarticle.sty
+
+Name: ijc10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for with ijcarticle.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
+Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ijcarticle.sty
+
+Name: ijcai89.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style the proceedings of IJCAI'89. For use
+ with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
+Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 22 Feb 1989
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Should be used in conjunction with the "named" bibliography style.
+ The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending mail
+ to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request".
+See also: named.bst
+
+Name: indentfirst.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option to indent the first paragraph of a section.
+Keywords: LaTeX, indentation, section
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.01, 26 June 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: inputfile.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for keeping track of the
+ current \input file.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: R. Tucci, Ciba-Geigy AG Basle
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Feb 1991
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: insertplot.sty
+Description: Macro for use with the ArborText DVIPS PostScript driver to
+ insert PostScript files or graphics output from the DI-3000/PICSURE
+ PostScript driver.
+Keywords: LaTeX, ArborText dvips
+Author: C. E. Higgs <higgs@cageir5a.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 15 Jul 1988
+Archives: ymir
+Note: insertplot.readme
+
+Name: isf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing access to italic
+ san serif fonts in LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, font
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 August 1989
+Archives: shsu
+See also: bsf.sty, bsl.sty
+
+Name: iso9.sty
+Description: Nine point LaTeX document-style option for use with
+ iso.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents
+Author: Nicolas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991
+Archives: aston, ymir
+See also: iso.sty, iso10.sty
+
+Name: iso10.sty
+Description: Ten point LaTeX document-style option for use with iso.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents
+Author: Nicolas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991
+Archives: aston, ymir
+See also: iso.sty, iso9.sty
+
+Name: ist21.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides a title
+ appropriate for BSI IST/21 documents and general memos.
+Keywords: LaTeX, standards documents
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 May 1987
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: italic.sty
+Description: See entry for italic.tex.
+
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for the Journal of Business
+ Strategies. For use with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, publisher style
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 3 Jul 1988
+Archives: shsu*, ymir
+
+Name: jeep.sty
+Description: A collection of customizations and modifications to the
+ article and report styles.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: G. W. Stewart <stewart@cs.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 3 Feb 1989
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+Note: Modifications are described in jeep.tex.
+
+Name: jmb.sty
+Description: Identical to apalike.sty.
+See also: apalike.sty
+
+Name: labels.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines the \label
+ command so that it prints label names in the margin (except when
+ used in a \caption, when the name appears in the text).
+Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs, labels
+Author: Norman Gray <N.O.Gray@open.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 17 July 1992
+Archives: shsu, aston
+
+Name: labels.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing mailing labels in
+ various configurations. Can also be used with the letter style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 4 May 1990
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+
+Name: lablst.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing label definitions
+ at the end of a document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jun 1990
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+Note: Based on Leslie Lamport's lablst.tex.
+See also: lablst.tex
+
+Name: landscape.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to change the textwidth and
+ textheight to landscape values.
+Keywords: LaTeX, page layout, landscape
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: listoftheorem.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for generating a list of
+ theorems similar to the list of figures or list of tables.
+Keywords: LaTeX, TOC
+Author: Art Mulder <art@cs.ualberta.ca>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: Jul 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, utrecht
+
+Name: loggates.sty
+Description: (La)TeX macros for typesetting digital circuit diagrams.
+Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, logical gates, symbols
+Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 8 Apr 1992
+Note: Requires the font loggates.mf.
+Archives: utrecht*
+
+Name: longtable.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX style option defining a multi-page version of
+ tabular.
+Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, page
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: Version 3.04, 12 Oct 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+See Also: supertab.sty, bigtabular.sty
+
+Name: losymbol.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating list of symbols,
+ analagous to the usual list of tables or list of figures.
+Keywords: LaTeX, symbols, toc
+Author: Gerry van Dooren <elecgd@urc.tue.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Aug 1992
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: lscape.sty
+Description: LaTeX style defining a landscape option, which rotates the
+ pages in its scope through 90 degrees. The page head and foot are
+ NOT affected.
+Keywords: LaTeX, landscape, rotation
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 2.00, 18 November 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Requires Rokicki's rotate.sty, and his dvips driver.
+ Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+See also: side.sty, portland.sty, landscape.sty
+
+Name: lslide.sty
+Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document-style option for typesetting
+ slides.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, slides
+Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0.1, Apr 1992
+Archives: shsu
+Note: Comes with a sample/documentation file, lslide.tex.
+
+Name: ltgtsim.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the commands to
+ combine the symbols "<", "~" and ">", "~".
+Keywords: LaTeX, symbol
+Author: Bill Thompson <thompson@stars.gsfc.nasa.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 29 Jul 91
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: ltugbot.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement a rudimentary
+ pseudo-TUGboat format.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 1 Mar 89
+Archives:
+See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty,
+ tugboat.cmn
+Note: Obsolete, see ltugboat.sty
+
+Name: makerobust.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option defining \makerobust. This command
+ allows you to make commands robust, so they to not need \protect.
+Keywords: LaTeX, fragile, robust
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: Version 1.00, 19 May 1991
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: man10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for manual.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual
+Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 11 Aug 87
+Archives: ymir
+Note: This is the default.
+See also: manual.sty, man11.sty, man12.sty
+
+Name: man11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for manual.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual
+Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 11 Aug 87
+Archives: ymir
+See also: manual.sty, man10.sty, man12.sty
+
+Name: man12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for manual.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual
+Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 11 Aug 87
+Archives: ymir
+See also: manual.sty, man10.sty, man11.sty
+
+Name: manpage.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing UNIX manual
+ pages.
+Keywords: LaTeX, manpage
+Author: Rong Chen <rchen@cs.uiuc.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.03, 11 Jun 1992
+Archives: shsu*, ymir
+Note: Includes a sample file appended to the end of the style file.
+See also: unixman.sty
+
+Name: marginote.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for using marginal notes
+ numbered like footnotes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, margin notes
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 12 Sep 1989
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart
+
+Name: marnote.sty
+Description: Macros to print a short note vertically in left or right
+ margin on all pages.
+Keywords: LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v0.1, 3 Jan 92
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+Note: Requires psfig (q.v.) and dvips
+
+Name: mathsing.sty
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document-style option for
+ typesetting single-author mathematics books.
+Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ single-author, book, mathematics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 3 Dec 1991
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathsing.doc, and an
+ example file, mathsing.dem, and a readme file.
+See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm
+
+Name: mathtext.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the macro \text
+ for inserting fragments of text in math mode.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1989
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart
+
+Name: memo10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for memo.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, memo
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 30 May 1985
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Requires extradefs.tex.
+See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo11.sty, memo12.sty
+
+Name: memo11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for memo.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, memo
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 30 May 1985
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Requires extradefs.tex
+See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo12.sty
+
+Name: memo12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for memo.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, memo
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 30 May 1985
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Requires extradefs.tex.
+See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo11.sty
+
+Name: merge.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing form letters.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter
+Author: Graeme McKinstry <graeme%otago.ac.nz@relay.cs.net>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 4 Feb 1990
+Archives: ymir
+See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex,
+ lettermac.tex, letter.sty
+
+Name: mf.sty
+Description: Document style option to define Metafont logo in all sizes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, METAFONT, NFSS
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 24 Jun 1990
+Archives: ymir*
+
+%% Name: mfr.sty
+%% Description:
+%% Keywords:
+%% Author:
+%% Latest Version:
+%% Archives:
+
+Name: misc.sty
+Description: LaTeX style file which contains definitions of the
+ following macros: \pmb (poor man's bold), \timeofday, \verbfile (for
+ verbatim listings of files) and \listing (same as \verbfile, but
+ with automatic line numbers).
+Keywords: LaTeX, pmb, verbatim
+Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 14 Jul 1986
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: mitpress.sty
+Description: Rudimentary LaTeX document-style option for the MIT Press
+ format.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, publisher style
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: mitthesis.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for MIT theses. For use with
+ report.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 12 Sep 89
+Archives: ymir*, shsu
+
+Name: module.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for modularizing definitions,
+ i.e., for allowing for conditional definition of definitions within
+ a macro file.
+Keywords: LaTeX, macro, modularity
+Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
+Archives:
+See also: styledef.tex
+
+Name: morefloats.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase the number of
+ floats from 18 to 36.
+Keywords: LaTeX, floats
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 27 Jul 1990
+Archives: ymir*, shsu
+
+Name: ms10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for milstd.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: milstd.sty, ms11.sty, ms12.sty
+
+Name: ms11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for milstd.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: milstd.sty, ms10.sty, ms12.sty
+
+Name: ms12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for milstd.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
+Note: This is the default.
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: milstd.sty, ms11.sty, ms11.sty
+
+Name: msam.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for accessing the AMS A symbol
+ font (msam).
+Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts
+Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
+Archives:
+See also: msbm.sty, amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty,
+ amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
+
+Name: msbm.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for accessing the AMS B symbol
+ font (msbm).
+Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts
+Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
+Archives:
+See also: msam.sty, amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty,
+ amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
+
+Name: mtns12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for use with
+ mtnsarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings
+Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 6 May 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+
+Name: multibox.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide multiple boxes in
+ pictures, similar to the \multiput command.
+Keywords: LaTeX, picture
+Author: Brian Hamilton Kelly, Royal Military College of Science,
+ Shrivenham, SWINDON, SN6 8LA, United Kingdom
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 13 Oct 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: multicolpar.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting paragraphs in
+ multiple columns, which corresponding paragraphs in the two columns
+ aligned. This format is useful for translated articles, in which
+ there is the original language in the first column and the
+ translated version in the second.
+Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column
+Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov> and Max
+ Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: multirow.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \multirow
+ command for making tabular entries that span multiple rows.
+Keywords: LaTeX, table
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Note: This doesn't seem to be self-contained.
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: named.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements citations for
+ the ``named'' bibliography style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX
+Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending
+ mail to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request".
+See also: named.bst
+
+Name: natsci.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which formats citations for the
+ NATSCI bibliography style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 28 feb 91
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: natsci.bst
+
+Name: newarray.sty
+Description: Prints an informative message, and then generates an error.
+ All the features of previous releases of this style are now in
+ array.sty or delarray.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, newcolumn, delimiters
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 06 July 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+See also: array.sty delarray.sty
+Note: Obsolete: Use array.sty.
+
+Name: newequation.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defined the \newequation
+ command, which is analogous to the standard \newtheorem command.
+Keywords: LaTeX, equation, math
+Author: Richard Clayton <clayton@thumper.bellcore.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 12 Jan 91
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: nextslide.sty
+Description: Adds \newslide command to SliTeX, allowing some other
+ environments to span multiple slides.
+Keywords: SliTeX, page control
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+
+Name: nf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for
+ Nuclear Fusion (and other IAEA journals?). For use with
+ article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Jun 1992
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+
+Name: nfsslint.sty
+Description: For New Font Selection Scheme users -- warns of possible
+ font problems in pre-NFSS files.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, fonts
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+
+Name: nofm.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce page headers with
+ page numbers of the form "n of m."
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
+Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 27 Sep 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: nosecnum.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to suppress section numbers,
+ but still put the section titles in page headings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, sectioning, pagestyle
+Author: Michael Lemke <michael@crown.as.utexas.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 6 Dec 1991
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: nosecnumbers.sty
+Description: Suppresses section numbers in \sections, \subsections,
+ etc., (but still writes entries for a table of contents).
+Keywords: LaTeX, section numbers
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+
+Name: npsfont.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for defining new PostScript fonts with NFSS.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, PostScript fonts
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 20 Nov 1991
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu
+
+Name: ntg10.sty (.doc)
+Description: 10 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2,
+ artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.16, 2 Jan 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort.
+See also: ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty
+
+Name: ntg11.sty (.doc)
+Description: 11 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2,
+ artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.16, 2 Jan 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort.
+See also: ntg10.sty, ntg12.sty
+
+Name: ntg12.sty (.doc)
+Description: 12 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2,
+ artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.17, 24 Apr 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort.
+See also: ntg10.sty, ntg11.sty
+
+Name: numdef.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option (also works with plain) to allow
+ `arrays' of macros \xx1 \xx2 etc.
+Keywords: LaTeX, numbers, \newcommand, \def
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: (only one version)
+Archives: aston*, shsu
+Note: I am not sure that this was a good idea, it works though.
+
+Name: numinsec.sty
+Description: Document-style option for use with siam.sty (q.v.) to cause
+ equations, figures and tables to be numbered within sections.
+Keywords: LaTeX, SIAM, journal
+Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all)
+
+Name: oncew.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the \cite command to
+ only warn you once of each undefined citation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation
+Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 29 Jun 1990
+Note: OBSOLETE: superseded by xrefwarn.sty (q.v.)
+
+Name: outline.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option based on the enumerate
+ environment that defines a six-level list environment for
+ typesetting outlines (The sections are numbered in the following
+ styles: I., A., 1., a., (1), (a) ).
+Keywords: LaTeX, outline, list
+Author: Peter Halvorson <peter@fission.gatech.edu>,
+ <ne201ph@prism.gatech.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 10 Jan 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, shsu
+Note: Comes with a sample file, outline.tex.
+
+Name: outlineitems.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which alters to numbering of
+ items in the enumerate environment to follow the conventional
+ "outlining" numbering: i.e., \Roman for first level, \Alph for
+ second level, \arabic for third level and \alph for fourth level.
+Keywords: LaTeX, lists
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 9 Jan 1991
+Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart
+
+Name: overcite.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three
+ or more consecutive numbers into one number range and displaying
+ them as a superscripted citation. E.g., "foo [1,2,3]." becomes
+ "foo.^{1-3}".
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1991
+Archives: shsu*, utrecht
+See also: citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, rangecite.sty
+
+Name: oz.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting Z and Object-Z
+ specifications.
+Keywords: LaTeX, Z, Object-Z
+Author: Formal Methods Group (fmg@cs.uq.oz.au)
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 10 Apr 91
+Archives: ymir, ftp.cs.uq.oz.au* [130.102.192.20] (coming soon)
+Note: Includes documentation file oz.tex.
+
+Name: pagefoots.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to number footnotes within a
+ page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes
+Author: Brian T. Schellenberger <bts@unx.sas.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 01 Jan 1989
+Archives: ymir, shsu*
+
+Name: pageframe.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a frame around the
+ text area of a page, or for just putting cropmarks in the corners.
+ Also puts a timestamp, job ID, page number and sequence number
+ outside the text area on each page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, cropmark, book, output
+Author: Cameron Smith <cameron@symcom.math.uiuc.edu>, (513) 429-2707
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Nov 1991
+Archives: shsu*, aston, stuttgart
+See also: cropmark.tex, quire.tex
+Note: The package comes with documentation, pgframedoc.tex, and a test
+ file, pgframetest.tex. It's vitally important to read the
+ documentation before trying to use the style file, as it answers
+ many questions about the package. Also, on some archives this
+ package is called "pgframe" rather than "pageframe".
+
+Name: pap11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for paper.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 22 Feb 90
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: pap12.sty
+
+Name: pap12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for paper.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 22 Feb 90
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: pap11.sty
+
+Name: parskip.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce zero \parindent and
+ non-zero \parskip for any document style and size.
+Keywords: LaTeX, page style
+Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 19 Jan 1989
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: path.sty
+Description: TeX macro which defines the \path macro, which is similar
+ to LaTeX's \verb (i.e. it typesets its parameter in verbatim mode
+ (and therefore in \tt)) but also allows its parameter to be broken
+ at specifiable discretionary breakpoints (typically punctuation
+ characters), without introducing hyphens which might otherwise be
+ ambiguous.
+Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, filename, e-mail pathname, discretionary, verbatim
+Author: Philip Taylor <P.Taylor@Vax.Rhbnc.Ac.Uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.03, 18th December 1991
+Archives: ??? no idea where Nelson put it !!!
+
+Name: path.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \pathname
+ macro, which is similar to \verb, except it allows its argument to
+ be broken at punctuation characters.
+Keywords: LaTeX, filename, path name, discretionary
+Author: Philip Taylor <P.Taylor@Vax.Rhbnc.Ac.Uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v3.02, 23 Oct 1991
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: portland.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to facilitate switching between
+ portrait and landscape printing.
+Keywords: LaTeX, landscape, portrait
+Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 16 Dec 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: program.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting algorithms.
+Keywords: LaTeX, algorithm
+Author: Martin Ward
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1991
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+Note: Includes demonstration file, program-demo.tex.
+
+Name: proof.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting proof trees.
+Keywords: LaTeX, prooftree, tree
+Author: Makoto Tatsuta <tatsuta@riec.tohoku.ac.jp>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 13 Oct, 1990
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+Note: Comes with a sample file, proofeg.tex.
+
+Name: psfig.sty
+Description: See entry for psfig.tex.
+
+Name: pspicture.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option re-implementing, and extending, LaTeX
+ picture mode commands, using PostScript \specials.
+Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, picture
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 2.01, 16 June 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: The \special's are set up for Rokicki's dvips. A docstrip option
+ for dvi2ps \special's is also provided. The distribution also
+ includes texpicture.sty and pspicture.ps. Documentation requires
+ Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+See also: epic, eepic, xypic
+
+Name: quote.sty
+Description: See entry for quote.tex.
+
+Name: raggedtab.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause all parboxes to be
+ typeset ragged-right.
+Keywords: LaTeX, parbox
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: rail.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating syntax diagrams
+ (sometimes known as railroad diagrams).
+Keywords: LaTeX, BNF, railroad
+Author: L.W.J. Rooijakkers <lwj@cs.kun.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0 #1, 12 Feb 1991
+Archives: ftp.cs.kun.nl* [131.174.33.1], ymir, aston
+Note: The complete Rail package consists of a C program, a LaTeX style
+ file, a LaTeX documentation file, a UNIX manual page and some
+ examples. The program is required for processing the diagrams; the
+ style file alone is useless.
+See also: bnf.tex, bnf.sty, ebnf.sty
+
+Name: rangecite.sty (runcite.sty)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three
+ or more consecutive numbers into one number range.
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
+Author: Nachum Dershowitz <nachum@cs.uiuc.edu> and Edward M. Reingold
+ <reingold@cs.uiuc.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 12 Apr 1990
+Archives: emr.cs.uiuc.edu:/pub/tex* [128.174.246.26], ymir
+See also: cite.sty, citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, overcite.sty
+
+Name: RCS.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to incorporate RCS keyword
+ strings such that their value can be used, e.g. for printing in a
+ page footer.
+Keywords: LaTeX, RCS keyword strings
+Author: Tom Verhoeff <wstomv@win.tue.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1 Jul 1992
+Archives: tue
+See also: rcs.sty (longer code, but does special date processing)
+Note: source is fully documented
+
+Name: rcs.sty
+Description: Interface to the RCS Revision Control System for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, RCS
+Author: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 1992
+Archives: utrecht*, stuttgart, rcs.sty
+
+Name: refman.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing technical
+ reference manuals, users' guides and articles with a design similar
+ to the PostScript Reference Manual. For use with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, manual
+Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 4 Oct 1989
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: remark.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides a \newremark
+ command, parallel to the \newtheorem command, but for remark-like
+ environments instead of theorem-like environments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Possibly obsolete. See theorem.sty.
+
+Name: resume.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for formatting resumes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, resume
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 8 Mar 89
+Archives: ymir*, shsu
+Note: Comes with sample file, resume-sample.tex.
+
+Name: romanneg.sty
+Description: Causes the page numbers in the DVI file (as defined by
+ \count0) to be negative when roman pagenumbering is in effect.
+Keywords: LaTeX, output, pagenumbers
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+Supported: yes
+
+Name: rotate.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for rotating and flipping TeX
+ boxes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, dvips
+Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 4 Nov 1990
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+Note: rotate.sty is part of the dvips distribution.
+See also: rotate.tex
+
+Name: rotating.sty
+Description: A set of macros for rotating all sorts of boxes in LaTeX,
+ and allowing the right amount of space. Also supports rotated
+ floats.
+Keywords: LaTeX, rotation
+Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1.6 (4 June 92)
+Note: Documented with Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.) system in a full
+ manual, which was published in TUGboat 13(2):156--180, July 1992.
+Archives: Aston
+
+Name: sans.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option changing the r\^oles of sans
+ serif and roman. NFSS only.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, sans serif
+Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: (no number) 1992
+Archives: stuttgart* (look under latex-style-supported/nfss-addons)
+
+Name: sc21.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing cover pages
+ appropriate for ISO/TC97/SC21 documents.
+Keywords: LaTeX, titlepage, ISO, standards documents
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 May 1987
+Archives: ymir, utrecht (newer?)
+See also: sc21-wg1.sty
+
+Name: sc21-wg1.sty
+Description: A variant of sc21.sty (q.v.)
+
+Name: sched.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a schedule. Based
+ on schedule.sty (q.v.), but uses PiCTeX instead of PostScript for
+ shading boxes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, PiCTeX
+Author: Jim Hefferon <hefferon@smcvax.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 12 Aug 1992
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: schedule.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a schedule.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Frank Pfenning <fp@cs.cmu.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
+
+Name: schulzrinne.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines
+ \cleardoublepage to provide a completely blank page between chapters
+ of a book.
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: screen.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing a document
+ suitable for previewing with SCREENVIEW.
+Keywords: LaTeX, SCREENVIEW
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: script.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for using Ralph Smith's rsfs
+ script fonts.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, mathfonts, script, Lagrangian symbol, Hamiltonian
+Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1.0a 11 Sep 1992
+Archives: stuttgart* (look under latex-style-supported/nfss-addons)
+
+Name: seceqn.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for article.sty to cause
+ equations to be numbered within sections.
+Keywords: LaTeX, sectioning, equation
+Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 13 Apr 89
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: secret.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting classified
+ reports by preceding all paragraphs with "(U)", "(C)" or "(S)".
+Keywords: LaTeX, classified
+Author: Denys Duchier <duchier-denys@cs.yale.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 24 Nov 89
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: seminar.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for slides and notes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, slides
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.92, 8 May 1992
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], shsu
+
+Name: setspace.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides commands and
+ environments for doing double and one-and-a-half spacing based on
+ the point size.
+Keywords: LaTeX, linespacing
+Author: Erica M. S. Harris and George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@SHSU.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0, 11 Aug 1992
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: set_sp.sty
+Description: modification of Erica Harris's setspace.sty (q.v.) to work
+ with the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, linespacing
+Author: Geoffrey Tobin <ecsgrt@luxor.latrobe.edu.au>
+Supported: yes, by email to author's address, for the present
+Latest Version: v0.1, Thu 23 Jan 1992
+Archives: none as of Thu 21 May 1992
+
+Name: sfwmac.sty
+Description: LaTeX support for writing UNIX-style documentation, mostly
+ by providing a set of standard abbreviations.
+Keywords: LaTeX, UNIX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, utrecht
+
+Name: shading.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for putting text on a shaded
+ background. Requires a PostScript printer and dvi-file converter.
+Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, dvips
+Author: Art Mulder <art@cs.ualberta.ca>, <Leo@vaxc.cc.monash.edu.au>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3, 29 Sep 1992
+Archives: shsu
+Note: Art Mulder is not the author of this file, just the most recent
+ modifier. Based on shadebox.tex.
+
+Name: shadow.sty
+Description: Defines a LaTeX macro \shabox which has the same meaning as
+ \fbox, except that a "shadow" is added to the bottom and right sides
+ of the box.
+Keywords: LaTeX, framebox
+Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 10 May 1991
+Archives: shsu*, ymir
+
+Name: showkeys.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option modifying \label, \bibitem, \cite, \ref
+ and \pageref, to print their `key' arguments. The printing of these
+ keys does not alter the formatting of the rest of the document.
+ (Well not by very much!)
+Keywords: LaTeX, label, ref, citation, keys
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.01, 25 August 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+See also: showlabels.sty
+
+Name: showlabels.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which modifies the \label to
+ show the labels inline and modifies the \ref and \pageref to print
+ undefined labels rather than just "??".
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation
+Author: Gil Neiger <gil@cc.gatech.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
+
+Name: siam10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for use with siam.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
+Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988
+Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in
+ netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir
+
+Name: siam11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for use with siam.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
+Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988
+Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in
+ netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir
+
+Name: siam12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for use with siam.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
+Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988
+Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in
+ netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir
+
+Name: side.sty
+Description: Defines environments sidetable and sidefigure for including
+ landscape ("sideways") tables and figures in LaTeX documents.
+Keywords: LaTeX, floats, dvips
+Author: F. K. Knight <knight@ll.mit.edu> and M. F. Ryba
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 3 Dec 91
+Archives: shsu
+Note: Requires rotate.tex (q.v.).
+
+Name: SLaTeX (with slatex.sty)
+Description: The TeX file slatex.sty allows automatic multiple-font
+ typesetting of Scheme or Lisp code in both LaTeX and plain TeX.
+ Relies on the non-TeX program SLaTeX, which is makefile-portable to
+ any Scheme and Common Lisp.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, SLaTeX, Scheme, Common Lisp
+Author: Dorai Sitaram <dorai@titan.rice.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Version 1.99, Dec. 1991
+Archives: titan.rice.edu* (public/slatex-1.99.tar.Z)
+
+Name: slem.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style to modify \em so that it uses \sl
+ rather than \it.
+Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, emphasis
+Author: Richard Furuta <furuta@mimsy.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 22 Oct 1986
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: smaller.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style to provide relative sizing macros for
+ the Old Font Selection Scheme, i.e., \smaller will reduce the
+ current font size by one step and \larger will increase it.
+Keywords: LaTeX, font, OFSS
+Author: Bernie Cosell <cosell@wilma.bbn.com> and Don Hosek
+ <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1 May 1990
+Archives: ymir*, shsu
+
+Name: smalltalk.sty
+Description: Useful for typesetting small fragments of the Smalltalk
+ programming language
+Keywords: LaTeX, Smalltalk programming language
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Supported: yes
+Archives: Aston*
+
+Name: sober.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to reduce the amount of space
+ after section headers and in list environments and reduce the size
+ of section headers.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Nico Poppelier <n.poppelier@elsevier.nl>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: spacecites.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to insert spaces between
+ entries in a multiple citation key, i.e., [Furu86, Furu87] instead
+ of [Furu86,Furu87].
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation
+Author: Richard Furuta <furuta@mimsy.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 22 Oct 1986
+Archives: ymir, utrecht
+
+Name: spacing.sty
+Description: Single- and double-spacing macros for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, doublespace
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Probably obsolete. Use doublespace.sty instead.
+
+Name: sprite.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for creating low-resolution bitmap characters
+ in TeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, graphics
+Author: Martin Costabel
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Oct 1987
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: sshdbk10.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which modifies the ten-point
+ book style (bk10.sty) to use sans serif headings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, font
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu, shsu
+
+Name: stbrief.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option based on letter.sty.
+ Configuration is done interactively during the TeX run. Just
+ answer the questions and a personnal configuration file is edited
+ or changed.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter, interactive configuration
+Author: Steffen Steinh\"auser <steffen_steinhaeuser@mz.maus.de>,
+ <steinhaeuser@ddagsi5.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4, 21 Mar 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*
+Note: defuser.sty is the file which is automatically included. It
+ does the interactive configuration. stbrief.tex is an example for
+ a letter. Just TeX it and jou'll see! An version with english
+ texts will follow soon. Any help is available via email (see above
+ for address). More german information in an article in c't 7/92.
+
+Name: stmaryrd.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the St Mary's Road
+ symbol font (stmary) created by Jeremy Gibbons and Alan Jeffrey.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, OFSS, mathfonts
+Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
+Archives:
+Note: Requires module.sty and the St Mary's Road fonts METAFONT sources.
+ Comes with documentation, stmaryrd.tex.
+
+Name: subeqn.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for numbering a series of
+ equations as 4a, 4b, 4c, etc.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, equation number, subnumbering
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 13 Feb 90
+Archives: ymir*, utrecht, shsu
+See also: equations.sty
+
+Name: subeqnarray.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the subeqnarray,
+ which is just like the eqnarray environment except that the lines
+ are numbered as 1a, 1b, 1c, etc.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, equation number, subnumbering
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 15 Nov 1988
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
+
+Name: subfigure.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing support for the
+ inclusion of small `sub' figures. It simplifies the positioning,
+ captioning and labeling of them within a single figure environment.
+Keywords: LaTeX, floats
+Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.5, 06 August 1992
+Archives: shsu*, ymir, utrecht
+
+Name: supertab.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the supertabular
+ environment, which is like tabular except that large tables are
+ automatically split across pages. The table head and tail are
+ repeated on each page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, tables, multi-page
+Author: Theo Jurriens <taj@hgrrug5.bitnet> and Johannes Braams
+ <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.6h, 3 Jul 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, utrecht, stuttgart, shsu
+See also: longtable.sty, bigtabular.sty
+
+Name: suthesis.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for the Stanford University
+ Ph.D. thesis style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, thesis
+Author: Joseph Pallas
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 13 Sep 88
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
+
+Name: svma.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for Springer-Verlag
+ multiple-author books.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, Springer-Verlag, publisher style
+Author: Ed Sznyter, Computer Science Department,
+ Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305--2140
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 01 Nov 87
+Archives: ymir, utrecht
+Note: Includes documentation file svma-doc.sty. Probably obsolete: use
+ lmamult.sty (q.v.) instead.
+See also: svsa.sty, lmamult.sty
+
+Name: svsa.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for Springer-Verlag
+ single-author books.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, Springer-Verlag, publisher style
+Author: Ed Sznyter, Computer Science Department,
+ Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305--2140
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 01 Nov 87
+Archives: ymir, utrecht
+Note: Probably obsolete: use mathsing.sty (q.v.) instead.
+See also: svma.sty, mathsing.sty
+
+Name: tables.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for creating tables.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tables
+Author: Ray F. Cowan and Bob Taylor
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 Mar 1987
+Archives: ymir
+Note: tables.tex???
+
+Name: tabls.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to keep text from touching text
+ or hlines above or below.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tables
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.1, 1992
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu*
+
+Name: tabverb.sty
+Description: LaTeX environment similar to the LaTeX verbatim
+ environment, but it expands tab characters and interprets CTL-L's as
+ \newpage's.
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
+Author: Michael Fine
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 29 Sep 1987
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: tabularx.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX style option defining the tabularx environment. This
+ is like tabular*, except that the widths of certain `p' columns are
+ modified to achieve the desired total width, rather than the width
+ of the inter-column space.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, tabularx
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.04, 02 September 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: tape.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for making cassette labels.
+Keywords: LaTeX, cassette
+Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 Jun 1986
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
+Note: Includes documentation and examples: tape-doc.tex, tape.readme and
+ tape.example.
+See also: cassette.tex
+
+Name: techreport.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to the USCthesis style for
+ converting a thesis or dissertation into a technical report.
+Keywords: LaTeX, technical report
+Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.6, 23 Mar 1991
+Archives: shsu*
+Note: Requires Tomas Rokicki's `rotate' style option (or equivalent) if
+ the spine-art option is used.
+See also: USCthesis.sty
+
+Name: texnames.sty
+Description: Style file which defines macros for names of various TeX
+ and METAFONT programs.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, logos
+Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.06, 27 Jan 1992
+Note: Distributed as part of the eplain.tex package.
+Archives: utah*, umb, utrecht, stuttgart, aston, ymir, shsu
+See also: tex.logos
+
+Name: tgrind.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting tgrind output, based on
+ tgrindmac.tex.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tgrind
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
+See also: tgrindmac.tex
+
+Name: theapa.sty
+Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document-style option for use with the
+ theapa BibTeX bibliography style (theapa.bst).
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA
+Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.5.1 May 1992
+Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/
+See also: theapa.tex, theapa.bst
+
+Name: threecolumn.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for setting documents in three
+ columns.
+Keywords: LaTeX, output, multi-column
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1 Oct 1989
+Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart, aston
+See also: multicol.sty
+
+Name: threepart.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating three-part headers
+ and footers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
+Author: Lance Berc <mcvax!unizh!olsen!lance@seismo.css.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Jan 1987
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: timeline.sty
+Description: Macros for drawing time lines in either LaTeX or plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, timeline
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: trademarks.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines macros for
+ various common trademarks.
+Keywords: LaTeX, trademark, logos
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: trees.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for drawing binary or ternary trees.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tree, graphics
+Author: Peter Vanroose <peter@dit.lth.se>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 18 Apr 1990
+Archives: ymir, aston
+Note: Comes with documentation file trees.readme.
+
+Name: twoup.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to print documents two-up with
+ the help of dvidvi.
+Keywords: LaTeX, dvidvi
+Author: Gary Levin <gary@sun.mcs.clarkson.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: uct10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis
+Author: Rusty C. Wright
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: uct11.sty, uct12.sty, ucthesis.sty
+
+Name: uct11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis
+Author: Rusty C. Wright
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: uct10.sty, uct12.sty, ucthesis.sty
+
+Name: uct12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis
+Author: Rusty C. Wright
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: uct10.sty, uct11.sty, ucthesis.sty
+
+Name: ukdate.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide support for UK-style
+ dates. Also provides macros to calculate the day of week and the
+ phase of the moon.
+Keywords: LaTeX, date, calendar, pom, dow
+Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 26 Oct 1988
+Note: Obsolete: Use dates.sty instead.
+
+Name: ulem.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines \em to
+ underline text rather than set it in italics. This underlining
+ allows line breaks, and works with plain TeX also (using \uline{}).
+Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, underlining, emphasis
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: Yes
+Latest Version: 1992
+Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart
+
+Name: usenix.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to
+ produce papers in the format of the Usenix conference proceedings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings
+Author: Dave Steiner <steiner@topaz.rutgers.edu>,
+ <..!rutgers!topaz.rutgers.edu!steiner>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v0.9, 1 Jun 1989
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart
+Note: The official Usenix proceedings are typeset by converting all
+ papers to troff, so this style can't be used to submit camera-ready
+ copy.
+
+Name: userps.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to define various useful
+\pagestyles. (Only contains one so far.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
+Author:
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+Note: Unsupported.
+
+Name: varfbox.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a variant of the
+ standard \fbox command which allows the user to specify the size of
+ the \fboxrule on the fly.
+Keywords: LaTeX, box
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 8 Aug 1989
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: vdm.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting VDM specifications.
+Keywords: LaTeX, VDM specification language
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 3.0, May 1992
+Archives: Aston*, SPAN, stuttgart
+Note: Comes with documentation: vdm.tex
+
+Name: version.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for defining environments whose contents will
+ be optionally ignored when you run LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, comment
+Author: Stephen Bellantoni
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1990
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: vita.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for creating a vita similar to that
+ suggested by the Handbook for Scholars.
+Keywords: LaTeX, vita, resume
+Author: KC Border <kcb@hss.caltech.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Sep 1990
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: voorbeeldom.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines an enumerate-like
+ environment for typesetting Linguistic examples.
+Keywords: LaTeX, lists
+Author: Werenfried Spit <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 08 Jan 1990
+Archives: utrecht*, ymir
+
+Name: voorwerk.sty
+Description: Dutch version of titlepage.sty for use with rapport1.sty
+ and rapport3.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, titlepage, report, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Apr 1990
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir, aston,
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort.
+
+Name: vrbinput.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with verbatim.sty
+ (q.v.) to allow the verbatim input of files.
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, input
+Author: Bernd Raichle <raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.DE>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0b, 30 Jun 1991
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart*
+Note: vrbinput.sty (.doc) is part of the verbatim distribution.
+See also: verbatim.sty
+
+Name: warn.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to get LaTeX warnings to mention
+ the line number.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart
+
+Name: workshop.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style to be used for formatting articles for
+ the workshops on discrete event systems in Prague, August 1992, and
+ on robust control in Ascona, April 1992.
+Keywords: LaTeX, conference, article
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 11 Feb 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
+Note: Obsolete. Use birkhaus.sty instead.
+
+Name: wrapfig.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the environment
+ "wrapfigure" to manually place a figure at the side of the page and
+ wrap text around it.
+Keywords: LaTeX, floats,
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1991
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: wright.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which extends \newcommand and
+ \renewcommand to support commands with optional arguments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, newcommand, optarg
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart
+Note: Includes example file wright.tex.
+
+Name: xrefwarn.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the \cite command to
+ only warn you once of each undefined citation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, x-ref warnings, citation
+Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2, 24 Feb 1992
+Archives: utrecht*
+
+Name: xspace.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option defining \xspace, a macro to put at the
+ end of abbreviations. It makes a space unless the following
+ character is a punctuation character, or {}.
+Keywords: LaTeX, spaces
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.01, 26 June 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: young.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style option which defines an environment
+ {Young} to draw Young tableaux (group theory).
+Keywords: LaTeX, Young tableaux
+Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 7 Feb 1992
+Note: Based on using young.tex by Paul E. S. Wormer <U644301@HNYKUN11>
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: zaccone.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide independent
+ formatting of table and figure (and other float) captions.
+Keywords: LaTeX, caption, float
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+Note: Virtually identical to bruggink.sty (q.v.)
+
+Name: zero.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to start numbering at zero,
+ where appropriate. Also allows specification of initial counter
+ values other than one or zero (useful for counters that count
+ "within" other counters).
+Keywords: LaTeX, counter, "numbering within"
+Author: Tom Verhoeff <wstomv@win.tue.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 19 Jun 1991
+Archives: tue, shsu
+Note: documentation and test file included in package named zero.tar.Z
+
+
+%%Section 6.8: Other
+
+Name: asaetr.tex
+Description: LaTeX documentation for asaetr package
+Keywords: documentation, LaTeX, publisher style
+Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992
+Archives: shsu
+Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE)
+See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.bst, asaesub.sty, cmcscsl10.mf
+
+Name: calprog.tex
+Description: See yearcal.tex
+
+Name: docstrip.tex
+Description: LaTeX program to convert .doc files written with doc.sty
+ into stripped-down .sty files.
+Keywords: LaTeX, documentation
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.11 test, 10 Dec 1990
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: doc.sty, newdoc.sty
+
+Name: lcustom.tex
+Description: A miscellaneous collection of LaTeX customizations,
+ including support for the verbatim input of a file.
+Keywords: LaTeX, vrbinput
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: pphlp.tex
+Description: This file is part of the PPHLP package, which allows both
+ printed manuals and VMS help library modules to be prepared from a
+ single file.
+Keywords: LaTeX, VMS, documentation
+Author: Norman Gray <N.O.Gray@open.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 19 July 1992
+Archives: aston, shsu
+
+Name: preload.tex
+Description: A .tex file for making latex formats with certain style
+ options preloaded. Speeds things up on a slow PC!
+Keywords: LaTeX, PC, speed, initex
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: (only one version)
+Archives: aston*
+Note: May not work with recent releases of LaTeX.
+
+Name: pslplain.tex
+Description: PSLaTeX is a variant of LaTeX that uses PostScript fonts
+ where possible (including math mode). The assumed encoding of text
+ fonts is not that of the Computer Modern fonts, but the Adobe
+ Standard Encoding, enabling any PostScript font using this encoding
+ to be used as a text font. The latest version incorporates the New
+ Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript fonts
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Archives: Aston*, SPAN, stuttgart
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 3.0, Jun 1992
+Note: comes with documentation (pslatex.tex) and many supporting files.
+
+Name: xcomment.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option for printing only selected environments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, comment
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 5 Jun 1992
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu
+
+Name: xxxcustom.tex
+Description: Miscellaneous customizations to LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.00, 17 Jun 1985
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: yearcal.tex
+Description: LaTeX program for printing a year calendar.
+Keywords: LaTeX, calendar
+Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca>
+Supported: yes
+Latsion: 25 Jun 1992
+Archives: shsu
+See also: calendar.sty, calendar.tex
+Note: An earlier version of this program was called calprog.tex.
+
+
+%%Section 7: LAMS-TEX
+
+%% These entries need to be fleshed out more.
+
+Name: lamstex.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX is a macro package which provides AMS-TeX with
+ some of the document-structuring commands of packages such as LaTeX.
+ Support is also provided for tables, commutative diagrams,
+ cross-references, bibliographies (including the use of BibTeX),
+ indices, etc.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX, commutative diagrams, xrefs, BibTeX
+Author: Michael Spivak, The TeXplorators Corporation; 3701 W. Alabama,
+ Suite 450-273. Houston, TX 77027 (U.S.A.)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.01, 1991
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart
+Note: LamS-TeX comes with installation instructions (inst.tex and
+ insttbls.tex) and a brief sample file (samp.tex), which also
+ contains a short description of the package. A user's manual
+ ("LamS-TeX, The Synthesis") is sold separately by the TeXplorators
+ Corporation. A Wizards's Manual, documenting the code, is also
+ available and a Style File Designer's Manual is planned. LamS-TeX
+ comes with two programs (dvipaste and index) and five new fonts
+ (lams1.mf, ..., lams5.mf). LamS-TeX is almost compatible with plain
+ TeX and AMS-TeX and compatibility modes are supplied (see
+ acompat.tex and pcompat.tex). LamS-TeX is organized in modules,
+ which can be swapped in and out as needed to make more efficient use
+ of limited memory. (Those files with "(.tox)" next to their names
+ are modules.)
+
+Name: acompat.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX file which allows an old AMS-TeX file to be run
+ through LamS-TeX.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX
+Author: Michael Spivak, The TeXplorators Corporation; 3701 W. Alabama,
+ Suite 450-273. Houston, TX 77027 (U.S.A.)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: alignat.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which defines the alignedat, alignat,
+ xalignat and xxalignat math environments for equation arrays.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, math
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: amstexl.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX file which provides the basic AMS-TeX macros.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: anynum.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which defines \newcounter and \usecounter.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, counter
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: bib.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for a bibliography.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: bibtex.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX file which provides support for BibTeX.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: book.st
+Description: LamS-TeX document style for producing a generic book.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, book
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+Note: Also book.stb, book.stf and book.stt for providing extra macros.
+
+Name: cardord.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module for printing the value of constants and
+ counters as cardinal and ordinal numbers.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, counter
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: cd.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides extra support for
+ commutative diagrams?
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, commutative diagrams
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: dblacc.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for the \accented
+ command for putting multiple accents on a character.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, accent
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: dvipaste.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX macros for using the program dvipaste, which
+ provides a way to paste in tables that may otherwise be too big to
+ include in your document using traditional means.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, table
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1989
+Archives:
+Note: Documentation in dvipaste.doc. Sample files join.tex, boxes1.tex
+ and boxes2.tex.
+
+Name: islands.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides supports for floating
+ insertions.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, float
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: lamslogo.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX file which defines the LamS-TeX logo, \LamSTeX.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: lamstbl.tex
+Description: Subset of the LamS-TeX macros that are most useful for
+ producing tables with dvipaste?
+Keywords: LamS-TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: lamstex.stb
+Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing an index.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, index
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: lamstex.stf
+Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing a table of contents.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, TOC
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: lamstex.stt
+Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing tables.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, tables
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: letter.st
+Description: LamS-TeX letter document style.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, letter
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+Note: A sample letter, letter.tex, is provided.
+
+Name: lists.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module for providing support for itemized lists.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, lists
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: literal.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for typesetting
+ pieces of TeX code verbatim
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, verbatim
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: lithl.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX macros for doing something magic.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: paper.st
+Description: LamS-TeX document style for producing a generic paper.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, article
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+Note: Also paper.stt, which has something to do with tables.
+
+Name: pcompat.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX which allows LamS-TeX to format a plain TeX file.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LamS-TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: places.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides extra support for floating
+ insertions.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, float
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: ptmatrix.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX macros for typesetting partitioned matrices.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, math, matrices
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: varref.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for cross
+ references?
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, xrefs
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+
+%%Section 8: PLAIN TEX
+
+Name: 10point.tex
+Description: Defines a \tenpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the one
+ mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
+ 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 10pointss.tex
+Description: Defines a \tenpointss macro to switch to the ten point
+ sans-serif font.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 11point.tex,
+ 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 11point.tex
+Description: Defines an \elevenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
+ the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
+ 10pointss.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 12point.tex
+Description: Defines a \twelvepoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
+ the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
+ 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 14point.tex
+Description: Defines a \fourteenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
+ the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
+ 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 17point.tex
+Description: Defines a \seventeenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
+ the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
+ 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 20point.tex
+Description: Defines a \twentypoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
+ the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> and J. Leon
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
+ 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 2columns.mac
+Description: The two column output format from Chapter 23 of the
+ TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, two-column, TeXbook
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: 2side.tex
+Description: A two-sided format for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, output
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: 7point.tex
+Description: Defines a \sevenpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the
+ one mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
+ 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 8point.tex
+Description: Defines an \eightpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the
+ one mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
+ 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 9point.tex
+Description: Defines a \ninepoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the
+ one mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
+ 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: aa.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ articles for the journal Astronomy and Astrophysics.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, journal,
+ multi-column, two-column
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0, 25 Feb 1991
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file (aa.doc), three
+ example files (aa.dem) two of them are files with the macros for the
+ head ready to "fill in" the text (aa.big, and aa.tex), and a readme
+ file. The package also includes a copy of laa.the, the thesaurus
+ list for Astronomy and Astrophysics. There is also a variant,
+ aa.mtm, of the macros for typsetting with the Monotype Times fonts.
+
+Name: address.tex
+Description: Generates form letters and mailing labels from an address
+ list.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, formletter, mailing labels
+Author: Michael Wester <wester@spectre.unm.edu> and Jackie Damrau
+ <damrau@bitbucket.ssc.gov>
+Supported: Yes
+Latest Version: 25 May 1992
+Archives: shsu*
+Note: Package includes several auxiliary files, including a README file.
+ This package is described in the paper "Form Letters with 3-Across
+ Labels Capability," TUGboat 12(4):510-516, December 1991. This
+ paper is also included in the address package.
+See also: bellmac.tex, label.tex, labels.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex,
+ lettermac.tex, letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty
+
+Name: amssym.def
+Description: Makes the AMS symbol fonts (msam and msbm) available to
+ plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts, AMS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 5 Apr 1991
+Archives: e-math*
+See also: amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbols.sty, amsfonts.sty,
+ amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
+
+Name: apalike.tex
+Description: Macros to make apalike.bst work with plain TeX and
+ btxmac.tex.
+Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99b, 29 Feb 1992
+Archives: labrea*
+See also: btxmac.tex, apalike.sty, apalike.bst
+
+Name: automagic.tex
+Description: Defines some fairly simple macros for automatically
+ numbering section headings in plain TeX. Also has rudimentary
+ support for a table of contents.
+Keywords: plain TeX, sectioning, autonumbering, TOC
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: autotoc.tex, toc.mac, toc.tex
+
+Name: autotoc.tex
+Description: Automatic Table of contents generation for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TOC
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: automagic.tex, toc.mac, toc.tex
+
+Name: badges.tex
+Description: plain TeX program for making name tags.
+Author: Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl>, <rcpt@heithe5.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Package includes badges.ps, badges.readme and addresses.tex.
+
+Name: bellmac.tex
+Description: Form letter package for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, formletter
+Author: Edwin V. Bell, II <bell@ukanvax.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 9 Oct 1986
+Archives: ymir
+See also: address.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex, lettermac.tex,
+ letter.sty, merge.sty
+
+Name: bibplain.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for using BibTeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Anthony J. Ferro <ferro@asucps.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: btxmac.tex
+Note: Probably obsolete. Use btxmac.tex instead.
+
+Name: blanks.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting questions with blanks left
+ for the answers.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX
+Author: Hal R. Varian
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 19 Aug 1987
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Includes an example file, blanks-sample.tex.
+
+Name: bnf.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for formatting BNF grammars.
+Keywords: plain TeX, BNF
+Author: Erik Quanstrom
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 10 Nov 1990
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Includes an example file, bnfexample.tex.
+See also: ebnf.sty, bnf.sty
+
+Name: borders.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for putting a black border around page.
+Keywords: plain TeX, output
+Author: James A. Brister
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 28 Jan 1991
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: boxit.tex
+Description: plain TeX macro to put boxes around text, similar to the
+ LaTeX \fbox command.
+Keywords: plain TeX, framebox
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: This is similar to, but inferior to, the \boxit macro presented in
+ Exercise 21.3 of the TeXbook.
+See also: frame.tex
+
+Name: btable.sty
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting character tables of finite
+ groups.
+Keywords: plain TeX, table
+Author: Bob Howlett <howlett_r@maths.su.oz.au> and Andrew Mathas
+ <andrew@math.uic.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 6 Jul 90
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: btxmac.tex
+Description: Defines macros that make BibTeX work with plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Karl Berry and Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99j, 14 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+
+Name: Caesar-CM
+Description: Macros to provide (nearly) perfect hyphenation at slight
+ cost on TeX systems lacking good virtual font support. These
+ macros allow one to supplement ordinary Computer Modern fonts with
+ some extended Computer Modern prose fonts containing some or all
+ the accented characters in the 1989 Cork norm for TeX-encoding of
+ latin alphabets. For example, the distribution includes three
+ basic prose fonts of the "TM" series due to
+ Brouard-Sullivan-Taupin.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, accents, Computer Modern, Cork norm,
+ virtual fonts, em, Macintosh
+Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Sept 1992
+Note: Caesar-CM is recommended for TeX systems lacking good virtual
+ font support. Originally designed for OzTeX and Textures, it
+ provides special comforts for these two. For Textures, there is
+ support for all Adobe type1 fonts, covering roughly the same ISO
+ Latin1 accented characters as the TM fonts.
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr*
+ [130.84.128.100], stuttgart
+
+Name: calendar.tex
+Description: Interactive plain TeX program for formatting a monthly
+ calendar.
+Keywords: plain TeX, calendar
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: calendar.sty, yearcal.tex
+
+Name: capparmode.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros to typeset every paragraph with a drop
+ capital.
+Keywords: plain TeX, dropcaps
+Author: David J. Braunegg
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 1986
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+
+Name: cassette.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros to typeset labels for standard Phillips
+ audio cassette boxes.
+Keywords: plain TeX, cassette label
+Author: David Strip <drstrip@isrc.sandia.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1991
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Uses, but does not require, two special fonts, dolby and cdlogo.
+See also: tape.sty
+
+%% Name: cell1.tex
+%% Name: cell2.tex
+%% Name: cell3.tex
+%% Name: cell4.tex
+%% Name: cellular.doc
+%% Name: cellular.tex
+
+Name: chbars.tex
+Description: Macros for producing changebars without \special's (with
+ plain TeX).
+Keywords: plain TeX, changebars, output
+Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 9 Oct 1989
+Note: This is, in fact, a talk at EuroTeX '89 in Karlsruhe. (That's the
+ EuroTeX where no proceedings appeared.) The talk attempted to push
+ TeX to its limits and to show these limits. The author neither uses
+ nors support this macro by himself; but if he receives repairs, he
+ will incorporate them into a new version.
+Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart, ymir, aston
+
+Name: cnoweb.tex
+Description: A plain TeX macro package for pretty-printing C code
+ without using CWEB.
+Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, C
+Author: Jim Fox
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.2, 30 Oct 1989
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+Note: Includes a sample file, pf.c, and a readme file, cnoweb.readme.
+
+Name: comment.sty
+Description: Macros for commenting out sections of documents in plain
+ TeX or LaTeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, comment
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0, 19 Jun 1992
+Archives: stuttgart, shsu
+See also: comment.tex, verbatim.sty
+
+Name: comment.tex
+Description: Defines macros for commenting out sections of text in plain
+ TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, comment
+Author: J. C. Alexander
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: May 1986
+Archives: ymir, aston
+See also: comment.sty, verbatim.sty
+
+Name: cpjour2.cmm
+Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ camera-ready copy for various two-column journals.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ journal, multi-column, two-column
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 24 Oct 1991
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the PJour2 and PJour2g packages.
+
+Name: CPMoMu01
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for preparing
+ camera-ready monographs or contributions to multi-author books.
+Keywords: plain TeX, book, single-author, multi-author, proceedings,
+ camera-ready
+Author: NTP Dept., Springer-Verlag Heidelberg <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest version: 1.0
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+
+Name: cyracc.def
+Description: Definitions of accents and special characters required for
+ use of the Cyrillic fonts arranged according to the AMS scheme.
+Keywords: generic, amsfonts, Cyrillic, AMS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 31 May 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: declare.tex
+Description: Provides a method of locally allocating registers without
+ interference with previously allocated registers.
+Keywords: plain TeX, allocation, register
+Author: J. E. Pittman
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1 Jun 1990
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: dmhgener.tex
+Description: Provides plain TeX with rudimentary support for sectioning
+ commands, automatic numbering of chapters, equations, figures and
+ tables, and bibliography entries and cross-referencing.
+Keywords: plain TeX, sectioning, autonumbering, xrefs, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: doublecol.tex
+Description: Generic double column output for plain TeX, modified from
+ Donald Knuth's routine in Appendix E of the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, two-column, TeXbook
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: edmac.tex (.doc)
+Description: EDMAC is a set of plain TeX macros for formatting critical
+ editions of texts in the traditional way, similar to the Oxford
+ Classical Texts, Teubner and Arden Shakespeare. Support is provided
+ for marginal line numbering and multiple series of footnotes and
+ endnotes keyed to line numbers.
+Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, line numbering
+Author: John Lavagnino <lav@binah.cc.brandeis.edu>,
+ <lav@brandeis.bitnet> and Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.22
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart, utrecht
+Note: The documentation requires doc.sty and newdoc.sty to format, as
+ well as egg.sty, which is distributed with the package.
+
+Name: epsf.tex
+Description: TeX macros to include an Encapsulated PostScript graphic.
+Keywords: plain TeX, dvips, epsf, PostScript
+Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 18 Jul 1990
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+Note: epsf.tex is part of the dvips distribution.
+See also: epsf.sty, psfig.tex, psfig.sty
+
+Name: figplace.tex
+Description: Macros which implement an alternate floating insertion
+ routine for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, output, floats
+Author: Joost Zalmstra <jjaz%nat.vu.nl@hearn.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 Oct 1988
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: FloatNotes.tex
+Description: TeX macros allowing \midinsert's to be treated by the
+ user much like displays. In particular, it becomes possible to
+ use a midinsert without a special label or title, in spite of
+ occasional "floating" to a following page. The trick is to use a
+ "floatnote".
+Keywords: plain TeX, \midinsert, newinserts.tex
+Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: alpha; Sept 1992
+Note: Documentation is internal. Derives from W. Neumann's
+ newinserts.tex correction/revision of \midinsert. Hence it is only
+ valid with formats based on Plain TeX
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr*
+ [130.84.128.100], stuttgart
+
+Name: fnote.tex
+Description: Defines a plain TeX macro \fnote for automatically
+ numbering footnotes. Also redefines \vfootnote to reset
+ \baselineskip to restore single spacing within double-spaced text.
+Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, autonumbering
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: fnpara.tex
+Description: Redefines plain TeX's footnote macros so that all footnotes
+ on a page are combined into a single paragraph, a la pages 398--400
+ of the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, TeXbook
+Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Sep 1988
+Archives: ymir (but munged)
+See also: fnpara.sty
+
+Name: fontbl.tex
+Description: plain TeX program for displaying font tables.
+Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart
+Author: Roger L. Beeman and Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+See also: testfont.tex
+
+Name: fontchart.tex
+Description: plain TeX program for displaying magnified font tables.
+ Shows bounding boxes and baselines of characters.
+Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+See also: testfont.tex, fontbl.tex
+
+Name: fortran.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for including verbatim program listings.
+ Based on Dirty Trick #3 of Appendix D of the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, TeXbook, vrbinput
+Author: B. H. Toby
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Aug 1986
+Archives: ymir
+See also: list.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbatim.sty, verbtim2.tex,
+ misc.sty, lcustom.tex
+
+Name: frame.tex
+Description: Defines a macro for putting a frame around an \hbox; also
+ defines a macro for producing an empty box of arbitrary dimensions.
+Keywords: plain TeX, framebox
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: boxit.sty
+
+Name: gkpmac.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros used to typeset "Concrete Mathematics" by
+ Ronald Graham, Donald E. Knuth and Oren Patashnik.
+Keywords: plain TeX, book
+Author: Ronald Graham and Donald E. Knuth and Oren Patashnik
+Maintainer: Donald E. Knuth; Computer Science Department; Stanford
+ University; Stanford, CA 94305 <op@cs.stanford.edu (Care of Oren
+ Patashnik)>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: concrete.sty
+
+Name: headlinerule.tex
+Description: Redefines plain TeX's \makeheadline macro to include an
+ \hrule spanning the width of the page.
+Keywords: plain TeX, header
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: HyAcc-CM
+Description: Macros allowing decent hyphenation for languages using
+ accented characters when typesetting fonts with Computer Modern
+ encoding.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, accents, Computer Modern
+Authors: Daniel Flipo <flipo@citil.citilille.fr>, Laurent Siebenmann
+ <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Note: Recommended for small TeX systems, and for European language
+ typescripts circulated in the US or wherever CM fonts predominate
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr*
+ [130.84.128.100], stuttgart
+
+Name: index.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for use with the MakeIndex program to make
+ an index for a document. The macros work with MakeIndex in its
+ default mode, so no extra MakeIndex "style" file is needed (even
+ though that default mode is actually for LaTeX). For draft
+ documents a switch will turn on "galley marks" for indexed words or
+ phrases (a ruled box is drawn around the item). Includes macros for
+ both creating the raw index file and printing the processed index.
+ Instructions are provided for setting up more than one index.
+Keywords: plain TeX, index, MakeIndex
+Author: Eric Myers <myers@landau.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.15, 19 Jun 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+See also: TeXsis
+Note: index.tex is also included in TeXsis (q.v.)
+
+Name: jns.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ articles for the Journal of Nonlinear Science.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ journal
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 July 1990
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jns.doc, an example
+ file, jns.dem, and a readme file. There is also a file, jns.amm, for
+ typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts.
+See also: jns.sty, jnsams.cmm
+
+Name: label.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for creating mailing labels.
+Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: address.tex, labels.tex, make-env.tex
+
+Name: labeldefs.tex
+Description: Simple threecolumn output for a plain TeX newsletter, based
+ on the example on page 257 of the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, newsletter
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: LabelFig.tex
+Description: Semi-interactive macros for attaching TeX labels to
+ imported graphics from outside sources such as Postscript.
+Keywords: TeX, graphics, PostScript
+Authors: Raymond Seroul <seroul@math.u-strasbg.fr>, Laurent Siebenmann
+ <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+First Version: July 1991
+Latest Version: July 1992
+Note: The interactivity derives from a canonical grid visible on the
+ preview or preprint. As one can attach anything to anything,
+ LabelFig.tex gives a simple paste-up environment. Documentation
+ is internal.
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr
+ [130.84.128.100], stuttgart
+
+Name: labelmac3.tex
+Description: Plain TeX macros for creating mail labels for use with
+ Avery 5160 laser printer labels.
+Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels
+Author: R. Bharat Rao <bharat@herodotus.cs.uiuc.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 11 Oct 1991
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: lecmono.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ monographs in the Lecture Notes in Physics series.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ single-author, book, LNP, physics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Nov 1990
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lecmono.doc, two
+ example files, lecmono1.dem and lecmono2.dem, and a readme file.
+ There is also a file, lecmono.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete)
+ Almost Modern (AM) fonts.
+
+Name: lecproc.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ proceedings in the Lecture Notes in Physics series.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ LNP, proceedings, physics, multi-author, book
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lecproc.doc, two
+ example files, lecproc.dem and lecproc.dem, and a readme file.
+
+Name: letter.mac
+Description: A stripped-down version of letter format from Appendix E of
+ the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, letter
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, letter.tex, lettermac.tex,
+ letter.sty, merge.sty
+
+Name: letter.tex
+Description: Donald Knuth's letter format, an expanded version of the
+ letter format in Appendix E of the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, letter, TeXbook
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, brief.sty, letter.mac,
+ lettermac.tex, letter.sty, merge.sty
+
+Name: lettermac.tex
+Description: Simple macros for writing letters.
+Keywords: plain TeX, letter
+Author: J. Daniel Smith
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 23 May 90
+Archives: ymir
+See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, brief.sty, letter.mac, letter.tex,
+ letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty
+
+Name: LeXTeX.tex
+Description: A macro package for use with plain.tex for producing legal
+ documents (including pleadings).
+Keywords: plain TeX, LeXTeX
+Author: Roger C-H. Horne <rhorne@cix.compulink.co.uk>, 7 New Square,
+ Lincoln's Inn, London WC2A 3QS, UK
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.005, Feb 1992
+Archives: None as yet.
+
+Name: list.tex
+Description: Makes a verbatim listing of one or more files. Typical
+ usage: tex list *.c \\end
+Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, vrbinput
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+See also: fortran.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbtim2.tex
+
+Name: listing.mac
+Description: Macros for the LISTEX system by DCB.
+Keywords: plain TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: llist.tex
+Description: Makes a two-up verbatim listing of one or more files.
+ Typical usage: tex llist *.c \\end
+Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, dvips, vrbinput
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+See also: fortran.tex, list.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbtim2.tex
+
+%% Name: longtocline.tex
+
+Name: lwebmac.tex
+Description: macros for the LWEB system by DCB
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: make-env.tex
+Description: Print an address on an envelope according to strict USPS
+ standards.
+Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels, barcode
+Author: J. Daniel Smith
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 12 Jan 1990
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Includes a sample file, test.adr. Requires zip.tex and
+ lettermac.tex.
+See also: address.tex, label.tex, labels.tex
+
+Name: mamath.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ camera-ready articles for manuscripta mathematica.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ journal, mathematics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Jun 1990
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mamath.doc, an
+ example file, mamath.dem, and a readme file. There is also a file,
+ mamath.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM)
+ fonts.
+
+Name: manmac.tex
+Description: Macros used to typeset The TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TeXbook, book
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: labrea*, shsu
+
+Name: mathmult.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ multi-author mathematics books.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ multi-author, book, mathematics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Mar 1991
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathmult.doc, an
+ example file, mathmult.dem, and a readme file. There is also a
+ file, mathmult.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern
+ (AM) fonts.
+See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty
+
+Name: mathsing.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ single-author mathematics books.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ single-author, book, mathematics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, Oct 1990
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathsing.doc, an
+ example file, mathsing.dem, and a readme file. There is also a
+ file, mathsing.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern
+ (AM) fonts.
+See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.sty
+
+Name: memo.tex
+Description: Generate a memo banner.
+Keywords: plain TeX, memo
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: mftmac.tex
+Description: Special macros for use with MFT output.
+Keywords: plain TeX, METAFONT, MFT
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Archives: labrea*
+
+Name: mhack.tex
+Description: plain TeX code for producing margin notes.
+Keywords: plain TeX, margin notes
+Author: Norman Walsh <walsh@cs.umass.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Sep 1991
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: model.tex
+Description: Rudimentary document style for ACM proceedings
+Keywords: plain TeX, ACM, proceedings
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: mrecog.tex
+Description: Mathmode control-sequence recognition for TeX/LaTeX.
+ Allows math formulas to be typed as, for example, "$cos(pi log
+ phi)\,d phi$" rather than "$\cos(\pi \log \phi)\,d \phi$".
+Keywords: plain TeX, math
+Author: Robert H. Wentworth <rhw@hoh-1.att.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v0.1 (beta), 26 Jun 1990
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: mssymb.tex
+Description: Defines names for all the math symbols in the old AMS fonts
+ (msxm and msym). Obsolete. Use amssym.tex instead.
+Keywords: plain TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts, AMS
+Author:
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete.
+See also: amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty, amsfonts.sty,
+ amssymb.sty, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbl.sty
+
+Name: multihead.tex
+Description: Multiple line header for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, header
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: multip.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ multiple-author physics books in the so-called "Ergebnisse" format.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ multi-author, book, physics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Mar 1989
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, multip.doc, and an
+ example file, multip.dem. There is also a file, multip.amm, for
+ typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts.
+
+Name: multpghb.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ multiple-author physics books in the so-called "GHB" format.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ multi-author, book, physics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 12 Dec 1988
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, multip.doc, and an
+ example file, multip.dem. There is also a file, multpghb.amm, for
+ typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts.
+
+Name: newinsert.tex
+Description: Bug fixes to plain TeX macros \midinsert and \topinsert.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, inserts, figures
+Author: Walter Neumann <neumann@mps.ohio-state.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 2 Apr 1990
+Archives: shape.mps.ohio-state.edu:ftp/pub/osutex/OSUDEG/tools*
+ [128.146.7.200], ymir
+
+Name: nofill.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for preserving line breaks and spaces in
+ lines of text.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, nofill
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: null.tex
+Description: Empty TeX file. Useful when TeX prompts you for a file
+ name and you don't want to provide a real file.
+
+Name: outline.sty
+Description: Reads structured files generated by PC-OUTLINE and formats
+ them in plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, outline
+Author: Hal R. Varian
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Sep 1987
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: paragraphs.tex
+Description: Demonstrates various combinations of \everypar, \hangafter,
+ \hangindent, \indent, \lastbox, \noindent and \parindent.
+Keywords: plain TeX, paragraph
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: phoncard.tex
+Description: Formats a list of phone numbers into 9x9 blocks.
+Keywords: plain TeX, phonelist
+Author: Daniel R. Greening <dgreen@cs.ucla.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.03, 2 Jun 1992
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Author will incorporate bug fixes if supplied, but will not fix
+ bugs himself.
+
+Name: PJour2g
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for articles in
+ Springer-Verlag Heidelberg journals with two-column layout. Variant
+ of PJour2 (g=general).
+Keywords: plain TeX, article, two-column
+Author: NTP Dept., Springer-Verlag Heidelberg <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest version: 1.0
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+See also: PJour2
+
+Name: picmac.tex
+Description: Macros for drawing simple pictures in plain TeX. This is a
+ subset of LaTeX's picture environment, with added support for
+ quadratic splines.
+Keywords: plain TeX, graphics
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+
+Name: pjour1.zip
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ various 1-column journals.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, PostScript,
+ journal, mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer science
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file (pjour1.doc), a
+ reference card (pjour1.ref), the macro file (pjour1.mac), a readme
+ file, and an installation routine for MS-DOS. For each journal there
+ are three example files (*.dem); two of them are files with the
+ macros for the head ready to "fill in" the text (*.big, and *.tex),
+ and a file (*.ini) with the journal specifics. To be used as TeX
+ format file, which saves interpretation time at the average run.
+See also: pjour2
+
+Name: pjour2.zip
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ various 2-column journals.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, PostScript,
+ journal, mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer science, OR,
+ shock waves, geodesy
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file (pjour2.doc), a
+ reference card (pjour2.ref), the macro file (pjour2.mac), a readme
+ file and an installation routine for MS-DOS. For each journal there
+ are three example files (*.dem); two of them are files with the
+ macros for the head ready to "fill in" the text (*.big, and *.tex),
+ and a file (*.ini) with the journal specifics. To be used as TeX
+ format file, which saves interpretation time at the average run.
+See also: pjour1
+
+Name: plain.tex
+Description: plain TeX format as described in The TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, fmt, TeXbook
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v3.141
+Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, utrecht, aston, shsu
+
+Name: plncs.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for producing
+ camera-ready copy for the Lecture Notes in Computer Science series.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ LNCS, multi-author, book
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, plncs.doc, and an
+ example file, plncs.dem.
+
+Name: plotting.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for plotting x-y graphs.
+Keywords: plain TeX, graphics
+Author: Laurence G. Yaffe <lgy@newton.phys.washington.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1987
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: reference.tex
+Description: Provides rudimentary support for a list of references with
+ labels and crossreferences.
+Keywords: plain TeX, xrefs, bibliography
+Author: B. A. Leland (XHEMIA:BAL)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.1, 6/27/86
+Archives: ymir
+See also: btxmac.tex
+
+Name: resume.tex
+Description: Resume document style for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, resume
+Author: <parker@oz> (Lynne Parker <parker@rice-chex.mit.edu>??)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Jan 1986
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: resumemac.tex
+Description: Resume macro file for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, resume
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+Note: Includes sample file, sample_resume.tex.
+
+%% Name: rightfig.mac
+
+Name: rotate.tex
+Description: Macros for rotating and flipping a TeX box.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, dvips
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 4 Nov 1990
+Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu>
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+Note: rotate.tex is part of the dvips distribution.
+See also: rotate.sty
+
+Name: scmac.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting scripts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, scripts, drama
+Author: Na Choon Piaw
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.02, 1989
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Also called scmac202.tex.
+
+Name: scorecard.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for printing a baseball scorecard for one
+ team, as well as summary statistics boxes (Pitcher's stats, Offense,
+ Defense, and Pitching miscellanea, a Notes section, and a line
+ score).
+Keywords: plain TeX, baseball
+Author: Matthew Wall <matt@cs.brandeis.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 28 Apr 1989
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: setstrut.tex
+Description: Automatic strut computation.
+Keywords: plain TeX, strut
+Author: Stephan v. Bechtolsheim
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1987
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: singlep.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ single-author physics books.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ single-author, book, physics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: May 1989
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, singlep.doc, and two
+ example files, singlep1.dem and singlep2.dem. There is also a file,
+ singlep.am, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM)
+ fonts.
+
+Name: split.tex
+Description: Defines macros which takes two pieces of text and boxes
+ them side by side.
+Keywords: plain TeX, box
+Author: Eric Skinner <ers2f@uottawa.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: stables.tex
+Description: Macros for producing tables with plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, table
+Author: Robert Nilsson <ranhelp@venus.tamu.edu>,
+ <ranhelp@tamvenus1.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0
+Archives: ymir, utrecht
+See also: stables_doc.tex
+Note: Includes documentation, stables_doc.tex.
+
+Name: sterne.cmm
+Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ the "Handbuch f\"ur Sternfreunde".
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 22 Nov 1988
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package
+
+Name: sw.cmm
+Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ camera-ready copy for the journal Shock Waves.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ journal, multi-column, two-column
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: v0.9, 4 Dec 1990
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the PJour2 package
+
+%% Name: tabledoc.tex
+%% Description: Documentation for tables.tex
+%% Keywords: plain TeX, tables, documentation
+%% Author: Ray F. Cowan
+%% Latest Version: 22 Feb 85
+%% Archives: ymir
+%% Note: Note tables.tex on ymir?
+
+Name: tables.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting tables.
+Keywords: plain TeX, table
+Author: Michael Ferguson <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1986
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: tbemacros.tex
+Description: Some new commands defined in the book "TeX by Example,"
+ (copyright (c) 1992, Academic Press).
+Keywords: plain TeX
+Author: Arvind Borde
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, 10 Jul 1991
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart, aston
+Note: There is also a file of examples, called tbesamples.tex.
+
+Name: tech-erg.cmm
+Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ articles for Technik using the "Ergebnisse" format.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package.
+
+Name: tech-ghb.cmm
+Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ articles for Technik using the "Grosshandbuch" format.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package.
+
+Name: tech-std.cmm
+Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ articles for Technik using the "Stodola" format.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package.
+
+Name: testfont.tex
+Description: TeX program for displaying font tables.
+Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+See also: fontchart.tex, fontbl.tex
+
+Name: theapa.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for use with the theapa BibTeX
+ bibliography style (theapa.bst).
+Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA
+Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0 Apr 1992
+Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/
+See also: theapa.sty, theapa.bst
+Note: theapa.tex is not compatible with btxmac.tex. A compatible
+ version may be available upon request.
+
+Name: toc.mac
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting a Table of Contents.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TOC
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Author:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: autotoc.tex, toc.tex
+
+Name: toc.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for automatically generating a Table of
+ Contents.
+Keywords: plain TeX, autoTOC
+Author: Dan Zirin
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1987
+Archives: ymir
+See also: autotoc.tex, toc.mac
+
+Name: treedef.tex
+Description: A macro to make aligned (horizontal) trees in TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, tree
+Author: David Eppstein
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Described in TUGboat, vol. 6 (1985), no. 1, pp. 31--35.
+
+Name: tgrindmac.tex
+Description: Macros for TeX "tgrind" (a TeX equivalent of UNIX 4bsd
+ "vgrind").
+Keywords: plain TeX, tgrind
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.4, 30 Mar 1985
+Author: Van Jacobson <van@lbl-rtsg.arpa>
+Archives:
+See also: tgrind.sty
+
+Name: tugboat.cmn
+Description: Macros which are common to both the plain and LaTeX style
+ files for TUGboat.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, common macros
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.10, 8 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty
+Note: Previously named tugboat.com, but renamed to avoid conflicts
+ with an MS-DOS naming convention. Please delete any files named
+ tugboat.com.
+
+Name: tugbot.sab
+Description: Supplementary definitions for abbreviations and logos that
+ appear in TUGboat.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 1 Mar 1989
+Archives: ymir
+See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty,
+ tugboat.cmn
+Note: Obsolete; content incorporated into tugboat.cmn
+
+Name: tugboat.sty
+Description: plain TeX macros for preparing an article for TUGboat, the
+ Communications of the TeX Users Group.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TeX Users Group, TUGboat,
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.11, 8 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: Requires tugboat.cmn
+See also: ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn
+
+Name: tugbot.sty
+Description: TeX macros for preparing a document in TUGboat format.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, TUGboat
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 8 Jul 87
+Archives:
+See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty,
+ tugboat.cmn
+Note: Obsolete; superseded by tugboat.sty
+
+Name: tugbot.tex
+Description: Model "top-level" file for TUGboat article
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, TUGboat
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 18 Aug 85
+Archives: ymir
+See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty,
+ tugboat.cmn
+Note: Obsolete
+
+Name: tugproc.sty
+Description: plain TeX macros for the Proceedings issues of TUGboat, the
+ Communications of the TeX Users Group.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, proceedings
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.09, 8 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn
+Note: Requires tugboat.sty and tugboat.cmn.
+
+Name: unouter.tex
+Description: Removes the concept of \outer from plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, outer
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Nov 1988
+Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org>
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: varindent.tex
+Description: Macros for making the indentation of each paragraph match
+ the length of the preceding line.
+Keywords: plain TeX, paragraph
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: no versions
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: verbatim.mac
+Description: Support for verbatim listing of TeX source code. Lifted
+ from tugbot.sty and ultimately derived from manmac.tex.
+Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: verbtim2.tex
+Description: Produce verbatim listings of various sorts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, vrbinput
+Author: Tim Morgan <morgan@uci-icsa>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: fortran.tex, list.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbatim.sty,
+ misc.sty, lcustom.tex
+
+Name: web9pt.tex
+Description: ???
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: webmac.tex
+Description: standard macros for formatting WEB listings.
+Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, tangle, weave
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: WEBMAC4.0
+Archives: labrea*
+
+Name: webmacss.tex
+Description: Modifies standard webmac macros to print Pascal text in
+ sans-serif type.
+Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, tangle, weave
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Aug 1987
+Author:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: webmac.tex
+
+Name: weirdtitle.tex
+Description: A weird title macro.
+Keywords: plain TeX, weird
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Author:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: xrcs.tex
+Description: Tex interface to the RCS Revision Control System.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, RCS
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.25, 28 Jan 1992 [beta]
+Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
+
+
+%%Section 8.1: The New Font Selection Scheme for plain TeX
+
+%% Name: driver.tex
+%% Name: plainfsl.doc
+%% Name: plainfsl.tex
+%% Name: readme.plf
+%% Name: scripts.doc
+%% Name: xxxlfont.doc
+
+
+%%Section 8.2: Newsletter Macros
+
+Name: newsletr.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting a newsletter. Includes
+ support for multiple columns.
+Keywords: plain TeX, newsletter, multi-column
+Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v01-014, 3 Jun 1989
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: italic.tex
+Description: Defines macros for typeset text in italics and
+ automatically insert italic corrections when necessary
+Keywords: LaTeX, font
+Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 21 Aug 1991
+Archives: shsu
+Note: Also available as a LaTeX document-style option, italic.sty.
+
+Name: quote.tex
+Description: TeX macros to make " expand into either `` or '' depending
+ on context.
+Keywords: plain TeX, quote marks
+Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Aug 1991
+Archives: shsu*
+Note: Also available as a LaTeX document-style option, quote.sty.
+
+
+%%Section 8.3: ScriptTeX
+
+Name: ScriptTeX
+Description: ScriptTeX is a plain TeX-based macro package for
+ typesetting screenplays and scripts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, screenplay
+Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.03, 24 October 1991
+Archives: ymir*
+Note: ScriptTeX comes with a user's manual, stdoc.tex, and a
+ demonstration file, stdemo.tex.
+
+Name: screenplay.tex
+Description: ScriptTeX format for producing a screenplay.
+Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, screenplay
+Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.03, 24 Oct 1991
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: stageplay.tex
+Description: ScriptTeX format for producing a stageplay.
+Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, stageplay
+Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.03, 24 Oct 1991
+Archives: ymir*
+
+
+%%Section 9: SLITEX
+
+%%Section 9.1: Standard Distribution
+
+Name: slitex.tex
+Description: SliTeX is a version of LaTeX for making black-and-white or
+ color slides. It is part of the standard LaTeX distribution.
+Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.09, 25 Mar 1992
+Archives:
+Note: SliTeX is documented in Appendix A of the LaTeX manual.
+
+Name: sfonts.tex
+Description: The Old Font Selection Scheme for SliTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Nov 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: slides.sty
+Description: The standard document-style option for producing slides
+ with SliTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Jan 1986
+Archives:
+
+Name: splain.tex
+Description: A modified version of plain.tex for use with SliTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 Mar 92
+Archives:
+
+
+%%Section 9.2: Other SliTeX Files
+
+Name: xxxslides.sty
+Description: Miscellaneous modifications of slides.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.04, 28 Aug 1986
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+
+%%Section 10: PHYSE
+
+Name: physe.tex
+Description: PHYS-TeX is a macro package for writing physics papers.
+ Support is included for automatic numbering of chapters, sections,
+ ..., appendices, pages, footnotes, equations, figures, references
+ and tables. Also provides supports for tables of contents and lists
+ of figures, tables and references.
+Keywords: PHYS-TeX, physics, autonumbering
+Author: P. Breitenlohner and A. Kabelschacht; Max-Planck-Institute f\"ur
+ Physik and Astrophysik; Werner-Heisenberg-Institute f\"ur Physik;
+ P.O. Box 40 12 12; Munich, Germany
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, March 1986
+Archives: ymir
+Note: A user's manual, physe.doc, is included.
+See also: physupdt.tex
+
+Name: physupdt.tex
+Description: Modifications and updates to PHYS-TeX version 1.0.
+Keywords: PHYS-TeX, physics
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 6 Apr 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+
+%%Section 11: PHYZZX
+
+Name: phyzzx.tex
+Description: PHYZZX is a macro package designed to make typing papers
+ for Physical Review or Nuclear Physics as simple as possible.
+ Support is given for cross-references, automatic numbering of
+ sections and equations, footnotes, itemized lists, and numbered
+ references, tables and figures.
+Keywords: PHYZZX, physics
+Author: Vadim Kaplunovsky and M. Weinstein; Stanford Linear Accelerator
+ Center; Stanford University; Stanford, CA 94309
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Apr 1988
+Archives: ymir
+Note: phyzdoc.tex is a user's manual; myphyx.tex is an example of how to
+ modify the default PHYZZX format. The font definitions for PHYZZX
+ are contained in the file phyzzx.fonts. phyzzx.local is an example
+ of site-dependent macros.
+See also: revtex.sty
+
+
+%%Section 12: TEXT1
+
+Name: text1.tex
+Description: TEXT1 is a macro package designed to provide many of the
+ functions found in LaTeX (multiple columns, tables of contents,
+ indexing, chapters, lists, boxes, margin notes, screening, etc.)
+ while simultaneously maintaining full compatibility with plain TeX
+ and making it easy to modify formats.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, index
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v4.07, 2 Aug 1992
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: A user's manual for TEXT1 can be ordered from the following
+ address: TEXT1 Distribution; Computing Service Center; Washington
+ State University; Pullman, WA 99164-1220; USA. The TEXT1 macros are
+ split across many files. Only the main files are listed in this
+ Index. In addition to the macro files, the TEXT1 packages comes
+ with an index processor, texix, written in WEB, with change files
+ for CMS, VMS and the Macintosh operating system.
+
+Name: txt1v407.tex
+Description: The main TEXT1 macros.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v4.07, 2 Aug 1992
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+
+Name: fixcol.tex
+Description: TEXT1 macros for two and three-column formats in the fixed
+ mode.
+Keywords: TEXT1, plain TeX, multi-column
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 Jan 1986
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+
+Name: flexcol.tex
+Description: TEXT1 macros for two and three-column formats in the
+ flexible mode.
+Keywords: TEXT1, plain TeX, multi-column
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1 Jul 1989
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+
+Name: letter.texinput
+Description: Sample letter format for TEXT1.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, letter
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1 Apr 1987
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: Includes a model input file, letter.texmodel.
+
+Name: memo.texinput
+Description: Sample memo format for TEXT1.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, memo
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Aug 1986
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: Includes a model input file, memo.texmodel.
+
+Name: mergetxt.texinput
+Description: Sample merge letter format for TEXT1.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, letter, formletter
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 20 Apr 1990
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: Includes demonstration files, mergelet.texmodel,
+ mergelst.texmodel, mergetxt.texmodel.
+
+Name: paper.texinput
+Description: Sample student paper format for TEXT1.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, paper
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 Nov 1986
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: Includes a model input file, paper.texmodel.
+
+Name: resume.texinput
+Description: Sample resume format for TEXT1.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, resume
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 10 Jun 1988
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: Includes a model input file, resume.texmodel.
+
+Name: thesis.texinput
+Description: TEXT1 format for Washington State University graduate
+ school theses.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, thesis
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Jun 1987
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: Includes a model input file, thesis.texmodel.
+
+
+%%Section 13: TEXSIS
+
+Name: texsis.tex
+Description: \TeX sis is a collection of \TeX\ macros for typesetting
+ physics documents such as papers and preprints, conference
+ proceedings, books, theses, referee reports, letters, and memos.
+ \TeX sis macros provide automatic numbering of equations, automatic
+ numbering and formatting of references, double column formatting,
+ macros for making tables and figures, with or without captions,
+ including tables with horizontal and vertical rules. \TeX sis
+ supports a wide variety of type sizes and a number of specialized
+ document formats, and it even includes macros for making form
+ letters for job applications or letters of recommendation.
+Keywords: TeXsis, physics, fmt
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 3 Aug 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+Note: Includes a user's manual (Manual.tex), a UNIX man page (texsis.1),
+ installation notes (INSTALL and Install.tex), a README file, a GNU
+ emacs mode (texsis.el) and an example paper (Example.tex). For
+ support for an index, see index.tex.
+
+Name: AIP.txs
+Description: American Institute of Physics style file for TeXsis.
+Keywords: TeXsis, physics, AIP
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: CVformat.txs
+Description: TeXsis style file for Curriculum Vitae.
+Keywords: TeXsis, resume
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 7 Nov 1985
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: Elsevier.txs
+Description: TeXsis style file for North Holland publications.
+Keywords: TeXsis, proceedings
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: IEEE.txs
+Description: IEEE proceedings style file for TeXsis
+Keywords: TeXsis, IEEE
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: mtexsis.tex
+Description: The core set of TeXsis macros in a form designed to be used
+ by casual users to print out new physics papers without having to
+ install all of TeXsis. (Do you want to specifically mention the
+ bulletin boards?)
+Keywords: TeXsis, physics
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 3 Aug 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: nuclproc.txs
+Description: TeXsis style file for Nuclear Physics proceedings
+Keywords: TeXsis, physics, proceedings
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 30 Jun 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: PhysRev.txs
+Description: TeXsis style file for Physical Reviews.
+Keywords: TeXsis, physics, journal, Physical Review
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 30 Jun 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+See also: revtex.sty
+
+Name: ruled.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting tables with horizontal and
+ vertical rules.
+Keywords: plain TeX, tables
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 17 Jun 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+Note: Includes documentation, ruleddoc.tex. These macros are
+ incorporated into TeXsis (q.v.), but may be used independently of
+ that package. On the other hand, some of the documentation still
+ requires TeXsis.
+
+Name: Tablebody.txs
+Description: TeXsis macros for making simple ruled tables. Obsolete:
+ Use ruled.tex instead.
+Keywords: TeXsis, tables
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: v2.15, 20 Nov 1991
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+Note: These macros are included for backward compatability and will
+ eventually be phased out.
+
+Name: thesis.txs
+Description: TeXsis style file for theses. Includes two variants,
+ \Yalethesis for Yale Graduate School theses and \UTthesis for
+ University of Texas theses.
+Keywords: TeXsis, thesis
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 19 Jun 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: WorldSci.txs
+Description: World Scientific proceedings style file for TeXsis
+Keywords: TeXsis, proceedings
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+
+%%Section 14: YTEX
+
+Name: YTeX
+Description: YTeX is a TeX macro package which provides support for some
+ of the document structuring and page layout commands of packages
+ such as LaTeX but in a purportedly more flexible (but less
+ well-specified) manner.
+Keywords: yTeX, fmt
+Author: Daniel C. Brotsky <bug-ytex@ai.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1986
+Archives: ymir
+Note: The main macros are split among the files ybase.mac, yfonts.mac,
+ yuser.mac. A user's manual, yusage.tex, is provided.
+
+Name: plain-cm.tex
+Description: Extends the plain TeX format to include support for font
+ sizes 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Daniel C. Brotsky <bug-ytex@ai.mit.edu> and BKPH and RAY
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Jul 86
+Archives: ymir
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
+ 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex
+
+Name: ytex.ieee
+Description: YTeX macros to generate IEEE style papers.
+Keywords: YTeX, IEEE, article
+Author: Michael A. Gennert <michaelg@wpi-cs.wpi.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+
+%%Section 15: GENERIC MACROS
+
+Name: 2up.tex/2up.sty
+Description: (Generic) TeX macros for printing a document two-up.
+Keywords: output, two-up
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 28 Oct 1992
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht,
+ stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: anti.tex
+Description: A TeX macro for typesetting a superscripted antiparticle.
+Keywords: TeX, generic, physics, antiparticle
+Author: Rich Holmes <rich@suhep.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1/88
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: apldef.tex
+Description: This file defines the 2-letter control sequences for using
+ the font cmapl10 to typeset APL program code
+Keywords: TeX, generic, font, APL
+Author: Aarno Hohti <hohti@finfun.bitnet> and Okko Kanerva
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Nov 1987
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+Note: cmapl10 was described in TUGboat 8(3), November 1987.
+
+Name: blackdvi.tex
+Description: Style files for disabling the color macros defined in
+ colordvi.tex (q.v.) to allow easy black/white printing.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, dvips, color
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, colordvi.tex
+Note: This file is a duplicate (or should be) of the file with the same
+ name distributed with Rokicki's dvips driver. They are included
+ here with his permission. Parts of FoilTeX have been built with
+ colordvi.tex and blackdvi.tex in mind so it is fully compatible with
+ that driver for multicolor one-pass printing. New versions from
+ Rokicki should always take precedence over those distributed with
+ FoilTeX.
+
+Name: BoxedArt.tex
+Description: TeX macros for use on Macintoshes with TeXtures or OzTeX,
+ assisted by a preprocessor called ArtDealer. Aims to speed the
+ process of including PICT and PostScript graphics in TeX
+ documents.
+Keywords: TeX, Macintosh, PostScript, EPSF
+Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Sep 1992
+Note: There is a documentation file, BoxedArt.doc.
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr
+ [130.84.128.100], stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: BoxedEPS.tex
+Description: Highly portable macros for including EPSF files in a TeX
+ document in a device-driver-independent way.
+Keywords: TeX, PostScript, EPSF, PostScript
+Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Sep 1992
+Note: This is subset of the larger, but less portable, system
+ BoxedArt.tex. There is a documentation file, BoxedEPS.doc.
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr
+ [130.84.128.100], stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: colordvi.tex
+Description: Style file for putting color in FoilTeX, LaTeX, or any
+ other TeX documents. It use device independent (but driver
+ dependent) \special keywords and syntax. Fully compatible with
+ Rokicki's dvips driver and TeXView on the NeXT. Blackdvi.tex (q.v.)
+ can be is used to no-op all the color macros defined in
+ colordvi.[tex,sty] for easy black/white printing. The color names
+ are generally derived from the Crayola crayon box of 64 colors.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, dvips, color
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, blackdvi.tex
+Note: This file is a duplicate (or should be) of the file with the same
+ name distributed with Rokicki's dvips driver. They are included
+ here with his permission. Parts of FoilTeX have been built with
+ colordvi.tex and blackdvi.tex in mind so it is fully compatible with
+ that driver for multicolor one-pass printing. New versions from
+ Rokicki should always take precedence over those distributed with
+ FoilTeX.
+
+Name: compare.tex
+Description: A TeX macro to compare two strings.
+Keywords: TeX, generic, string comparison
+Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: cropmark.tex
+Description: TeX macros which redefine \shipout to place cropmarks on
+ the page.
+Keywords: cropmark
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 17 Mar 1992
+Archives: shsu
+See also: pageframe.sty, quire.tex
+
+Name: dayofweek.tex
+Description: TeX macro for calculating the day of week and the phase of
+ the moon.
+Keywords: TeX, generic, calendar, dow, pom
+Author: Martin Minow <minow%bolt.dec@decwrl.dec.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: dates.sty, dow.tex
+
+Name: daytime.sty
+Description: TeX macros for printing the time of day.
+Keywords: TeX, generic, time
+Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu*
+See also: misc.sty
+
+%% Name: defstring.tex
+
+Name: diagrams.tex
+Description: TeX macros for drawing rectangular category-theory diagrams
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, category-theory
+Author: Paul Taylor <pt@doc.ic.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 17 Dec 1990
+Archives:
+
+Name: dow.tex
+Description: TeX macro to calculate the day of the week.
+Keywords: LaTeX, calendar, dow, date
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, aston
+See also: dates.sty, dayofweek.tex
+
+Name: emtrees.tex
+Description: TeX macros to typeset trees using \special commands
+ implemented by emTeX.
+Keywords: TeX, emTeX, tree
+Author: Harald Boegeholz <hwb@texnix.stgt.sub.org>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 91
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: endnote.tex
+Description: TeX macros for producing endnotes.
+Keywords: generic, endnotes
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, aston
+
+Name: epigram.tex
+Description: TeX macro for typesetting epigrams.
+Keywords: generic, epigram
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: fakebold.tex
+Description: The poor man's bold macro from Appendix D of the TeXbook.
+Keywords: generic, TeXbook, pmb
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: hep.tex
+Description: TeX macros for typesetting Dirac's bracket notation and
+ "normal ordered" products.
+Keywords: generic, physics
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: inscrutable.tex
+Description: An inscrutable TeX program dedicated to the perl hackers.
+Keywords: TeX, perl
+Author: Andrew Marc Greene <amgreene@athena.mit.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 7 Feb 91
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: ipamacs.tex
+Description: TeX macros for typesetting using the Washington State
+ University International Phonetic Alphabet fonts (wsuipa).
+Keywords: TeX, IPA, font
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart
+
+Name: laps.tex
+Description: TeX macros for vertical "laps" similar to \llap and \rlap.
+Keywords: generic
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: latin1.tex
+Description: Interpret the full ISO Latin1 (8859-1) input character set
+ for TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: v1.3, 8 Aug 1991
+Note: Obsolete: Superseded by xlatin1.tex (q.v.)
+
+%% Name: maybeload.tex
+
+Name: multido.tex/multido.sty
+Description: A loop macro with fixed-point addition. Useful for pictures.
+Keywords: generic, loop, fixed-point, picture, graphics, programming
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3, 06 Nov 1992
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht,
+ stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with a documentation file, multido.doc, which may be
+ appended to the end of multido.tex on some archives.
+
+Name: prooftree.tex
+Description: Build proof tree for Natural Deduction, Sequent Calculus,
+ etc., with shortening of proof rules! (preliminary)
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX,
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Aug 1990
+Author: Paul Taylor <pt@doc.ic.ac.uk>
+Archives:
+
+Name: psfig.tex
+Description: TeX macros for including Encapsulated PostScript graphics
+ in a TeX document.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, epsf, PostScript, dvips, dvi2ps
+Author: Trevor J. Darrell <trevor@media.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.9, 17 Oct 1991
+Archives: whitechapel.media.mit.edu* [18.85.0.125], shsu, aston
+Note: Also available as a LaTeX style file, psfig.sty.
+
+Name: pstricks.tex
+Description: PostScript (color, graphics, etc.) macros for (Generic)
+ TeX.
+Keywords: PostScript, color, graphics, trees, rotation
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.92, 2 Oct 1992
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu
+
+Name: quotation.tex
+Description: Defines a simple macro for typesetting short quotations
+ with an attribution.
+Keywords: generic, quotation
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+%% Name: redefine.tex
+
+Name: selectpage.tex
+Description: prints out selected pages of a TeX document.
+Keywords: generic, output
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 2 Jul 1987
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: shadebox.tex
+Description: Macros for printing text on top of shaded boxes on
+ PostScript devices.
+Keywords: generic, PostScript, dvips
+Author: <Leo@vaxc.cc.monash.edu.au>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 16 Jan 1992
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: tex.logos
+Description: Definitions of the TeXMaG, LaTeX, AmSTeX, SliTeX and PicTeX
+ logos.
+Keywords: generic, logos
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: texnames.sty
+
+Name: time.tex (.sty)
+Description: Defines a macro, \now, which produces the current time in
+ the format hh:mm A.M./P.M.
+Keywords: generic, time
+Author: Sunando Sen <sens@nyuacf.bitnet>, <sens@acfcluster.nyu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 6 Jan 1992
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: TreeTeX.tex
+Description: TeX macros for drawing binary and unary-binary trees, using
+ a modification of an algorithm of Reingold and Tilford.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, binary trees
+Author: Anne Brueggemann-Klein <brueggemann@informatik.uni-freiburg.de>
+ and Derick Wood.
+Supported: Yes (bug fixes only)
+Latest Version: 2.3
+Archives: fidji.informatik.uni-freiburg.de* [132.230.30.80]
+Note: The package contains a readme file, a file classes.tex, which
+ includes a small library of classes of trees, and a file l_pic.tex,
+ which includes the subset of the LaTeX macros that are required by
+ the TreeTeX package if used with TeX. Documentation is available
+ from the authors in printed form, free of charge. Write to Dr. Anne
+ Brueggemann-Klein; Institut fuer Informatik; Universitaet Freiburg;
+ Rheinstr. 10--12; 7800 Freiburg; Germany, or send e-mail to
+ brueggemann@informatik.uni-freiburg.de.
+
+Name: underl.tex
+Description: Macro for underlining text.
+Keywords: TeX, underlining, emphasis
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: xunderl.tex
+
+Name: undertilde.tex
+Description: Macro for putting a tilde under a character.
+Keywords: generic, accent
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: weekday.sty
+Description: TeX macros for calculating the day of the week from a given
+ date.
+Keywords: generic, calendar
+Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com> and George D. Greenwade
+ <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 21 Feb 1991
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: wiggly.tex
+Description: TeX macro for drawing variable length wiggly lines
+ horizontally under its argument in the same way as \underbar.
+Keywords: generic, accent
+Author: John S. Garavelli
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 4 Dec 1987
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: xlatin1.tex
+Description: Interpret the full ISO Latin1 (8859-1) input character set
+ for TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, font
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1.25 1992/01/28
+Archives: ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
+
+Name: xunderl.tex
+Description: Improved version of the macro in underl.tex.
+Keywords: TeX, underlining, emphasis
+Author: Dirk Grunwald <grunwald@cs.colorado.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1991
+Archives: ymir
+See also: underl.tex
+
+Name: xypic.tex
+Description: Macros for typesetting diagrams.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, XY-pic, diagrams, graphics,
+ commutative diagrams.
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.6, 24 Jun 1992
+Note: Comes with extensive documentation (xypicman.doc) which requires
+ AMS-TeX version 2.1 to format. (The manual is also distributed
+ preformatted.) XY-pic also requires several special fonts
+ (xyatip10.mf, xybtip10.mf, xyline10.mf, xymisc10.mf, xyqc10.mf)
+ which are distributed with the package. Numerous other files are
+ also included.
+Archives: aston, stuttgart, utrecht, shsu, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]*
+ [/pub/TeX/misc/xypic*]
+
+Name: zip.tex
+Description: Macros for making a barcode for a ZIP code.
+Keywords: TeX, zip, barcode
+Author: J. Daniel Smith
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 24 May 1990
+Archives: ymir
+See also: env.sty
+
+
+%%Section 15.1: Midnight Macros
+
+Name: border.tex
+Description: Macros to typeset borders around pieces of text. Part of
+ the Midnight macros package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, borders, frames
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Oct 1991
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file border.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: dolines.tex
+Description: Macros to help in defining macros whose arguments are
+ separated by newlines and by empty lines. Part of the Midnight
+ macros package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, newlines, lines, line breaks
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 15 Apr 1991
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file dolines.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: gloss.tex
+Description: Macros for vertically aligning words in consecutive
+ sentences. Part of the Midnight macros package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, glossing, linguistics
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 26 Nov 1990
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file gloss.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: labels.tex
+Description: Macros to print address labels and bulk letters. Part of
+ the Midnight macros package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, envelope, mailing labels
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 24 Oct 1991
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file labels.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+See also: address.tex, label.tex, make-env.tex
+
+Name: loop.tex
+Description: A simple looping construct (meta-macros). Part of the
+ Midnight macros package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, loop
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 26 Jun 1991
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file loop.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: quire.tex
+Description: Macros for making booklets, printing double pages, and
+ printing outlines and crop marks. Part of the Midnight macros
+ package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, book, cropmark, output
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 19 Jan 1991
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file quire.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+See also: pageframe.sty, cropmark.tex
+
+Name: styledef.tex
+Description: Macros to selectively input parts of a file. Part of the
+ Midnight macros package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, modularity
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 16 Apr 1991
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file styledef.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+See also: module.sty
+
+
+%%Section 15.2: PicTeX
+
+Name: pictex.tex
+Description: PicTeX is a macro package for drawing pictures under plain
+ TeX or LaTeX. A manual is available from the TeX Users Group.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics
+Author: Michael Wichura
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Sep 1987
+Note: The PicTeX distribution includes the following files:
+ latexpicobjs.tex, piclatex.sty, postpictex.tex, prepictex.tex.
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: texpictex.tex
+Description: Macros to modify PicTeX to draw lines by using tpic
+ specials. (This removes the restriction on the slopes and lengths
+ of lines.)
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics, tpic, dvips
+Author: Dirk Grunwald <grunwald@cs.colorado.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: tree.sty
+Description: Macros for drawing binary trees with PiCTeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics, binary trees
+Author: Edward M. Reingold <reingold@cs.uiuc.edu> and Nachum Dershowitz
+ <nachum@cs.uiuc.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 2 Apr 1992
+Archives: emr.cs.uiuc.edu:/pub/tex* [128.174.246.26]
+
+
+%%Section 16: HEBREW TEX
+
+Name: TeX-Xet
+Description: A modification of TeX with support for typesetting in
+ languages which read from right to left.
+Keywords: Hebrew
+Author: Donald E. Knuth and Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v3.0
+Archives: huji
+
+Name: heb_macros.tex
+Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the Old
+ Code (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew
+Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3
+Archives: huji*
+
+Name: heb_macros_newcode.tex
+Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the New
+ Code (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew
+Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3
+Archives: huji*
+
+Name: heb_macros_pccode.tex
+Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the PC
+ system of Hebrew Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew
+Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1
+Archives: huji*
+
+Name: hebcal.sty
+Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for computing the Hebrew date from the
+ Gregorian date with the Old Code (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv,
+ OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew, calendar
+Author: Michail Rozman <misha@iop.tartu.ew.su>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 10 Mar 1992
+Archives: huji*
+See also: hebcal_newcode.sty
+
+Name: hebcal_newcode.sty
+Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for computing the Hebrew date from the
+ Gregorian date with the New Code (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv,
+ OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew, calendar
+Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 10 Mar 1992
+Archives: huji*
+See also: hebcal.sty
+
+Name: hebrew.sty
+Description: LaTeX style file for typesetting Hebrew with the Old Code
+ (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, Hebrew, OFSS
+Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> and Sergio Fogel and Yael
+ Dubinsky and Yaniv Bargury
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2
+Archives: huji*
+
+Name: hebrew_newcode.sty
+Description: LaTeX style file for typesetting Hebrew with the New Code
+ (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, Hebrew, OFSS
+Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> and Sergio Fogel and Yael
+ Dubinsky and Yaniv Bargury
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2
+Archives: huji*
+
+
+%%Section 17: HYPHENATION PATTERNS
+
+%% This section is particularly unsatisfactory. It needs much
+%% more work. -- dmj
+
+Name: czhyphen.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Czech.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Czech
+Author:
+Supported:
+Latest Version: 8 Nov 1991
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: eshyph.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Spanish.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Spanish
+Author: Armando Jinich, Maria Garza and Max Diaz <max@east.aurora.com>
+Supported:
+Latest Version: 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, ymir
+Note: Originally called silaba.tex.
+
+Name: f8hyph.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with 8 bit fonts?
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation
+Author:
+Supported:
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: fhyph.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with 7 bit fonts?
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, French
+Author:
+Supported:
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: fr8hyph.dc
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with the EC/DC
+ encoding.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, French, EC/DC
+Author: Jacques D'esarm'enien and Michael Ferguson
+ <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, 10 Jul 1991
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: ghyphen.max
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for German.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, German
+Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de
+ (X.400)>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 10 Nov 1988
+Archives: stuttgart
+Note: ghyphen.max comes with a list of words that are hyphenated
+ incorrectly by these patterns.
+See also: ghyphen.min
+
+Name: ghyphen.min
+Description: Abbreviated hyphenation patterns for German for use with
+ PC's (presumably this is for use with TeX implementations with
+ little room for hyphenation patterns).
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, German
+Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de
+ (X.400)>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 10 Nov 1988
+Archives: stuttgart
+Note: ghyphen.min comes with a list of words that are hyphenated
+ incorrectly by these patterns. The list is distributed in two
+ forms: The first (liste.min) marks all the hyphenation points of the
+ words, including incorrect hyphenation points, correct hyphenation
+ points not found by the patterns and correct hyphenation points
+ found the the patterns. The second (fehler.min) is a list in a form
+ suitable to be used as input to the \hyphenation command to provide
+ suitable hyphenation exceptions.
+See also: ghyphen.max
+
+Name: ghyphen3.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for German with umlauts. This is an
+ experimental version for testing the integration of umlauts and
+ `es-zett', but without `c-k'. Integration of 'es-zett' does n o t
+ mean hyphenation into s-s, but words containing 'es-zett' may be
+ hyphenated at different positions.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation
+Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de
+ (X.400)>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 13 Feb 1992
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: hyphen.polish
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Polish.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Polish
+Author: Hanna Ko{\l}odziejska
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: hyphen.tex (or ushyph1.tex)
+Description: The standard hyphenation patterns for American English.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: labrea*, stuttgart
+See also: ushyph2.tex
+
+Name: ihyphen.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Icelandic.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Icelandic
+Author: Jorgen Pind <jorgen@lexis.hi.is>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 30 Jun 1987
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: ithyphen.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Italian
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation
+Author: G. Patergnani
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 4 Mar 1988
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: nehyph1.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Dutch.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch
+Author: <celex@hnympi52.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1989
+Note: This seems to be a subset of nehyph2.tex.
+Archives: stuttgart
+See also: nehyph2.tex, nehyph3.tex
+
+Name: nehyph2.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Dutch
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch
+Author: <celex@hnympi52.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1989
+Archives: stuttgart
+See also: nehyph1.tex, nehyph3.tex
+
+Name: nehyph3.tex
+Description: A very short hyphenation file for Dutch.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch
+Author: Peter Vanroose <peter@dit.lth.se>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart
+See also: nehyph1.tex, nehyph2.tex
+
+Name: portug.hyphen
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Portuguese.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Portuguese
+Author: Pedro J. de Rezende <derezende@northeastern.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 13 Feb 1987
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: rgrhyph.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for the modern Greek language, using
+ the reduced Greek fonts of Yannis Harambolous.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Greek
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 2 Mar 1990
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: rhyphen.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Russian. These are designed to
+ work with the University of Washington Cyrillic fonts (wncyr) with
+ all ligatures disabled.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Russian, amsfonts
+Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Note: These hyphenation patterns are described in "Notes on Russian
+ TeX," TUGboat 10(3):332--336, November 1989.
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: shyphen1.2.sh
+Description: Bourne shell script to generate hyphenation patterns for
+ Spanish for use with 7- and 8-bit fonts.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Spanish, EC/DC
+Author: Julio Sanchez <jsanchez@gmv.es>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Sep 1991
+Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/spanish
+Note: This is a Bourne shell script that generates members of my
+ hyphenation pattern family. No standard members are provided, though
+ it is planned.
+
+Name: tkhypha.tex
+Description: Mechanically-generated hyphenation patterns for Turkish.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Turkish
+Author: Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1987
+Note: These hyphenation patterns were described in "Turkish Hyphenations
+ for TeX," TUGboat 9(1):12--14, April 1988. The program which
+ generated the patterns, turk_hyf.c, is also available.
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: ukhyphen.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for UK English.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, UK English
+Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> and Graham Toal
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 17 Apr 1992
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: ushyph2.tex
+Description: Additional hyphenation patterns for American English, to be
+ used with hyphen.tex. Based on the Hyphenation Exception Log
+ published in TUGboat 10(3): 337-341, November 1989.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, English
+Author: G. D. C. Kuiken <wbahkui@hdetud1.tudelft.nl>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1 Mar 1990
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+
+%%Section 18: BIBTEX STYLES
+
+Name: abbrv.bst
+Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing
+ bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author and labeled
+ with numbers. Author names, month names and journal names are
+ abbreviated. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by
+ van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars."
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
+Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
+Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX
+ manual.
+
+Name: abstract.bst
+Description: This is a modified version of alpha.bst (q.v.) with
+ added support for the "abstract," "comment" and "keyword" fields.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: David Kotz
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: acm.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for producing ACM Transactions bibliographies.
+ A lot like abbrv.bst of the "plain" family (sorted alphabetically by
+ author and labeled with numbers, with author names, month names and
+ journal names abbreviated), but names come out "Last, initials", and
+ in \sc, and some dates are parenthesized.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, ACM
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 24 Jan 1988
+Archives: labrea*
+
+Name: acs.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for the journal Advances in Control Systems.
+ This is a modified version of unsrt.bst (q.v.).
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, journal
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: acsarticle.sty
+
+Name: agsm.bst
+Description: BibTeX style based on J. Pitson's "Style Manual for authors
+ editors and printers of Australian government publications." It
+ supports citations of the form "Williams (1992)" and "(Williams
+ 1992)", depending on whether the citation is used as a noun or as a
+ parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are sorted by authors
+ name.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 0.99a
+Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
+Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The
+ family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles,"
+ distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex.
+See also: dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty
+
+Name: alpha.bst
+Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing
+ bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author with entry
+ labels like "Knu66" formed from the author's name and the year of
+ publication. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by
+ van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars."
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
+Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
+Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX
+ manual.
+
+Name: amsalpha.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style similar to alpha.bst except that
+ it includes a "language" field to indicate the original language of
+ a reference.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, AMS-LaTeX, AMS, publisher style
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*
+
+Name: amsplain.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style similar to plain.bst except that
+ it includes a "language" field to indicate the original language of
+ a reference.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, AMS-LaTeX, AMS, publisher style
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 1 Jul 1991
+Archives: e-math*
+
+Name: annotate.bst
+Description: Modified version of alpha.bst (q.v.) with added support
+ for an "annotate" field.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported:
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: annotation.bst
+Description: Modified version of plain.bst (q.v.) with added support
+ for an "annote" field.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported:
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: apa.bst
+Description: This is a modification of apalike.sty (q.v.) which
+ incorporates features of Sake J. Hogeveen's astron.bst (q.v.).
+ The modifications implement a "\cite*" command, which generates
+ references in short form. For example, "Rogers \cite*{...}" would
+ produce "Rogers (1992)".
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Alan R. Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.1, 27 Jun 1992
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires astron.sty (q.v.).
+
+Name: apalike.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for producing citations of the form "(Jones,
+ 1986)" and without labels in the bibliography. Author (and editor)
+ names appear as last name, comma, initials.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, APA
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99a, 24 Jan 1988
+Archives: labrea*
+
+Name: asaetr.bst
+Description: BibTeX style Am. Soc. of Agricultural Engineers
+Keywords: BibTeX, LaTeX, style
+Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992
+Archives: shsu
+Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE)
+See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.tex, asaesub.sty, cmcscsl10.mf
+
+Name: btxbst.doc
+Description: The master file from which the standard BibTeX bibliography
+ styles (plain, unsrt, alpha and abbrv) are generated. Contains
+ extensive documentation of the code.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
+Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
+See also: plain.bst, unsrt.bst. alpha.bst, abbrv.bst
+
+Name: cea.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for Computers and Electronics in Agriculture
+Keywords: BibTeX, LaTeX, style
+Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v0.1, 13 Mar 1992
+Archives: shsu*
+See also: cea.sty
+Note: This is a hack and not official by Elsevier Sci Pub.
+
+Name: chicago.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style that follows the `B' reference
+ style of the 13th Edition of the Chicago Manual of Style. Citations
+ formats include: "(author-last-name year)"; "(author-last-name and
+ author-last-name year)"; "(author-last-name et al. year)";
+ "(author-last-name)"; "author-last-name"; "author-last-name (year)";
+ "(author-last-name and author-last-name)"; "(author-last-name et
+ al.)"; "(year)" or "(year,year)"; "year" or "year,year". The
+ reference list is sorted alphabetically by author.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, Chicago Manual of Style
+Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v4, 28 August 1992
+Archives: shsu*, utah
+See also: chicagoa.bst, chicago.sty
+Note: This style must be used with chicago.sty.
+
+Name: chicagoa.bst
+Description: A BibTeX bibliography style that follows the `B' reference
+ style of the 13th Edition of the Chicago Manual of Style, like
+ chicago.bst, but also supports annotated bibliographies through the
+ BibTeX field `annotation'.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, Chicago Manual of Style
+Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v4, 28 August 1992
+Archives: shsu*, utah
+Note: This style must be used with chicago.sty.
+
+Name: dcu.bst
+Description: BibTeX style based on the conventions used by the Design
+ Computing Unit, Department of Architectural and Design Science,
+ University of Sydney. It supports citations of the form "Williams
+ (1992)" and "(Williams 1992)", depending on whether the citation is
+ used as a noun or as a parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are
+ sorted by authors name.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 0.99a
+Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
+Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The
+ family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles,"
+ distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex.
+See also: agsm.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty
+
+Name: ieee.bst
+Description: Modified version of unsrt.bib (q.v.) for producing articles
+ according to the IEEE's instructions.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, IEEE
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 6 Feb 92
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ieeetran.sty
+
+Name: ieeetr.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for producing IEEE Transactions
+ bibliographies. Numeric labels, order-of-reference, IEEE
+ abbreviations, quotes around article titles, commas separate all
+ fields except after book titles and before "notes". Otherwise, much
+ like the "plain" family, from which this is adapted.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, IEEE
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 Jan 1988
+Archives: labrea*
+
+Name: ifac.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for references according to the instructions
+ of the International Federation of Automatic Control.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher
+ style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3, 24 Jun 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ifacarticle.sty
+
+Name: ijc.bst
+Description: Modified version of unsrt.bst (q.v.) for producing articles
+ for the International Journal of Control.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, journal
+Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Jun 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ijcarticle.sty
+
+Name: kluwer.bst
+Description: BibTeX style based on the requirements of Kluwer Academic
+ Publishers. It supports citations of the form "Williams (1992)" and
+ "(Williams 1992)", depending on whether the citation is used as a
+ noun or as a parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are sorted by
+ authors name.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 0.99a
+Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
+Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The
+ family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles,"
+ distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex.
+See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty
+
+Name: named.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style which produces citations of the
+ form "[author, year]" or "[year]" and provides access to the year
+ and author information in separate macros. Must be used in
+ conjunction with named.sty.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1988
+Archives: ymir
+Note: The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending
+ mail to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request".
+See also: named.sty
+
+Name: natsci.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style which produces citations of the
+ form "(Gildea, 1987)", as required by the Natural Sciences
+ bibliography format.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX 0.98
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 08 Jan 87
+Archives: clarkson
+See also: natsci.sty
+Note: This will not work with BibTeX 0.99a or later.
+
+Name: nederlands.bst
+Description: BibTeX style based on the requirements of the department of
+ dutch of the University of Nijmegen, being more or less the standard
+ practice among (dutch) historians and linguists. It supports
+ citations of the form "Jansen (1992)" and "(Jansen 1992)" depending
+ on whether the citation is used as a noun or as a parenthetical
+ note. Bibliography entries are sorted by authors name following
+ Dutch (and german) rules (regarding the `von' part of the name).
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Werenfried Spit <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.2, 22 Apr 1992
+Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
+Note: remarks regarding the layout are welcome. The main aim of the
+ style is to treat names regarding to dutch (and german) rules.
+ Variations of style could be provided. This is part of the Harvard
+ family of bibliography styles, which is described in "The Harvard
+ Family of Bibliography Styles," distributed with the package in the
+ file harvard.tex.
+See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, harvard.sty
+
+%% Name: paren.bst (mentioned in cup.sty)
+
+Name: plain.bst
+Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing
+ bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author and labeled
+ with numbers. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by
+ van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars."
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
+Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
+Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX
+ manual.
+
+Name: siam.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for producing SIAM bibliographies. Numeric
+ labels, alphabetic order, Mathematical Reviews abbreviations, names
+ in \sc, titles in italics, book titles mixed upper-lower and article
+ titles lowercase, commas separate all fields except before "notes".
+ An author's name that is identical to the author's name of the
+ preceding entry is replaced by a rule. Otherwise, much like the
+ "plain" family, from which this is adapted.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, SIAM
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 Jan 1988
+Archives: labrea*
+
+Name: theapa.bst
+Description: BibTeX style file for producing citations with a very
+ flexible format. In particular, it can be used for citations of the
+ form "(Jones, 1986)" or "Jones (1986)". It supports most features
+ of the APA style.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, APA
+Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.5.1, May 1992
+Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/
+Note: Requires theapa.tex (for plain TeX) or theapa.sty (for
+ LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX).
+
+Name: unsrt.bst
+Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing
+ bibliographies that are labeled with numbers and with entries that
+ appear in the order of their first citation.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
+Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
+Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX
+ manual.
+
+Name: xppt.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style for use with the AMS-TeX amsppt
+ document style. xppt.bst emulates the standard bibliography styles
+ using the amsppt reference commands.
+Keywords: BibTeX, AMS-TeX, bibliography, amsppt
+Author: Hans Dybkjaer <dybkjaer@ruc.dk> and Kristoffer H. Rose
+ <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: v1.22, 17 Jan 1991
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolote: Superseded by xppt.tex (q.v.)
+
+
+%%Section 19: OTHER
+
+Name: deprocldc.tex
+Description: instructions for using deproc.sty to format DECUS proceedings
+ articles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, DECUS, authors' guide
+Author: Barbara N. Beeton <bnb@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 24 Apr 86
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: guidepro.tex (proceedings guidelines)
+Description: plain TeX instructions for TUG Proceedings. This file is the
+ source for the article Guidelines for Proceedings of the 1992 Annual
+ Meeting of the TeX Users Group.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, TUG proceedings, authors' guide
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.05, 8 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: LinoTeX
+Description: Selective typesetting mechanism for OzTeX and Textures on
+ Macintosh micros. Useful when random pieces of a long TeX
+ typescript require repeated testing, for example troublesome
+ formulas, and graphics being integrated or labelled.
+Keywords: TeX, Macintosh, selection, region, interactivity,
+Author: Laurent Siebenmann<lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+First Version: 1991
+Latest Version: June 1992
+Note: Uses both Macintosh system macros and TeX macros. A similar
+ mechanism has been available in some or all emacs TeX modes.
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], stuttgart
+
+Name: tubguide.tex (tugboat author guidelines)
+Description: TUGboat Authors' Guide. This file is an updated version of
+ the file that produced the original Authors' Guide in TUGboat 10, no.
+ 3, November 1989.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, authors' guide
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.02, 9 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: elm.tex (essential latex mathematics)
+Description: An addition to essential latex, describing mathematics.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, essential, primer
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: (only one version)
+Archives: aston*
+Note: Does not describe mathematics under the NFSS. Uses the obsolete
+ ms[xy]m fonts. If I ever rewrite this for the NFSS, I will support
+ it again. Requires amssymbols.sty.
+See also: essential.tex, symbols.tex
+
+Name: symbols.tex
+Description: A listing of all the standard LaTeX math symbols and the
+ AMS symbols.
+Keywords: LaTeX, symbols, AMSFonts
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 2.00, 12 June 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: If used with the NFSS, requires AMSFONTS2.1, and amssymb.sty. If
+ used without the NFSS, does not show the AMS Fonts.
+
+***************************************************************************
+ LIST OF TEX ARCHIVES
+
+Much of the following information was quoted with permission from the
+May 1992 version of the `Supplement to the Frequently Asked Questions,'
+currently maintained by Guoying Chen <chenguo@spunky.cs.nyu.edu>.
+Wherever possible, I have had the information verified by the
+maintainers of the archives.
+
+Unless otherwise indicated, all of these archives are accessible via
+anonymous ftp. As a general rule, you can obtain information about the
+mail servers by sending a message containing only the word "help" to the
+address listed. Exceptions are noted below.
+
+In the "Archives" fields above, I refer to the archives by abbreviated
+names. In most cases, the mapping between abbreviation and archive is
+obvious. Whenever it is not, I have included the abbreviation in
+parentheses after the full archive name.
+
+On most archives, the TeX-related files are located in an obvious place,
+namely in a subdirectory "TeX" of the directory that ftp deposits you
+in. However, in a few cases the macros are located in a less obvious
+place and in such cases I've tried to provide some guidance for the
+user.
+
+dhdspri6.bitnet (Mail server only)
+ Springer-Verlag
+ Mail server: svserv@dhdspri6.bitnet
+
+ Main archive for all official Springer-Verlag macros and other
+ information. All packages are in ZIP archives and will be mailed
+ UUencoded.
+
+e-math.ams.com [130.44.1.100]
+ The American Mathematical Society
+ Contact: tech-support@math.ams.org
+ System type: UNIX
+
+ Home of AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX and the AMSFonts packages.
+
+ Since e-math is not a general-purpose TeX archive, it doesn't allow
+ submissions.
+
+ TeX-related files are found in the directory ams.
+
+ftp.cs.ruu.nl [131.211.80.17] (utrecht)
+ Abbreviation: utrecht
+ Department of Computer Science, Utrecht University, the Netherlands
+ Time Zone: +0100 GMT
+ Contact: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl>
+ Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings (2000 to 0900 UTC)
+ System type: UNIX
+ Mail server: mail-server@cs.ruu.nl or uunet!mcsun!hp4nl!ruuinf!mail-server
+ To receive the help file, send the following message:
+
+ begin
+ path your_complete_email_address
+ send HELP
+ end
+
+ TeX-related files are found in the directory pub/TEX.
+
+ Note: This archive was formerly called archive.cs.ruu.nl.
+
+ftp.cs.umb.edu [192.12.26.23]
+ Computer Science Department; University of Massachusetts at Boston
+ System type: UNIX
+
+ Latest versions of Karl Berry's modes.mf, Eplain macros, and font
+ naming scheme, Lucida-for-TeX (without the actual fonts, of course) and
+ web2c, the base of UNIX TeX, as well as the Sauter parameterizations of
+ the CM, lasy, Cyrillic, etc., fonts.
+
+ TeX-related files are found in the directory pub/tex.
+
+ftp.math.utah.edu [128.110.198.2]
+ Timezone: -0700 (Mountain Standard Time)
+ Center for Scientific Computing, Department of Mathematics,
+ University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT 84112, USA
+ Contact: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+ Mail server: tuglib@math.utah.edu
+ System type: UNIX (SunOS 4.1.1)
+
+ TeX User Group archives, awk, benchmarks (floating-point, integer,
+ window system), elefunt (elementary function test package), IBM PC,
+ IBM RS/6000, Macintosh, Stardent, VAX VMS (only a few utilities).
+ The pub directory contains ls-lr file showing entire archive
+ contents, plus 00*.cmd and 00*.lst files giving recent changes in
+ directory listing and ftp command form. Each directory contains an
+ index file summarizing its contents. pub/misc directory contains
+ sources for several archive utilities. Indexed by archie servers.
+
+ TeX-related files are found in pub/tex. BibTeX styles are found
+ in pub/tex/bibtex.
+
+ftp.th-darmstadt.de [130.83.55.75]
+ Technical University Darmstadt, Computing Center
+ System type: UNIX (AIX)
+ Time Zone: CET/CDT, ie, +0100 GMT, +0200GMT during summer
+ Contact:
+ concerning TeX: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
+ general stuff: ftpadmin@ftp.th-darmstadt.de
+
+ About 100MB of TeX material, uses mirror software extensively.
+
+ TeX-related fles are found in pub/tex.
+ LaTeX styles are placed in pub/tex/latex, plain macros in pub/tex/plain.
+
+ftp.win.tue.nl [131.155.70.100]
+ Department of Mathematics and Computing Science
+ Eindhoven University of Technology
+ The Netherlands
+ System Type: UNIX
+ Time Zone: MET ( = GMT+1 = +0100 GMT )
+ Mail server: No (not yet, at least)
+ Contact: <ftp@win.tue.nl>
+
+ TeX-related files are found in pub/tex.
+
+ftp.uni-stuttgart.de [129.69.1.12]
+ Computing Centre of the University of Stuttgart (RUS), Germany
+ Time Zone: +0100 GMT, +0200GMT during summer
+ Contact: Barbara Burr <infoadm@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de>
+ Rainer Sch\"opf <texinfo1@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de>
+ Mail server: mail-server@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de
+ System type: UNIX
+
+ More than 400MB of TeX files. Works together with TeX.ac.uk.
+
+ This archive is the primary source for emTeX, publicTeX, publicMF
+ and all styles by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf (multicol,
+ verbatim, theorem, NFSS, ftnright, array).
+
+ TeX-related files are found in soft/tex.
+
+goya.uu.es [138.4.2.2]
+ Spain
+ Mail server: info@goya.uu.es
+
+ This is not a general TeX archive, but it is the home to a few files
+ for typesetting in Spanish. Those files can be found in
+ info/src/text/TeX/babel and info/src/text/TeX/spanish.
+
+hearn.bitnet (Mail server only)
+ Abbreviation: tex-nl
+ Mail server: listserv@hearn.bitnet
+ Contact: Johannes L. Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+
+ Home of the TEX-NL archives and the Babel system. Contains material of
+ particular use to Dutch-speaking users, as well as material of more
+ general interest.
+
+ People who are on the bitnet/earn RSCS network can retrieve files by
+ interactive commands, like SEND LISTSERV@HEARN GET TEX-NL FILELIST
+
+june.cs.washington.edu [128.95.1.4]
+ The University of Washington
+ Contact: elisabet@max.acs.washington.edu
+ System type: UNIX
+
+ TeX-related files are in the directory tex.
+
+labrea.stanford.edu [36.8.0.47]
+ Stanford University, California, USA
+ Time zone: -0700 GMT
+ Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings.
+ System type: UNIX
+ Mirrored by: yallara.cs.rmit.oz.au [131.170.24.42]
+
+ Home of the archives of the Stanford TeX Project, e.g. tex.web.
+
+ TeX-related files are in the directory tex.
+
+midway.uchicago.edu [128.135.12.73]
+ Time Zone: -0500 GMT
+ Contact: Walter Carlip <oztex@midway.uchicago.edu>
+
+ Home of various Macintosh TeX goodies (in macintosh/tex).
+ Requests for any TeX-related things for the Mac can be sent
+ to oztex@midway.uchicago.edu and Walter will see if he
+ can find it. (How's *that* for dedication!)
+
+ OzTeX and related files are found in pub/OzTeX.
+
+ftp.shsu.edu [192.92.115.8]
+ Sam Houston State University
+ Contact: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+ Mail server: fileserv@shsu.edu
+ System type: VMS
+
+ Contains the usual TeX goodies.
+
+ SHSU has a flat file system, so files are fairly easy to find.
+ Miscellaneous individual LaTeX style files can be found in the
+ directory STY; other packages can be found in top-level directories
+ with obvious names (such as AMSLATEX, ASAETR, ARRAY, etc.)
+
+ If you would like to deposit a file in Sam Houston State University's
+ TeX-related archives, please ftp to pip.SHSU.edu (192.92.115.10) and
+ login as anonymous. Then:
+
+ 1) cd TeX-archive (the incoming archive directory)
+
+ 2) mkdir Your_own_directory_name (if necessary; whatever directory
+ name you choose should be appropriate for the file[s] you are
+ depositing)
+
+ 3) cd Your_own_directory_name (if appropriate)
+
+ 4) [m]put Your_files
+
+ Please follow this by sending a mail message to:
+
+ <FILESERV-Mgr@SHSU.edu>
+
+ with a Subject: line of ARCHIVE SUBMISSION. Please briefly state
+ what the files are and where you have placed them. Efforts will be
+ made to move them as quickly as possible to Sam Houston State
+ University's main ftp access host, ftp.SHSU.edu (192.92.115.8).
+
+ Due to space constraints, files in the TeX-archive directory tree are
+ not stable and may be removed at any time. If you have any questions
+ about this, please contact <FILESERV-Mgr>.
+
+noa.huji.ac.il [132.64.254.10]
+ The Computation Center of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem
+ Contact: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
+ System type: UNIX
+
+ This is an archive containing Hebrew supplements to TeX, as well as
+ the TeX-XeT program, which is TeX including reversing commands for
+ right to left as well as left to right text. In addition to
+ TeX-XeT, it also contains the Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa and
+ DeadSea fonts.
+
+ TeX-related files are found in the directory tex.
+
+TeX.ac.uk [134.151.40.18]
+ Abbrevation: Aston
+ Aston University, Birmingham, UK
+ Time Zone: 0000 GMT
+ Contact: Archive-Group@TeX.ac.uk
+ Mail server: texserver@TeX.ac.uk
+ System type: VMS
+
+ Home of the UKTeX newsletter, and a repository for all sorts of
+ things. Aggressively tracks down packages for downloading. Claims
+ to be the biggest TeX archive in the world. In addition to ftp and
+ mail-server access, other services include
+
+ - telnet access to browse directories
+
+ - JANET access (UK only)
+ Host: uk.ac.tex (JANET DTE 000020120091)
+ Username: public Password: public
+ Log in interactively to browse the directories
+
+ - supply of TeX for Unix, VMS, MS-DOS and Mac on tape or disk as
+ appropriate. Details can be found at the end of every issue of the
+ UKTeX Digest, which is archived in [tex-archive.digests.uktex]. In
+ an emergency, you can write to
+ Peter Abbott
+ Computing Service, Aston University,
+ Aston Triangle, Birmingham B4 7ET
+ p.abbott@aston.ac.uk
+
+ The UK TeX Archive's chief characteristics are
+
+ - `exploded' filestore. This is not a set of compressed tar achives,
+ but directories containing (where possible) ASCII individual files
+ only (for ease of transfer in somewhat cranky UK network). Binary
+ files are ASCII encoded.
+
+ - support for VMS, Mac, DOS and Unix; we try to have up to date
+ working copies of TeX, etc., for the major OSes.
+
+ TeX-related files are found in the directory DISK$TEX:[TEX-ARCHIVE].
+
+ To submit files to the Aston archive, send mail to
+ archive-contributions@tex.ac.uk with details of what you want to add.
+ JANET users can transfer material direct to [contributions], but should
+ also send mail to indicate they have done so.
+
+theory.lcs.mit.edu [18.52.0.92]
+ Theory of Computation Group; MIT Laboratory for Computer Science
+ Cambridge, Massachusetts
+ Contact: William Ang <ang@theory.lcs.mit.edu>
+ Mail server: archive-server@theory.lcs.mit.edu
+ System Type: UNIX (SunOS 4.1.1)
+
+ Home of the TeX Macro Catalogue, which can be found in
+ pub/tex/tex-styles-and-macros.txt, along with a smattering of other
+ TeX-related files.
+
+vm.urz.uni-heidelberg.de (Mail server only)
+ Heidelberg
+ Mail server: listserv@vm.urz.uni-heidelberg.de
+
+wsmr-simtel20.army.mil [192.88.110.20]
+ White Sands Missile Range, New Mexico, USA
+ Time Zone: -0600 GMT
+ Contact: w8sdz@wsmr-simtel20.army.mil (Keith Petersen)
+ Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings
+ Mirrored by: wuarchive.wustl.edu [128.252.135.4]
+
+ An archive of MS-DOS and other stuff. TeX-related things
+ can be found in the directory pd1:<msdos.tex>.
+
+ymir.claremont.edu [134.173.4.23]
+ The Claremont Colleges, California, USA
+ Time zone: -0700 GMT
+ Contact: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+ Mail server: mailserv@ymir.claremont.edu
+ System type: VMS
+
+ The second-largest TeX archive in the world. Aggressively tracks
+ down packages for downloading.
+
+ Most TeX macros files are found in subdirectories of
+ LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.INPUTS], though the Babel system is in
+ LOCAL:[ANONYMOU.TEX.BABEL] and MusicTeX is in
+ LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.MUSIC]. BibTeX files are in
+ LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.BIBTEX].
+
+ To submit a file to the ymir archive, ftp to fenris.claremont.edu
+ (134.173.4.146) and place the file in the directory pub/submission;
+ then send a note to tex-group@hmcvax.claremont.edu to alert the
+ archive staff of the new file. If you don't have access to ftp, send
+ a note to tex-group with the sizes and number of files and they will
+ work out how to receive it.
+
+***************************************************************************
+ GLOSSARY OF KEYWORDS
+
+Actually, this is more of a list of keywords right now. I've tried to
+clarify obscure keywords, while relying on many keywords to be
+self-explanatory. For example, any keyword which is the name of a
+language indicates that the macros provide support of some sort for
+typesetting in that language. Similarly, a keyword which is a name of a
+major TeX package means that the macros are meant for use with that
+package.
+
+A4 -- implements a page layout based on the standard A4 page size
+
+A5 -- implements a page layout based on the standard A5 page size
+
+accent -- macros for putting special accents on characters
+
+ACM -- macros for typesetting papers for ACM proceedings
+
+acronym -- macros for manipulating acronyms
+
+AIP -- implements a layout based on the American Institute of Physics
+ journals
+
+algorithm -- useful for typesetting algorithms
+
+allocation -- macros which modify or extend TeX's allocation mechanism
+ (i.e., things like \newdimen, \newskip, etc.)
+
+AMS -- macros which are either supported by the American Mathematical
+ Society, or which provide support for the AMS fonts.
+
+AMS-LaTeX
+
+AMS-TeX
+
+amsfonts -- macros which provide support for the AMSFonts package, which
+ includes the msam and msbm symbol fonts.
+
+amsppt -- modifications or extensions to the AMS-TeX amsppt preprint
+ document style.
+
+antiparticle -- macros for typesetting anti-particles in particle physics.
+
+APA -- macros for producing citations of the form "(Jones, 1986)" and
+ without labels in the bibliography. [what does APA stand for,
+ anyway? -- dmj]
+
+APL -- useful for typesetting code written in the programming language
+ APL
+
+ArborText dvips -- requires ArborText's implementation of dvips
+
+array -- modifies or extends the LaTeX "array" environment
+
+article -- implements a document style useful for typesetting documents
+ such as journal articles. When applied to a LaTeX document-style
+ option, it means that the option is primarily meant to be used with
+ article.sty
+
+Austrian
+
+authors' guide -- guidelines or documentation for authors
+
+autonumbering -- support for the automatic numbering of such document
+ structures as sections, theorems, lists, etc.
+
+autoTOC -- support for the automatic compilation of a Table of Contents.
+
+Babel -- Part of Johannes Braams' Babel system for foreign language
+ support in LaTeX and plain TeX.
+
+barcode -- typesets the zipcode barcodes used by the US Postal Service.
+
+baseball
+
+Bezier -- implements Bezier curves (cubic or quadratic splines)
+
+bibliography -- macros for producing a bibliography
+
+BibTeX -- macros for use with Oren Patashnik's BibTeX bibliograpy
+ database program
+
+BibTeX 0.98 -- requires an obsolete version of BibTeX
+
+binary trees
+
+blackboard bold
+
+BNF -- macros for typesetting Backhaus-Naur formalisms
+
+bold symbol -- macros for accessing bold versions of math symbols
+
+book -- implements a document style, or otherwise provides support, for
+ typesetting book-like documents. When applied to a LaTeX
+ document-style option, it means that the option is primarily meant
+ to be used with book.sty
+
+bookform
+
+borders -- macros for putting frames around boxes
+
+box -- macros for manipulating boxes
+
+C -- for typesetting code written in the C programming language
+
+calendar -- provides various calendar functions for TeX
+
+camera-ready
+
+caption
+
+card
+
+cassette
+
+cassette label
+
+Catalan
+
+category-theory
+
+changebars
+
+chemistry
+
+chess
+
+citation -- macros which modify or extend LaTeX's \cite command, or
+ which provide an analogous function
+
+classified -- macros for typesetting documents with "classified" ratings
+
+cmcyr
+
+color -- support for color graphics or other special effects
+
+comment -- implements a comment environment for TeX
+
+Common Lisp -- support for typesetting Common Lisp code
+
+common macros -- macros common to two or more document styles
+
+commutative diagrams -- graphics support for producing commutative
+ diagrams
+
+counter
+
+Croatian
+
+cropmark
+
+crosswords
+
+currency
+
+Cyrillic
+
+Czech
+
+Danish
+
+date
+
+decimal
+
+DECUS
+
+delimiters
+
+diagrams
+
+discretionary
+
+dissertation
+
+documentation
+
+doublespace
+
+dow -- macros for calculating the day of week
+
+draft
+
+drama
+
+dropcaps -- typesets the first letter of a paragraph enlarged
+
+Dutch
+
+dvi2ln3
+
+dvi2ps
+
+dvidrv
+
+dvidvi
+
+dvips
+
+dvitops
+
+e-mail pathname
+
+EC/DC
+
+emphasis
+
+emTeX -- for use with emTeX, a TeX implementation for PC's
+
+endnotes
+
+English
+
+enumerate
+
+envelope
+
+epigram
+
+eplain
+
+EPSF
+
+epsf
+
+eqnarray -- modifications of LaTeX's eqnarray environment
+
+equation
+
+equation number
+
+Esperanto
+
+essential
+
+eufm
+
+examination
+
+figure
+
+figures
+
+filename
+
+Finnish
+
+float
+
+floats
+
+flushleft
+
+fmt -- indicates that the package is meant to serve as the basis for a
+ new format (.fmt) file.
+
+font
+
+fontchart -- prints out a font table similar to those found in Appendix F
+ of the TeX Book
+
+fonts
+
+footnote numbering
+
+footnotes
+
+formletter
+
+framebox -- macros for drawing rules around boxes, similar to LaTeX's
+ \framebox command or the \boxit macro in Exercise 21.3 of the
+ TeXbook
+
+frames -- macros for putting frames around boxes
+
+French
+
+generic -- macros which should work with practically any TeX macro
+ package
+
+German
+
+german
+
+glossing -- macros for vertically aligning words in consecutive sentences
+
+graphics
+
+Greek
+
+header -- macros for modifying the page header
+
+Hebrew
+
+hline
+
+Hungarian
+
+hyphenation -- hyphenation patterns
+
+Icelandic
+
+ICPR -- document style for the International Conference on Pattern
+ Recognition proceedings
+
+IEE
+
+IEEE -- document style for proceedings published by the Institute of
+ Electrical and Electronics Engineers
+
+indent -- modifies the indentation of paragraphs
+
+index -- for producing indexes.
+
+initex
+
+input
+
+inrstex
+
+inserts -- modifies TeX's mechanism for floating insertions
+
+integral
+
+IPA
+
+ISO
+
+journal -- style file for typesetting journal articles
+
+LamS-TeX
+
+landscape
+
+language
+
+LaTeX
+
+letter
+
+LeXTeX
+
+limits -- modifies the behavior of subscripts or superscripts of math
+ operators
+
+line breaks
+
+line numbering
+
+lines
+
+linespacing
+
+linguistics
+
+lists
+
+LNCS -- macros for typesetting articles for Springer-Verlag's Lecture
+ Notes in Computer Science
+
+LNP -- macros for typesetting articles for Springer-Verlag's Lecture
+ Notes in Physics
+
+logical gates
+
+logos
+
+loop -- implements looping constructs for TeX
+
+macro
+
+mailing labels
+
+MakeIndex -- requires Pehong Chen's makeindex program
+
+manpage -- for typesetting UNIX-style manual pages
+
+manual -- for typesetting manuals
+
+margin notes
+
+math
+
+math symbol
+
+mathematics
+
+mathfonts
+
+matrices
+
+memo
+
+METAFONT
+
+metafont
+
+MFT
+
+midnight -- for use with Marcel van der Goot's Midnight macros
+
+milstd
+
+minipage
+
+MIT Press -- document style for producing books compliant (more or less)
+ with MIT Press's requirements
+
+modularity
+
+msam -- macros for using the AMS symbol font A (part of the AMSFonts
+ package)
+
+msbm -- macros for using the AMS symbol font B (part of the AMSFonts
+ package)
+
+multi-column
+
+multi-page
+
+newcolumn
+
+newcommand
+
+newlines
+
+newsletter
+
+NFSS -- requires Mittelbach and Sch\"opf's New Font Selection Scheme
+
+nofill
+
+Norwegian
+
+NTG
+
+numbers
+
+Object-Z -- for typesetting Object-Z specifications
+
+OFSS -- requires the Old Font Selection Scheme (i.e., LaTeX's original
+ font selection scheme)
+
+operatorname
+
+optarg
+
+outer -- modifies TeX`s \outer primitive
+
+outline
+
+output
+
+page control
+
+page layout
+
+page style
+
+pagenumbers
+
+pagestyle
+
+paper
+
+paragraph
+
+parbox
+
+parse trees
+
+path name
+
+PC
+
+perl
+
+phonelist
+
+PHYS-TeX
+
+Physical Review
+
+physics
+
+PHYZZX
+
+PicTeX
+
+picture
+
+plain TeX
+
+pmb -- "poor man's bold," that is, a method of producing low-quality
+ bold symbols when there is no real bold version of a symbol, as
+ described in Appendix D of the TeXbook
+
+Polish
+
+pom -- macros for calculating the period of the moon
+
+portrait
+
+Portuguese
+
+PostScript
+
+PostScript fonts
+
+primer
+
+proceedings -- for typesetting articles for proceedins of various
+ conferences
+
+prooftree
+
+publisher style -- macros which are either supplied by a publisher, or
+ else have been written to implement some publisher's requirements
+
+quotation
+
+quote marks
+
+railroad -- macros for typesetting so-called "railroad" diagrams for
+ describing the syntax of, for example, programming languages
+
+RCS -- interface to the UNIX Revision Control System
+
+register
+
+report
+
+resume
+
+REVTeX
+
+Romanian
+
+rotate
+
+rotation
+
+Russian
+
+Scheme -- for typesetting bits of Scheme code
+
+screenplay
+
+SCREENVIEW
+
+script
+
+scripts
+
+ScriptTeX
+
+section
+
+section numbers
+
+sectioning
+
+SIAM -- macros designed for publications of the Society for Industrial
+ and Applied Mathematics
+
+SLaTeX
+
+slides
+
+SliTeX
+
+Slovenian
+
+Smalltalk programming language
+
+solutions
+
+Spanish
+
+speed
+
+SPIE
+
+Springer-Verlag -- macros either supplied by the Springer-Verlag
+ publishing company or else written to satisfy their requirements
+
+stageplay
+
+standards documents
+
+string comparison
+
+strut
+
+style
+
+style-option
+
+subnumbering
+
+sum
+
+summation
+
+Swedish
+
+symbol
+
+symbols
+
+syntax checking
+
+table
+
+tables
+
+tabular
+
+tangle
+
+TeX
+
+TeX examples
+
+TeX tutorials
+
+TeX Users Group
+
+TeX-XeT
+
+TeXbook
+
+TeXsis
+
+TEXT1
+
+tgrind
+
+theorem
+
+theorm
+
+thesis
+
+time
+
+timeline
+
+titlepage
+
+TOC
+
+toc
+
+tpic
+
+trademark
+
+tree
+
+trees
+
+TUG proceedings
+
+TUGboat
+
+Turkish
+
+two-column
+
+two-up
+
+UK English
+
+underlining
+
+UNIX
+
+VDM specification language
+
+verbatim
+
+virtual fonts
+
+vita
+
+vrbinput -- macros for inputting files and typesetting them verbatim
+
+weave
+
+WEB
+
+weird
+
+x-ref warnings
+
+xrefs
+
+XY-pic
+
+Young tableaux
+
+YTeX
+
+yTeX
+
+Z
+
+zip -- macros for typesetting zipcodes in barcode format
+
+***************************************************************************
+ APPENDIX: CONVERTING THE CATALOGUE TO A MORE STANDARD DATABASE FORMAT
+
+Steve Fisk <fisk@polar.bowdoin.edu> pointed out that many database
+programs would choke on the format of the Catalogue because
+
+ (1) there are a different number of fields in a record
+ (e.g. "Note:" is not always there)
+ (2) fields can span several lines
+ (e.g. "Description")
+ (3) the Catalogue contains lines that are not records
+ (e.g. the section and subsection headings)
+
+Here's a UNIX-specific solution to this problem: an awk script that
+reformats the Catalogue and removes all superflous lines.
+
+To convert the Catalogue to the format described above, do the following:
+
+1) Put the following in a file called "script".
+
+------------------------------cut here------------------------------
+BEGIN { FS = ":"; \
+ counter = 0; \
+ x["Name"] = "Name: "; \
+ x["Description"] = "Description: "; \
+ x["Keywords"] = "Keywords: "; \
+ x["Archives"] = "Archives: "; \
+ x["Author"] = "Author: "; \
+ x["Latest Version"] = "Latest Version: "; \
+ x["Supported"] = "Supported: "; \
+ x["See also"] = "See also: "; \
+ x["Note"] = "Note: " }
+
+
+/^%/ {}
+
+/^[a-zA-Z]+/ && counter == 1 {$field = $1; x[$field] = $0}
+
+/^[ ]+/ && counter == 1 { x[$field] = x[$field] substr($0,4) }
+
+NF == 0 && counter == 1 && x["Name"] != "Name: " \
+ { printf "%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n\n", \
+ x["Name"], x["Description"], x["Keywords"], x["Archives"], \
+ x["Author"], x["Latest Version"], x["Supported"], x["See also"], \
+ x["Note"] ; \
+ x["Name"] = "Name: "; \
+ x["Description"] = "Description: "; \
+ x["Keywords"] = "Keywords: "; \
+ x["Archives"] = "Archives: "; \
+ x["Author"] = "Author: "; \
+ x["Latest Version"] = "Latest Version: "; \
+ x["Supported"] = "Supported: "; \
+ x["See also"] = "See also: "; \
+ x["Note"] = "Note: "}
+
+/^\*\*\*\*\*\*\*/ { if (counter == 1) {counter = 0} else {counter = 1} }
+------------------------------cut here------------------------------
+
+2) Execute the command
+
+ awk -f script tex-styles-and-macros.txt > newindex
+
+If all goes well, newindex should be in the required form. (Note that
+this uses the old awk; it should be easy to modify it to use the newer
+versions of awk if necessary.)
+
+***************************************************************************
+ COMING ATTRACTIONS
+
+%% This section contains incomplete entries. In most cases, the entry
+%% is incomplete only because I haven't had time to complete it. In a
+%% few cases, the entry is incomplete because I haven't had time to
+%% track down the authors for verification of the information.
+
+Name: autotab.sty
+Description: LaTeX documentstyle for creating tables automatically by
+ reading data from a separate input file, which contains one entry
+ per line.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tabular
+Author: Gabriele Kruljac <kruljac@ds0mpi11.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, 5 Oct 1989
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with a documentation and example file, autotab.tex.
+
+Name: bnf.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for pretty-printing context-free grammars
+ using the notation from "Elements of the Theory of Computation" by
+ Harry R. Lewis and Christos H. Papadimitriou.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BNF
+Author: Hugh Osborne <hugh@cs.kun.nl>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1a, 30 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Packages comes with a readme file (bnf.README), a list of known
+ bugs (bnf.bugs), and a manual (bnf.tex).
+See also: ebnf.sty, bnf.tex
+
+Name: chemstruct.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for drawing chemistry structural formulas.
+Keywords: plain TeX, chemistry
+Author: Michael Ramek
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, Nov 1987
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Package comes with a manual, chemdoc.tex, which includes several
+ example figures, each in a separate file.
+
+Name: crc.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for the
+ 1991 International Workshop on Robust Control.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 16 Apr 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: This is based on birk.sty (q.v.).
+
+Name: floatfig.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow figures to "float" in
+ paragraphs, i.e., to allow figures that only take up a fraction of
+ the width of a page to be surrounded by flowing text. These macros
+ are based on the plain TeX macros described by Thomas J. Reid in
+ "Floating Figures at the Right," TUGboat 8(3):315, November 1987.
+Keywords: LaTeX, float, figures
+Author: Thomas Kneser, Gesellschaft f\"ur wissenschaftliche
+ Datenverarbeitung mbH G\"ottingen, FRG
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v0.4, 08 May 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Packages includes a user's manual (floatfig.tex) and a sample file
+ (example.tex).
+
+Name: abbrevfr.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: readme, README, README.initex
+
+Name: dumyhyph.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: english.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: flisting.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: french.bug
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: french.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: french.tst
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchfr.doc
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchla.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchlb.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchlm.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchlr.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchlu.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frencht.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: hyconfig.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: hymltex2.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: hymltex3.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: initex.bug
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: language.dat
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: german3.sty
+Description: An experimental plain TeX/LaTeX style file for typesetting
+ German using TeX version 3 (or later) and the DC text fonts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, german, DC, TeX3
+Author: Rainer Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.de> and Bernd Raichle
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0c, 8 Apr 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, aston
+See also: german.sty, germanb.sty
+
+Name: letter.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting letters in German.
+Keywords: LaTeX, german, letter
+Author: Dietmar Heinrich
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 04 May 1988
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Includes a documentation file, letter.tex.
+
+Name: megatape.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting cassette tape labels.
+ Modification of tape.sty (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, cassette
+Author: Martin Nickel
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 16 Oct 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with a demonstration file, megademo.tex.
+See also: tape.sty
+
+Name: prelim.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to mark manuscripts as drafts
+ by putting a line stating that it's a draft, along with the date and
+ time of formatting, on every page. (Note: the default marker text
+ is "ENTWURF", but can be changed by redefining a single macro.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, draft
+Author: Robert Tolksdorf
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 31 Jul 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with a documentation file, prelim.tex, in German.
+See also: draft.sty, drafthead.sty
+
+Name: changebar.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for including changebars in a
+ device-independent way.
+Keywords: LaTeX, changebar, output
+Author: David B. Johnson <dbj@titan.rice.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: chapref.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce separate reference
+ sections for each chapter in a document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter J. Knaggs, School of Computing and Mathematics, Teesside
+ Polytechnic, Middlesbrogh, Cleveland, England.
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+See also: chapterbib.sty
+
+Name: db.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to generate listings, send out
+ letters, etc., using a database.
+Keywords: LaTeX, formletter
+Author: George Panagopoulos <georgios@umiacs.umd.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 20 Nov 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: The file db.sty contains documentation and a sample file.
+
+Name: hndout.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing Plymouth
+ Polytechnic Computer Service handouts. For use with the 11pt
+ article style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Jon Warbrick
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Jan 1988
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: laioobr.sty
+Description: LaTeX letter document style for ???. Has support for
+ Dutch, British English, American English and German letters. For
+ use with the Babel system?
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter
+Author: Werenfried Spit
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 6 Nov 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: lcaption.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for formatting of long captions
+ with hanging indentation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, caption, float
+Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <Krab@iesd.auc.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 06 Jan 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+See also: hangcaption.sty
+
+Name: loval.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a command for
+ putting boxes with rounded corners around text, similar to the \fbox
+ command.
+Keywords: LaTeX, box
+Author: Elmar Schal\"uck <elmar@uni-paderborn.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, Feb 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with a documentation and demonstration file, lovaltest.tex.
+
+Name: nnfootnote.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines an alternate
+ footnote command for unnumbered footnotes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, footnote
+Author: T Mark Ellison
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 26 Jun 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: pspic.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that redefines the standard
+ LaTeX Picture commands to produce PostScript specials rather than
+ using the LaTeX picture fonts. This is meant for use with Tomas
+ Rokicki's dvips
+Keywords: LaTeX, picture, PostScript, dvips
+Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1b, 12 Apr 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: rmthm.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for customizing theorem-like
+ environments by making it easy to change the font style in which
+ theorems are typeset, specify an end-of-theorem marker, and suppress
+ the numbering of some environments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 June 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: sines.tex
+Description: TeX macros to calculate the sines of angles between -90 and
+ 90 degrees by using the first three terms of the Taylor expansion of
+ sin(x).
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, sine, math
+Author: Jim Walker
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: tabto.tex
+Description: TeX macro for tabbing to a position relative to the left
+ margin in a paragraph.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: trigonometry.tex
+Description: TeX macros for calculating the sine of angles between -pi/2
+ and pi/2.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX,
+Author: Philip Taylor
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Originally published in TeXhax Digest, September 1989.
+
+Name: verbatimfiles.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for inputting entire files in
+ verbatim mode. Also allows automatic numbering of the lines of the
+ inputted file.
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, verbinput
+Author: Chris Rowley <ca_rowley@uk.ac.open.acs.vax.>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: a4letter.sty
+Description: LaTeX German letter style for use with A4 paper.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter, A4
+Author: D. Heinrich
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 14 Apr 1988
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: annotation.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines an "annotation"
+ environment, for text that can be either printed or ignored.
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Tom Hofmann <wtho@cgch.uucp>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 30 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: cites.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that provides superscript
+ reference numbers in citations and bibliographies, collapses
+ consecutive reference numbers into a range of numbers without first
+ sorting the numbers (e.g., 1,3,4,5,6,8,9 is printed as 1,3--6,8,9)
+ and gives extra control over the appearance of citations and
+ bibliography labels. This is based on Charles Karney's aip.sty
+ (q.v.). Possibly only for use with darticle.sty?
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, citation
+Author: G. Kruljac <kruljac@ds0mpi11.bitnet>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.1, 6 May 1989
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: deflist.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a list environment
+ that takes a single argument, the longest label in the list, and
+ adjusts the leftmargin accordingly.
+Keywords: LaTeX, list
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: diagram.tex
+Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting commutative diagrams.
+Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams
+Author: Francis Borceux <fborceux@buclln11.bitnet>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v2.2
+Archives: stuttgart
+Note: Package comes with a user's manual, diagramdoc.tex.
+
+Name: expdlist.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a variant of the
+ description environment that allows easy customization.
+Keywords: LaTeX, list, description
+Author: Rainer Huelse and Wolfgang Kaspar <urz86@dmswwu1a.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0a, 20 Sep 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: This style is written with Frank Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.).
+
+Name: frenchponct.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that adjusts the space before
+ the "double" punctuation marks (!, ?, ; and :) to follow French
+ typographical rules (but only if space has already been left before
+ them).
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, French
+Author: Y. Roy
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchquote.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines facsimiles of the
+ French double quote marks
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, French
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: garticle.sty
+Description: Variant of article.sty for typesetting in German.
+ Obsolete. See german.sty or germanb.sty instead.
+Keywords: LaTeX, German, article
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 8 Jun 1987
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with an 11 point style, gart11.sty.
+
+Name: joe.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for the Journal of Economics.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 2 Feb 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: sfarticle.sty
+Description: Modification of article.sty to support a sans-serif font
+ style and also to replace hardwired strings (like the name of the
+ bibliography, etc.) by control sequences. Probably obsolete. See
+ the BABEL system instead.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, font
+Author: B. Simon and H. Partl
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 29 Sep 88
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: sfart10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: B. Simon and H. Partl
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 29 Sep 88
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: sfart11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: B. Simon and H. Partl
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 29 Sep 88
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: sfart12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: B. Simon and H. Partl
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 29 Sep 88
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: unilogo.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a command for
+ generating the University of Stuttgart logo at arbitrary sizes from
+ 15mm to 75mm in diameter.
+Keywords: LaTeX, picture
+Author: Gert Willmann
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 25 Nov 1988
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+ COLORTEX
+
+Name: colorrgb.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: ColorTeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: guide.tex, gut91.tex, gut91gb.tex
+
+Name: euro.sty
+Description:
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note:
+
+Name: mancolor.sty
+Description:
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note:
+
+Name: rapport.sty
+Description:
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note:
+
+Name: dirkslides.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: dirkslides-sample.tex
+
+Name: dinbrief.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for German letters?
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter, german
+Author: Wolfgang Schwarz <blacky@ds0ita51>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 11 May 1992
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with a documentation file, dinbrief.doc.
+
+Name: ipebrief.sty
+Description: Letter style for the University of Stuttgart?
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter
+Author: W. Schwarz
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.2, 12 Feb 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: ipebrief_beispiel.tex, ipebrief_doc.tex, unilogo
+
+Name: ruspaper.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: B. Burr
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: rustitel.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: uni.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: usus.readme
+
+Name: us10.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: us11.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: us12.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: stickers.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Mark Overmars
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: stickerdoc.tex
+
+Name: ailetter.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: bridge.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: dblitem.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Norman J. Richert <richert@cl.uh.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: invertedparagraphs.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: logo-denk.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: regel.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: T. Birnthaler
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 30 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: rnl-slides.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.2, 25 Jan 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: sentences.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: shsulet.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: sqmac.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Michael Barr
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: sqsample.tex
+
+Name: sqrt.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: strukto.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: T. Birnthaler
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0, 11 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: tl-sample.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: timing.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Ludwig May/Jens Leilich
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: read.me, timing.tex
+
+Name: tksbrief.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Torsten-Karl Strempel
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 31 Dec 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: tksbrief.tex
+See also: privat.sty
+
+Name: privat.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Torsten-Karl Strempel
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1 Jul 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: dina4.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: disstyle.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Gabriele Kruljac
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.2 15 Jun 1989
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: nl.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: rahmen.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: tabbingbox.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: tables-doc.tex
+
+Name: topnum.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: unfinished.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: texinfo.tex
+Description:
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: semitic.sty
+Description:
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+ jTeX
+
+ muTeX
+
+ MusicTeX
+
+cmcscsl10.mf
+
+*Additional BibTeX styles
+
+The following BibTeX styles are all available from ftp.math.utah.edu in the
+directory ~ftp/pub/tex/bibtex.
+
+Name: aaai-named.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: apalike2.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Eric Ho <eho@word>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 12 Jan 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: astron.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Sake J. Hogeveen <l42@nikhefh.nikhef.nl>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: authordate1-4.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the BibTeX
+ bibliography styles authordate1, authordate2, authordate3 and
+ authordate4.
+Keywords: LaTeX BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+See also: authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst,
+ authordate4.bst
+
+Name: authordate1.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Mar 1990
+Archives: utah
+See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst,
+ authordate4.bst
+
+Name: authordate2.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Mar 1990
+Archives: utah
+See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate3.bst,
+ authordate4.bst
+
+Name: authordate3.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Mar 1990
+Archives: utah
+See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst,
+ authordate4.bst
+
+Name: authordate4.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Mar 1990
+Archives: utah
+See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst,
+ authordate3.bst
+
+Name: bbs.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
+ or less in the format of Behavioral and Brain Sciences. It was
+ adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J.
+ Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.1, 15 Feb 1991
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires astron.sty.
+
+Name: cbe.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
+ or less in the Council of Biology Editors format, which is used by
+ Evolution, American Naturalist, and lots of other journals. It was
+ adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J.
+ Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.1, 1990
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires astron.sty.
+
+Name: cell.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Thomas Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.23, 29 Jun 1992
+Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/cell.bst
+
+Name: cell.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/cell.sty
+
+Name: humanbio.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
+ or less in the format of the journal Human Biology. It was adapted
+ from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J. Hogeveen's
+ `astron.bst'.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.1, 1990
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires astron.sty.
+
+Name: humannat.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
+ or less in the format of the journals Human Nature and American
+ Anthropologist. It was adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating
+ features of Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.03, 29 Jun 1992
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires astron.sty.
+
+Name: is-abbrv.bst
+Description: Modification of the abbrv BibTeX bibliography style
+ (abbrv.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a
+ PERIODICAL bibliography type.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991
+Archives: utah*
+See also: is-alpha.bst, is-plain.bst, is-unsrt.bst
+
+Name: is-alpha.bst
+Description: Modification of the alpha BibTeX bibliography style
+ (alpha.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a
+ PERIODICAL bibliography type.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991
+Archives: utah*
+See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-plain.bst, is-unsrt.bst
+
+Name: is-plain.bst
+Description: Modification of the plain BibTeX bibliography style
+ (plain.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a
+ PERIODICAL bibliography type.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991
+Archives: utah*
+See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-alpha.bst, is-unsrt.bst
+
+Name: is-unsrt.bst
+Description: Modification of the unsrt BibTeX bibliography style
+ (unsrt.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a
+ PERIODICAL bibliography type.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991
+Archives: utah*
+See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-alpha.bst, is-plain.bst
+
+Name: jbact.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Thomas Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires jbact.sty.
+
+Name: jbact.sty
+Description: LaTeX
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+See also: jbact.bst
+
+Name: jmb.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style for the Journal of Molecular
+ Biology and Journal of Theoretical Biology.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Tom Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.21, 29 Jun 1992
+Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov:pub/delila/jmb.bst.Z
+Note: jmb.sty
+
+Name: jtb.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
+ or less in the format of the Journal of Theoretical Biology. It was
+ adapted from Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.1, 1990
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires astron.bst.
+
+Name: namunsrt.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: nar.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style for the journal Nucleic Acid
+ Research. It was adapted from the standard unsrt.bst style file.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Tom Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.04, 10 Sep 1991
+Archives: utah
+Note: nar.sty
+
+Name: nature.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Tom Schneider? (Ask Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.05, 29 Jun 1992
+Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/nature.sty
+
+Name: nature.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/nature.sty
+
+Name: newapa.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Stephen N. Spencer <spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu>,
+ <spencer@cgrg.ohio.state.edu>, <71160.3141@compuserve.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah, stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: newapa.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Stephen N. Spencer <spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu> and
+ Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>??
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah, stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: phaip.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phapalik.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phcpc.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phiaea.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phjcp.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phnf.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phnflet.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phpf.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phppcf.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phreport.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phrmp.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: plainyr.bst
+Description: Modification of the plain BibTeX bibliography style
+ (plain.bst) that sorts items by year, author and title, in that
+ order.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Michael P. Perrone <mpp@cs.brown.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 26 Jun 1992
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: science.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.09, 30 Aug 1992
+Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/science.bst
+
+Name: science.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for the journal Science?
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.03, 24 Aug 1992
+Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/science.sty
+
+Name: control.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.09, 30 Aug 1992
+Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/control.bst
+
+===========================================================================
+
+% Keep these lines at the end of the file!
+% Local Variables:
+% fill-column: 72
+% End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c2f95e7da33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% %%
+%% A S C I I wall chart %%
+%% %%
+%% by Victor Eijkhout %%
+%% eijkhout@cs.utk.edu %%
+%% %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+%% Choose your favourite format:
+%
+\nopagenumbers %% 2 lines
+\vsize=28cm %% for PLAIN TeX
+%\documentstyle{article} %% 4 lines for LaTeX
+%\begin{document} %% not that it matters anything,
+%\pagestyle{empty} %% rest of the document
+%\setlength{\textheight}{28cm} %% is 'pure' TeX.
+%%%%%% and don't forget the \bye / \end{document} at the end!! %%%%%%%
+%% fonts
+\font\bitfont=cmr7 \fontdimen3\bitfont=3mm
+\font\codefont=cmr5
+\font\namefont=cmss10 scaled 1200
+\font\titlefont=cmss10 scaled 1440
+\font\commentfont=cmss10
+%% counts and dimens
+\newdimen\thinlinewidth \thinlinewidth=.25mm
+\newdimen\fatlinewidth \fatlinewidth=.5mm
+\newdimen\rowheight \rowheight=1cm
+\newdimen\colwidth \colwidth=1.6cm
+\newdimen\Colwidth \Colwidth=2\colwidth
+ \advance\Colwidth by \thinlinewidth
+\newdimen\topwhite \topwhite=2pt
+\newdimen\botwhite \botwhite=3pt
+\newdimen\leftwhite \leftwhite=2pt
+\newdimen\rightwhite \rightwhite=2pt
+\newcount\rowcount \rowcount=-1 %% note!
+\newcount\colcount \colcount=0
+\newcount\thenumber
+%% tidbits
+\def\\{$\backslash$}
+\def\thinline{\vrule width \thinlinewidth}
+\def\fatline{\vrule width \fatlinewidth}
+\tolerance=10000
+\vbadness=10000
+%% code conversion
+\def\calcnumber{{\multiply\colcount by 16
+ \advance\colcount by \rowcount
+ \global\thenumber=\colcount}}
+\def\deccode{\number\thenumber}
+\def\octcode{{\ifnum\thenumber>63
+ \advance\thenumber by -64
+ \count0=\thenumber \divide\count0 by 8
+ 1\number\count0
+ \else \count0=\thenumber \divide\count0 by 8
+ \ifnum\count0>0 \number\count0 \fi\fi
+ \multiply\count0 by 8
+ \advance\thenumber by -\count0
+ \number\thenumber}}
+\def\hexdigit#1{\ifcase#1 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or
+ 8\or 9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\or
+ \edef\tmp{\message{illegal hex digit
+ \number#1}}\tmp
+ \fi}
+\def\hexcode{{\count0=\thenumber \divide\count0 by 16
+ \ifnum\count0>0 \hexdigit{\count0}\fi
+ \multiply\count0 by 16
+ \advance\thenumber by -\count0 \count0=\thenumber
+ \hexdigit{\count0}}}
+%% the heading
+\def\threebit#1#2#3{\vbox to 1.2\rowheight{\bitfont
+ \vskip\topwhite
+ \hbox to \colwidth{\hskip\leftwhite#1\hfil}
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to \colwidth{\hfil#2\hfil}
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to \colwidth{\hfil#3\hskip\rightwhite}
+ \vskip\botwhite}}
+\def\comment#1{\vbox to \colwidth{\hrule height 0mm depth .25mm
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to \Colwidth{\commentfont\hfil#1\hfil}
+ \vfil}}
+\def\dcomment#1#2{\vbox to \colwidth{\hrule height 0mm depth .25mm
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to \Colwidth{\commentfont\hfil#1\hfil}
+ \vskip \botwhite
+ \hbox to \Colwidth{\commentfont\hfil#2\hfil}
+ \vfil}}
+\def\bithead{\vbox to \colwidth{\hsize=1.5\colwidth
+ \vskip\topwhite
+ \hbox to \hsize{\commentfont\hfil BITS\hfil}
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to \hsize{\bitfont\ b4 b3 b2 b1 }
+ \vskip\botwhite}}
+%% routines for single chars
+\def\fourbit#1\fb{\vbox to \rowheight{
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to 1.5\colwidth{\bitfont #1\ }
+ \vfil}%
+ \global\advance\rowcount by 1
+ \global\colcount=0}
+\def\asc#1\ii{\calcnumber
+ \vbox to \rowheight{\offinterlineskip
+ \vskip\topwhite
+ \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont
+ \hskip\leftwhite
+ \deccode\hfil}
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to \colwidth{\vrule width 0cm
+ height 10pt depth 2pt
+ \namefont
+ \hfil#1\hfil}
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont
+ \hskip\leftwhite
+ \hexcode\hfil\octcode
+ \hskip\rightwhite}
+ \vskip\botwhite}%
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% and now the table itself %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\vbox{
+\halign{\fourbit#\fb&\fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii&
+ \fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii&
+ \fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii&
+ \fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii\fatline\cr
+ \omit&\multispan8 \hskip\thinlinewidth
+ \titlefont ASCII CONTROL CODE CHART\hfil\cr
+ \noalign{\vskip3mm \hrule}
+ \omit\hfil\threebit{b7}{b6}{b5}
+ &\omit\fatline\threebit000&\omit\thinline\threebit001%
+ &\omit\fatline\threebit010&\omit\thinline\threebit011%
+ &\omit\fatline\threebit100&\omit\thinline\threebit101%
+ &\omit\fatline\threebit110&\omit\thinline\threebit111%
+ \fatline\cr
+ \noalign{\vskip-.5mm} %brute force
+ \omit\bithead
+ &\omit\fatline\comment{CONTROL}\span\omit
+ &\omit\fatline\dcomment{SYMBOLS}{NUMBERS}\span\omit
+ &\omit\fatline\comment{UPPER CASE}\span\omit
+ &\omit\fatline\comment{LOWER CASE}\span\omit\hfil\fatline\cr
+ \noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 0 0 0 0&NUL&DLE&SP &0 &@ &P &` &p \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 0 0 0 1&SOH&DC1&! &1 &A &Q &a &q \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 0 0 1 0&STX&DC2&" &2 &B &R &b &r \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 0 0 1 1&ETX&DC3&\# &3 &C &S &c &s \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 0 1 0 0&EOT&DC4&\$ &4 &D &T &d &t \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 0 1 0 1&ENQ&NAK&\% &5 &E &U &e &u \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 0 1 1 0&ACK&SYN&\& &6 &F &V &f &v \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 0 1 1 1&BEL&ETB&' &7 &G &W &g &w \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 1 0 0 0&BS &CAN&( &8 &H &X &h &x \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 1 0 0 1&HT &EM &) &9 &I &Y &i &y \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 1 0 1 0&LF &SUB&* &: &J &Z &j &z \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 1 0 1 1&VT &ESC&+ &; &K &[ &k &$\{$\cr \noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 1 1 0 0&FF &FS &, &$<$&L &\\ &l &$|$ \cr \noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 1 1 0 1&CR &GS &$-$ &= &M &] &m &$\}$\cr \noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 1 1 1 0&SO &RS &. &$>$&N &\char94 &n &\char126\cr
+ \noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 1 1 1 1&SI &US &/ &? &O &\_$\!$\_&o &DEL\cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ \noalign{\vskip2mm}
+ \omit&\omit\namefont \hfil LEGEND:\hfil \span\omit
+ &\multispan4\hskip\fatlinewidth
+ \vtop{\vskip-10pt\hbox{\vrule
+ \vbox to \rowheight{
+ \offinterlineskip
+ \hrule\vskip \topwhite
+ \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont\hskip\leftwhite
+ dec\hfil}
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to \colwidth{\namefont\hfil CHAR\hfil}
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont\hskip\leftwhite
+ hex\hfil oct
+ \hskip\rightwhite}
+ \vskip\botwhite
+ \hrule }%
+ \vrule}}
+ \hfil
+ &\multispan2\bitfont \hskip\fatlinewidth
+ \vtop{\vskip-8pt\baselineskip=8.5pt
+ \hbox{Victor Eijkhout}
+ \rlap{Dept. of Comp. Sci.}
+ \rlap{University of Tennessee}
+ \rlap{Knoxville TN 37996, USA}
+ }\hfil\cr
+ }
+}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% and that's it folks! %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\bye %% PLAIN TeX
+%\end{document} %% LaTeX
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8fd26a4b136
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+This file is maintained by Robin Fairbairns (rf@cl.cam.ac.uk); please
+mail any suggestions or details of problems, etc.
+
+a4
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/a4/
+a4dutch
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a4dutch.sty
+a4wide
+ macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/a4wide.sty
+a5
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a5.sty
+a5comb
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a5comb.sty
+afterpage
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools/
+alltt
+ ==> macros/latex/base/
+amsbsy
+ macros/latex/packages/amslatex/inputs/amsbsy.sty
+amscd
+ macros/latex/packages/amslatex/inputs/amscd.sty
+amsfonts
+ fonts/amsfonts/latex/amsfonts.sty
+amssymb
+ fonts/amsfonts/latex/amssymb.sty
+amstex superseded by
+ macros/latex/packages/amslatex/inputs/amsmath.sty
+amstext
+ macros/latex/packages/amslatex/inputs/amstext.sty
+apalike
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/apalike.sty
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/apalike.bst
+array
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools/
+authordate1-4
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/authordate1-4.sty
+avant
+ fonts/metrics/adobe/avantgar/sty/avantgar.sty
+babel
+ macros/latex/packages/babel/
+bar
+ macros/latex209/contrib/bar.sty
+basker
+ fonts/metrics/monotype/baskervi/sty/baskervi.sty
+bembo
+ fonts/metrics/adobe/bembo/sty/bembo.sty
+beton
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/beton/
+bezier
+* ==> macros/latex/base/
+biblist
+ macros/latex209/contrib/biblist/
+bibmods
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/bibmods.sty
+bibunits
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/bibunits.sty
+bookman
+ fonts/metrics/adobe/bookman/sty/bookman.sty
+ fonts/metrics/monotype/bookman/sty/bookman.sty
+boxedminipage
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/boxedminipage.sty
+calc
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/calc/
+changebar
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/changbar/
+chapterbib
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/cite/chapterbib.sty
+chicago
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/chicago.bst
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/chicago.sty
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/chicagoa.bst
+cite
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/cite/
+citesort
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/cite/
+color
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/graphics
+colordvi
+ dviware/dvips/dvips/colordvi.sty
+ dviware/dvips/dvips/colordvi.tex
+concrete superseded by
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/beton
+curves
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/curves/curves.sty
+curvesls
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/curves/curvesls.sty
+dcolumn
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+delarray
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+doc
+* ==> macros/latex/base
+doublespace
+ [use setspace instead]
+draftcopy
+ macros/latex/contrib/suppported/draftcopy/
+eclbip
+ ==> macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip
+ecltree
+ ==> macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip
+eepic
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/eepic
+eepicemu
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/eepic
+endfloat
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/endfloat/
+endnotes
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/endnotes.sty
+enumerate
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+epic
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/epic/
+epsfig
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/graphics
+eufrak
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/mfnfss
+euler
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/euler/
+euscript
+ fonts/amsfonts/latex/euscript.sty
+exscale
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+fancybox
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/seminar/inputs/fancybox.sty
+fancyheadings
+ macros/latex/contrib/other/fancyheadings/
+flafter
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+float
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/float
+floatfig
+ macros/latex209/contrib/floatfig/
+fnpara
+ macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/fnpara.sty
+footnpag
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/footnpag/
+french
+ language/french/inputs/french.sty
+ftnright
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+garamond
+ fonts/metrics/monotype/garamond/sty/garamond.sty
+german
+ ==> languages/german/german.dtx
+graphics
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/graphics
+hackalloc
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/localloc
+hangcaption
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/hangcaption.sty
+harvard
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/harvard
+helvet
+ fonts/metrics/adobe/helvetic/sty/helvetic.sty
+here
+ (obsolete; incorporated in float.sty)
+hhline
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+ifthen
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+indentfirst
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+index
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/index.doc
+isolatin1
+ (use inputenc instead)
+jmb
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/jmb.sty
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/jmb.bst
+latexsym
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+layout
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools/
+letterspace
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/letterspace.sty
+longtable
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+lscape
+ macros/latex/contrib/misc/lscape.sty
+lucid
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss/
+lucidbr
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss/
+lucmath
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss/
+makeidx
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+minitoc
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/minitoc/
+minitocoff
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/minitoc/
+moreverb
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/moreverb/
+mtimes
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss/
+multibox
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/multibox.sty
+multicol
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+multind
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/multind.sty
+multirow
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/multirow.sty
+named
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/named.bst
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/named.sty
+nar
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/nar.bst
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/nar.sty
+natbib
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/natbib/
+nature
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/nature.bst
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/nature.sty
+newapa
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/newapa.bst
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/newapa.sty
+newcent
+ fonts/metrics/adobe/newcentu/sty/newcentu.sty
+newlfont
+ ==> macros/latex/base/
+oldgerm
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/mfnfss
+oldlfont
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+openbib
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+overcite
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/cite/
+palatino
+ fonts/metrics/adobe/palatino/sty/palatino.sty
+pandora
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/mfnfss
+picinpar
+ macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/
+pifont
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss
+portland
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/portland.sty
+program
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/program/
+psboxit
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/psboxit.sty
+pstimesm
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/pstimesm.sty
+rotate
+ dviware/dvips/dvips/rotate.sty
+ dviware/dvips/dvips/rotate.tex
+rotating
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/rotating
+seminar
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/seminar
+setspace [new]
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/setspace/setspace.sty
+shadow
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/shadow.sty
+shapepar
+ macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/shapepar.sty
+showidx
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+showtags
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/showtags.sty
+subfigure
+ macros/latex/contrib/suported/subfigure/
+supertab
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/supertabular
+syntonly
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+t1enc
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+tabularx
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+theorem
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+threeparttable
+ macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/threeparttable.sty
+times
+ fonts/metrics/adobe/times/sty/times.sty
+tracefnt
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+trees
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/treesvr
+ulem
+ macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/ulem.sty
+varioref
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+verbatim
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+version
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/version.sty
+vpage superseded by
+ macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/vmargin.sty 1994/09/20
+wrapfig
+ macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/wrapfig.sty
+xr
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+xspace
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2016f64bd50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,1892 @@
+ CSNAME.TXT
+
+This file contains all unique control sequences used by TeX and the
+pricipal macro packages in use at AMS:
+ Plain: primitives; plain.tex
+ AMS-TeX: amstex.tex, amsppt.sty
+ LaTeX: (not yet installed)
+
+
+\ *primitive (control space)
+\! plain.tex
+\" plain.tex
+\# plain.tex
+\$ plain.tex
+\% plain.tex
+\& plain.tex
+\' plain.tex
+\( plain.tex
+\) plain.tex
+\* plain.tex
+\+ plain.tex
+\, plain.tex
+\- *primitive (discretionary hyphen)
+\. plain.tex
+\/ *primitive (italic correction)
+\/ plain.tex
+\: plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
+\; plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
+\< plain.tex
+\= plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
+\> plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
+\? plain.tex
+\*@@at(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string)
+\*@at(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string)
+\*@box(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string)
+\*@true(csname) amsppt.sty (* will be replaced by some string)
+\*box@(csname) amsppt.sty (* will be replaced by some string)
+\*Zat(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string)
+\*ZZat(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string)
+\@ amstex.tex
+\@cclv plain.tex
+\@cclvi plain.tex
+\@crfalse plain.tex
+\@crtrue plain.tex
+\@foot plain.tex
+\@if plain.tex
+\@ins plain.tex
+\@lign plain.tex
+\@m plain.tex
+\@M plain.tex
+\@midfalse plain.tex
+\@midtrue plain.tex
+\@MM plain.tex
+\@ne plain.tex
+\@nother plain.tex
+\@penup plain.tex
+\@sf plain.tex
+\@vereq plain.tex
+\aa plain.tex
+\AA plain.tex
+\above *primitive
+\abovedisplayshortskip *primitive
+\abovedisplayskip *primitive
+\abovewithdelims *primitive
+\abstract amsppt.sty
+\abstract@ amsppt.sty
+\abstract@true amsppt.sty
+\accent *primitive
+\accentdimen@ amstex.tex
+\accentedsymbol amstex.tex
+\accentfam@ amstex.tex
+\accentmu@ amstex.tex
+\active plain.tex
+\acute plain.tex
+\Acute amstex.tex
+\acuteaccent amstex.tex
+\address amsppt.sty
+\addresscount@ amsppt.sty
+\address* amsppt.sty (expands to *i, *ii, etc.)
+\addressnum@ amsppt.sty
+\adjdemerits *primitive
+\adjustfootnotemark amsppt.sty
+\advance *primitive
+\advancepageno plain.tex
+\ae plain.tex
+\AE plain.tex
+\affil amsppt.sty
+\affil@true amsppt.sty
+\affilbox@ amsppt.sty
+\after amstex.tex
+\afterassignment *primitive
+\afterbook@false amsppt.sty
+\afterbook@true amsppt.sty
+\aftergroup *primitive
+\aleph plain.tex
+\align amstex.tex
+\align@ amstex.tex
+\alignat amstex.tex
+\alignat@ amstex.tex
+\aligned amstex.tex
+\aligned@ amstex.tex
+\alignedat amstex.tex
+\alloc@ plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
+\alloc@true amstex.tex
+\allocationnumber plain.tex
+\alloclist@ amstex.tex
+\allowbreak plain.tex
+\allowdisplaybreak@ amstex.tex
+\allowlinebreak amstex.tex
+\allowmathbreak amstex.tex
+\alpha plain.tex
+\amalg plain.tex
+\ampersand@ amstex.tex
+\amspptloaded@AmS amsppt.sty
+\AmSTeX amstex.tex
+\amstexloaded@ amstex.tex
+\and amstex.tex
+\and@ amstex.tex
+\angle plain.tex
+\ans@ amstex.tex
+\Ans@ amstex.tex
+\appendit@ amstex.tex
+\approx plain.tex
+\arccos plain.tex
+\arcsin plain.tex
+\arctan plain.tex
+\arg plain.tex
+\arrowvert plain.tex
+\Arrowvert plain.tex
+\ast plain.tex
+\asymp plain.tex
+\at@ amstex.tex
+\atcount@ amstex.tex
+\atdef@ amstex.tex
+\athelp@ amstex.tex
+\athelpZ(csname) amstex.tex
+\atop *primitive
+\atopwithdelims *primitive
+\attag@ amstex.tex
+\atZ(csname) amstex.tex
+\atZZ(csname) amstex.tex
+\atZZZ(csname) amstex.tex
+\atZZZZ(csname) amstex.tex
+\author amsppt.sty
+\author@true amsppt.sty
+\authorbox@ amsppt.sty
+\b plain.tex
+\B amstex.tex
+\backslash plain.tex
+\badans@false amstex.tex
+\badans@true amstex.tex
+\bar plain.tex
+\Bar amstex.tex
+\baselineskip *primitive
+\batchmode *primitive
+\Bbb amstex.tex
+\Bbb@ amstex.tex
+\Bbb@@ amstex.tex
+\begingroup *primitive
+\beginsection *primitive
+\belowdisplayshortskip *primitive
+\belowdisplayskip *primitive
+\beta plain.tex
+\bf plain.tex
+\bffam plain.tex
+\bffam@ amstex.tex
+\bgroup plain.tex
+\big plain.tex
+\Big plain.tex
+\bigaw@ amstex.tex
+\bigbreak plain.tex
+\bigcap plain.tex
+\bigcap@ amstex.tex
+\bigcirc plain.tex
+\bigcup plain.tex
+\bigcup@ amstex.tex
+\bigg plain.tex
+\Bigg plain.tex
+\biggl plain.tex
+\Biggl plain.tex
+\biggm plain.tex
+\Biggm plain.tex
+\biggr plain.tex
+\Biggr plain.tex
+\bigl plain.tex
+\Bigl plain.tex
+\bigm plain.tex
+\Bigm plain.tex
+\bigodot plain.tex
+\bigodot@ amstex.tex
+\bigoplus plain.tex
+\bigoplus@ amstex.tex
+\bigotimes plain.tex
+\bigotimes@ amstex.tex
+\bigpagebreak amstex.tex
+\bigr plain.tex
+\Bigr plain.tex
+\bigskip plain.tex
+\bigskipamount plain.tex
+\bigsqcup plain.tex
+\bigsqcup@ amstex.tex
+\bigtriangledown plain.tex
+\bigtriangleup plain.tex
+\biguplus plain.tex
+\biguplus@ amstex.tex
+\bigvee plain.tex
+\bigvee@ amstex.tex
+\bigvspace amstex.tex
+\bigwedge plain.tex
+\bigwedge@ amstex.tex
+\binom amstex.tex
+\binoppenalty *primitive
+\binrel@ amstex.tex
+\binrel@@ amstex.tex
+\black@ amstex.tex
+\BlackBoxes amstex.tex
+\bmatrix amstex.tex
+\bmod plain.tex
+\body plain.tex
+\bold amstex.tex
+\bold@ amstex.tex
+\bold@@ amstex.tex
+\boldDelta amstex.tex
+\boldGamma amstex.tex
+\boldLambda amstex.tex
+\boldOmega amstex.tex
+\boldPhi amstex.tex
+\boldPi amstex.tex
+\boldPsi amstex.tex
+\boldSigma amstex.tex
+\boldTheta amstex.tex
+\boldUpsilon amstex.tex
+\boldXi amstex.tex
+\book amsppt.sty
+\book@false amsppt.sty
+\book@true amsppt.sty
+\bookbox@ amsppt.sty
+\bookinfo amsppt.sty
+\bookinfo@false amsppt.sty
+\bookinfobox@ amsppt.sty
+\bordermatrix plain.tex
+\bot plain.tex
+\bot@false amstex.tex
+\bot@true amstex.tex
+\botaligned amstex.tex
+\botfolded@false amstex.tex
+\botfolded@true amstex.tex
+\botfoldedtext amstex.tex
+\botmark *primitive
+\botshave amstex.tex
+\botsmash amstex.tex
+\bowtie plain.tex
+\box *primitive
+\box255 *primitive (page contents)
+\boxed amstex.tex
+\boxmaxdepth *primitive
+\brace plain.tex
+\braceld plain.tex
+\bracelu plain.tex
+\bracerd plain.tex
+\braceru plain.tex
+\bracevert plain.tex
+\brack plain.tex
+\break plain.tex
+\breve plain.tex
+\Breve amstex.tex
+\brokenpenalty *primitive
+\buffer amstex.tex
+\buffer@ amstex.tex
+\buildrel plain.tex
+\bullet plain.tex
+\bunch amstex.tex
+\bunchtag amstex.tex
+\by amsppt.sty
+\by@false amsppt.sty
+\by@true amsppt.sty
+\bybox@ amsppt.sty
+\bye plain.tex
+\bysame amsppt.sty
+\bysame@false amsppt.sty
+\bysame@true amsppt.sty
+\bysamebox@ amsppt.sty
+\c amstex.tex (center, in \matrix)
+\c plain.tex
+\c@ncel plain.tex
+\cal plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
+\Cal amstex.tex
+\Cal@ amstex.tex
+\Cal@@ amstex.tex
+\cap plain.tex
+\caption amstex.tex
+\captionwidth amstex.tex
+\captionwidth@ amstex.tex
+\cases plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
+\catcode *primitive
+\CD amstex.tex
+\CD@true amstex.tex
+\cdot plain.tex
+\cdotp plain.tex
+\cdots plain.tex
+\CenteredTagsOnSplits amstex.tex
+\centering plain.tex
+\centering@ amstex.tex
+\centerline plain.tex
+\cfrac amstex.tex
+\cfraccount@ amstex.tex
+\ch@ck plain.tex
+\ChangeBuffer amstex.tex
+\char *primitive
+\chardef *primitive
+\check plain.tex
+\Check amstex.tex
+\chi plain.tex
+\choose plain.tex
+\circ plain.tex
+\cite amsppt.sty
+\classnum@ amstex.tex
+\cleaders *primitive
+\cleartabs plain.tex
+\closein *primitive
+\closeout *primitive
+\clubpenalty *primitive
+\clubsuit plain.tex
+\colon plain.tex
+\columns plain.tex
+\comment amstex.tex
+\comment@ amstex.tex
+\comment@@ amstex.tex
+\comment@@@ amstex.tex
+\cong plain.tex
+\coprod plain.tex
+\coprod@ amstex.tex
+\copy plain.tex
+\copyright plain.tex
+\cos plain.tex
+\cosh plain.tex
+\cot plain.tex
+\coth plain.tex
+\count *primitive
+\count@ plain.tex
+\count0 plain.tex (page number, \pageno)
+\countdef *primitive
+\countxviii@ amstex.tex
+\cr *primitive
+\CR@ amstex.tex
+\crcr *primitive
+\csc plain.tex
+\csname *primitive
+\ctagsplit@false amstex.tex
+\ctagsplit@true amstex.tex
+\cup plain.tex
+\d plain.tex
+\D amstex.tex
+\dag plain.tex
+\dagger plain.tex
+\dashv plain.tex
+\date amsppt.sty
+\date@ amsppt.sty
+\date@true amsppt.sty
+\day *primitive
+\dbinom amstex.tex
+\ddag plain.tex
+\ddagger plain.tex
+\ddddot amstex.tex
+\dddot amstex.tex
+\ddot plain.tex
+\Ddot amstex.tex
+\ddots plain.tex
+\deadcycles *primitive
+\def *primitive (use discouraged by amstex.tex; see \define)
+\defahelp@ amstex.tex
+\defaulthelp@ amstex.tex
+\defaulthyphenchar *primitive
+\defaultskewchar *primitive
+\defbhelp@ amstex.tex
+\define amstex.tex
+\define@ amstex.tex
+\define@@ amstex.tex
+\deg plain.tex
+\delcode *primitive
+\delimiter *primitive
+\delimiterfactor *primitive
+\delimitershortfall *primitive
+\delta plain.tex
+\Delta plain.tex
+\demo amsppt.sty
+\demo@ amsppt.sty
+\demonp % amsppt.sty
+\det plain.tex
+\dfrac amstex.tex
+\diamond plain.tex
+\diamondsuit plain.tex
+\dim plain.tex
+\dimen *primitive
+\dimen@ plain.tex
+\dimen@i plain.tex
+\dimen@ii plain.tex
+\dimendef *primitive
+\dimentomu@ amstex.tex
+\disabletabs amstex.tex
+\DisableTabs amstex.tex
+\discretionary *primitive
+\displ@y plain.tex
+\displ@y@ amstex.tex
+\displaybreak amstex.tex
+\displaybreak@ amstex.tex
+\displayindent *primitive
+\displaylimits *primitive
+\displaylines plain.tex
+\displaystyle *primitive
+\displaywidowpenalty *primitive
+\displaywidth *primitive
+\displaywidth@ amstex.tex
+\div plain.tex
+\divide *primitive
+\dlsl@ amstex.tex
+\dmatherr@ amstex.tex
+\do plain.tex
+\doat@ amstex.tex
+\document amstex.tex % amsppt.sty
+\documentstyle amstex.tex
+\dodummy@ amstex.tex
+\dospecials plain.tex
+\dosupereject plain.tex
+\dot plain.tex
+\Dot amstex.tex
+\doteq plain.tex
+\dotfill plain.tex
+\dots plain.tex
+\DOTS@ amstex.tex
+\DOTS@@ amstex.tex
+\DOTS@false amstex.tex
+\DOTS@true amstex.tex
+\dotsb amstex.tex
+\DOTSB amstex.tex
+\dotsb@ amstex.tex
+\dotsc amstex.tex
+\DOTSCASE@ amstex.tex
+\dotsi amstex.tex
+\DOTSI amstex.tex
+\dotsm amstex.tex
+\dotso@ amstex.tex
+\dotsspace@ amstex.tex
+\DOTSX amstex.tex
+\doublehyphendemerits *primitive
+\downarrow plain.tex
+\Downarrow plain.tex
+\downbracefill plain.tex
+\dp *primitive
+\drsr@ amstex.tex
+\dsize amstex.tex
+\dt@pfalse plain.tex
+\dt@ptrue plain.tex
+\dummyft@ amstex.tex
+\dump *primitive
+\eat@ amstex.tex
+\edef *primitive
+\egroup plain.tex
+\eightbf amsppt.sty
+\eightbig@ amsppt.sty
+\eighti amsppt.sty
+\eightit amsppt.sty
+\eightpoint amsppt.sty
+\eightrm amsppt.sty
+\eightsl amsppt.sty
+\eightsy amsppt.sty
+\eject plain.tex
+\ell plain.tex
+\else *primitive
+\empty plain.tex
+\emptyset plain.tex
+\enabletabs amstex.tex
+\EnableTabs amstex.tex
+\enabletabs@ amstex.tex
+\end *primitive
+\endalign amstex.tex
+\endalignat amstex.tex
+\endaligned amstex.tex
+\endalignedat amstex.tex
+\endauthor amsppt.sty
+\endbmatrix amstex.tex
+\endbotaligned amstex.tex
+\endcases amstex.tex
+\endCD amstex.tex
+\endcfrac amstex.tex
+\endcomment amstex.tex
+\endcsname *primitive
+\enddemo amsppt.sty
+\enddocument amstex.tex
+\endgather amstex.tex
+\endgathered amstex.tex
+\endgraf plain.tex
+\endgroup *primitive
+\endheading amsppt.sty
+\endinput *primitive
+\endinsert plain.tex
+\endline plain.tex
+\endlinechar *primitive
+\endmatrix amstex.tex
+\endmultline amstex.tex
+\endpmatrix amstex.tex
+\endproclaim amsppt.sty
+\endref amsppt.sty
+\endref@ amsppt.sty
+\endroster amsppt.sty
+\endSb amstex.tex
+\endsmallmatrix amstex.tex
+\endSp amstex.tex
+\endsplit amstex.tex
+\endtitle amsppt.sty
+\endtopaligned amstex.tex
+\endtopmatter amsppt.sty
+\endvmatrix amstex.tex
+\endVmatrix amstex.tex
+\endxalignat amstex.tex
+\endxxalignat amstex.tex
+\enskip plain.tex
+\enspace plain.tex
+\epsilon plain.tex
+\eqalign plain.tex
+\eqalignno plain.tex
+\eqno *primitive
+\equiv plain.tex
+\err@ amstex.tex
+\Err@ amstex.tex
+\errhelp *primitive
+\errmessage *primitive
+\errorstopmode *primitive
+\errZ(csname) amstex.tex
+\escapechar *primitive
+\eta plain.tex
+\everycr *primitive
+\everydisplay *primitive
+\everyhbox *primitive
+\everyjob *primitive
+\everymath *primitive
+\everypar *primitive
+\everypartoks@ amsppt.sty
+\everyvbox *primitive
+\ex@ amstex.tex
+\exhyphenpenalty *primitive
+\exists plain.tex
+\exp plain.tex
+\expandafter *primitive
+\extra@ amstex.tex
+\extra@false amstex.tex
+\extra@true amstex.tex
+\extrap@ amstex.tex
+\f@@t plain.tex
+\f@t plain.tex
+\fam *primitive
+\familycount@ amstex.tex
+\fi *primitive
+\filbreak *primitive
+\filhss@ amsppt.sty
+\finalhyphendemerits *primitive
+\finalinfo amsppt.sty
+\finalinfo@false amsppt.sty
+\finalinfobox@ amsppt.sty
+\findlimits@ amstex.tex
+\finph@nt plain.tex
+\finsm@sh plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
+\firstitem@false amsppt.sty
+\firstitem@true amsppt.sty
+\firstmark *primitive
+\firstref@false amsppt.sty
+\firstref@true amsppt.sty
+\fivebf plain.tex
+\fivei plain.tex
+\fivemsx amstex.tex (depends on font availability)
+\fivemsy amstex.tex (depends on font availability)
+\fiverm plain.tex
+\fivesy plain.tex
+\flat plain.tex
+\floatingpenalty *primitive
+\flushpar amstex.tex
+\fmtname plain.tex
+\Fmtname amstex.tex
+\fmtversion plain.tex
+\Fmtversion amstex.tex
+\fo@t plain.tex
+\foldedtext amstex.tex
+\foldedtext@ amstex.tex
+\foldedwidth amstex.tex
+\folio plain.tex
+\font *primitive
+\font@ amsppt.sty
+\fontdimen *primitive
+\fontlist@ amstex.tex
+\fontname *primitive
+\footins plain.tex
+\footline plain.tex
+\footmarkcount@ amstex.tex
+\footmarkcount@@ amstex.tex
+\footmarkform@ amsppt.sty
+\footnote plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
+\footnote (redefined in amsppt.sty)
+\footnotemark amsppt.sty
+\footnoterule plain.tex (redefined in amsppt.sty)
+\footnotetext amsppt.sty
+\footstrut plain.tex
+\for amstex.tex
+\forall plain.tex
+\format amstex.tex
+\format@ amstex.tex
+\frac amstex.tex
+\fracwithdelims amstex.tex
+\frenchspacing plain.tex
+\frown plain.tex
+\futurelet *primitive
+\futureletnextat@ amstex.tex
+\futureletnextatZ(csname) amstex.tex
+\G@ amstex.tex
+\galign@ amstex.tex
+\galleys amstex.tex
+\galleys@true amstex.tex
+\gamma plain.tex
+\Gamma plain.tex
+\garbage@ amstex.tex
+\gather amstex.tex
+\gathered amstex.tex
+\gcd plain.tex
+\gdef *primitive
+\gdef@ amstex.tex
+\gdisplaywidth@ amstex.tex
+\ge plain.tex
+\geq plain.tex
+\getmathch@ amstex.tex
+\getpoints@ amstex.tex
+\gets plain.tex
+\gg plain.tex
+\glineht@ amstex.tex
+\global *primitive
+\globaldefs *primitive
+\gloop@ amstex.tex
+\gmaxwidth@ amstex.tex
+\gmeasure@ amstex.tex
+\goodbreak plain.tex
+\grave plain.tex
+\Grave amstex.tex
+\graveaccent amstex.tex
+\gwidth@ amstex.tex
+\H plain.tex
+\h@false plain.tex
+\h@true plain.tex
+\halign *primitive
+\hang plain.tex
+\hangafter *primitive
+\hangindent *primitive
+\hashtoks@ amstex.tex
+\haswidth amstex.tex
+\hat plain.tex
+\Hat amstex.tex
+\hataccent amstex.tex
+\hbadness *primitive
+\hbar plain.tex
+\hbox *primitive
+\hcorrection amstex.tex
+\hdots amstex.tex
+\hdotsfor amstex.tex
+\heading amsppt.sty
+\headingbox@ amsppt.sty
+\headline plain.tex
+\heartsuit plain.tex
+\hexnumber@ amstex.tex
+\hfil *primitive
+\hfill *primitive
+\hfilneg *primitive
+\hfuzz *primitive
+\hgl@ plain.tex
+\hglue plain.tex
+\hideskip plain.tex
+\hidewidth plain.tex
+\hoffset *primitive
+\hom plain.tex
+\hookleftarrow plain.tex
+\hookrightarrow plain.tex
+\hphantom plain.tex
+\hrule *primitive
+\hrulefill plain.tex
+\hsize *primitive
+\hskip *primitive
+\hss *primitive
+\ht *primitive
+\hyphenation *primitive
+\hyphenchar *primitive
+\hyphenpenalty *primitive
+\i plain.tex
+\ialign plain.tex
+\ic@ amstex.tex
+\idotsint amstex.tex
+\if *primitive
+\if@ plain.tex
+\if@cr plain.tex
+\if@mid plain.tex
+\ifabstract@ amsppt.sty
+\ifaffil@ amsppt.sty
+\ifafterbook@ amsppt.sty
+\ifalloc@ amstex.tex
+\ifauthor@ amsppt.sty
+\ifbadans@ amstex.tex
+\ifbook@ amsppt.sty
+\ifbookinfo@ amsppt.sty
+\ifbot@ amstex.tex
+\ifbotfolded@ amstex.tex
+\ifby@ amsppt.sty
+\ifbysame@ amsppt.sty
+\ifcase *primitive
+\ifcat *primitive
+\ifCD@ amstex.tex
+\ifctagsplit@ amstex.tex
+\ifdate@ amsppt.sty
+\ifdim *primitive
+\ifDOTS@ amstex.tex
+\ifdt@p plain.tex
+\ifeof *primitive
+\ifextra@ amstex.tex
+\iff plain.tex
+\iffalse *primitive
+\iffinalinfo@ amsppt.sty
+\iffirstitem@ amsppt.sty
+\iffirstref@ amsppt.sty
+\ifgalleys@ amstex.tex
+\ifh@ plain.tex
+\ifhbox *primitive
+\ifhmode *primitive
+\ifin@ amstex.tex
+\ifinalign@ amstex.tex
+\ifinany@ amstex.tex
+\ifinbook@ amsppt.sty
+\ifingather@ amstex.tex
+\ifinner *primitive
+\ifissue@ amsppt.sty
+\ifjour@ amsppt.sty
+\ifkey@ amsppt.sty
+\ifkeybin@ amstex.tex
+\iflastref@ amsppt.sty
+\iflimits@ amstex.tex
+\iflimtoken@ amstex.tex
+\iflogo@ amsppt.sty
+\ifmacro@ amstex.tex
+\ifmanyby@ amsppt.sty
+\ifmath@ amstex.tex
+\ifmathbin@ amstex.tex
+\ifmathch@ amstex.tex
+\ifmathrel@ amstex.tex
+\ifmathtags@ amstex.tex
+\ifmeasuring@ amstex.tex
+\ifmid@ amstex.tex
+\ifmmode *primitive
+\ifnextRunin@ amsppt.sty
+\ifno@ amsppt.sty
+\ifnofrills@ amsppt.sty
+\ifnojourinfo@ amsppt.sty
+\ifnot@ amstex.tex
+\ifnum *primitive
+\ifodd *primitive
+\ifonecr@ amstex.tex
+\ifp@ge plain.tex
+\ifpage@ amsppt.sty
+\ifpages@ amsppt.sty
+\ifpaper@ amsppt.sty
+\ifpaperinfo@ amsppt.sty
+\ifprevbook@ amsppt.sty
+\ifprevinbook@ amsppt.sty
+\ifprevjour@ amsppt.sty
+\ifproclaim@ amsppt.sty
+\ifpubl@ amsppt.sty
+\ifpubladdr@ amsppt.sty
+\ifr@ggedbottom plain.tex
+\ifrightdelim@ amstex.tex
+\ifsyntax@ amstex.tex
+\iftagin@ amstex.tex
+\iftagsleft@ amstex.tex
+\ifthanks@ amsppt.sty
+\iftoappear@ amsppt.sty
+\iftop@ amstex.tex
+\iftopfolded@ amstex.tex
+\iftrue *primitive
+\ifus@ plain.tex
+\ifv@ plain.tex
+\ifvbox *primitive
+\ifvmode *primitive
+\ifvoid *primitive
+\ifvol@ amsppt.sty
+\ifx *primitive
+\ifxat@ amstex.tex
+\ifyr@ amsppt.sty
+\ifzerocr@ amstex.tex
+\ignorespaces *primitive
+\iiiint amstex.tex
+\iiint amstex.tex
+\iint amstex.tex
+\ilimits@ amstex.tex
+\Im plain.tex
+\imath plain.tex
+\immediate *primitive
+\impliedby amstex.tex
+\implies amstex.tex
+\in plain.tex
+\in@ amstex.tex
+\in@@ amstex.tex
+\in@false amstex.tex
+\in@true amstex.tex
+\inaccessible not a defined \cs; occurs only in error messages
+\inalign@true amstex.tex
+\inany@true amstex.tex
+\inbook amsppt.sty
+\inbook@false amsppt.sty
+\inbook@true amsppt.sty
+\indent *primitive
+\inf plain.tex
+\infty plain.tex
+\ingather@true amstex.tex
+\injlim amstex.tex
+\innerendproclaim@ amsppt.sty
+\innerhdotsfor amstex.tex
+\innerproclaim@ amsppt.sty
+\input *primitive
+\ins@ amstex.tex
+\insc@unt plain.tex
+\insert *primitive
+\insertpenalties *primitive
+\insplit@ amstex.tex
+\int plain.tex
+\intdots@ amstex.tex
+\interdisplaylinepenalty plain.tex
+\interfootnotelinepenalty plain.tex
+\interlinepenalty *primitive
+\intertext amstex.tex
+\intertext@ amstex.tex
+\intic@ amstex.tex
+\intii amstex.tex
+\intiii amstex.tex
+\intiv amstex.tex
+\intkern@ amstex.tex
+\intno@ amstex.tex
+\intop plain.tex
+\ints@ amstex.tex
+\ints@@ amstex.tex
+\ints@@@ amstex.tex
+\Invalid@ amstex.tex
+\iota plain.tex
+\issue amsppt.sty
+\issue@false amsppt.sty
+\issuebox@ amsppt.sty
+\it plain.tex
+\italic amstex.tex
+\italic@ amstex.tex
+\italic@@ amstex.tex
+\item plain.tex
+\item@ amsppt.sty
+\itemitem plain.tex
+\iterate plain.tex
+\itfam plain.tex
+\j plain.tex
+\jmath plain.tex
+\jobname *primitive
+\joinrel plain.tex
+\jot plain.tex
+\jour amsppt.sty
+\jour@false amsppt.sty
+\jour@true amsppt.sty
+\jourbox@ amsppt.sty
+\kappa plain.tex
+\ker plain.tex
+\kern *primitive
+\key amsppt.sty
+\key@false amsppt.sty
+\keybin@ amstex.tex
+\keybin@false amstex.tex
+\keybin@true amstex.tex
+\keybox@ amsppt.sty
+\keywords amsppt.sty
+\keywords@ amsppt.sty
+\l amstex.tex (left, in \matrix)
+\l plain.tex
+\L plain.tex
+\lalign@ amstex.tex
+\lambda plain.tex
+\Lambda plain.tex
+\land plain.tex
+\langle plain.tex
+\lastbox *primitive
+\lastkern *primitive
+\lastpenalty *primitive
+\lastref@false amsppt.sty
+\lastref@true amsppt.sty
+\lastskip *primitive
+\lbrace plain.tex
+\lbrace@ amstex.tex
+\lbrack plain.tex
+\lccode *primitive
+\lceil plain.tex
+\lcfrac amstex.tex
+\ldelim@ amstex.tex
+\ldotp plain.tex
+\ldots plain.tex
+\le plain.tex
+\leaders *primitive
+\leavevmode plain.tex
+\left *primitive
+\leftarrow plain.tex
+\Leftarrow plain.tex
+\leftarrowfill plain.tex
+\leftharpoondown plain.tex
+\leftharpoonup plain.tex
+\leftline plain.tex
+\leftrightarrow plain.tex
+\Leftrightarrow plain.tex
+\leftroot amstex.tex
+\leftroot@ amstex.tex
+\leftskip *primitive
+\leftskip@ amsppt.sty
+\lendmultline@ amstex.tex
+\lendsplit@ amstex.tex
+\leq plain.tex
+\leqalignno plain.tex
+\leqno *primitive
+\less amstex.tex
+\let *primitive
+\Let@ amstex.tex
+\lfloor plain.tex
+\lg plain.tex
+\lgather@ amstex.tex
+\lgroup plain.tex
+\lhook plain.tex
+\lim plain.tex
+\liminf plain.tex
+\limits *primitive
+\limits@false amstex.tex
+\limits@true amstex.tex
+\LimitsOnInts amstex.tex
+\LimitsOnNames amstex.tex
+\LimitsOnSums amstex.tex
+\limsup plain.tex
+\limtoken@false amstex.tex
+\limtoken@true amstex.tex
+\line plain.tex
+\linebreak amstex.tex
+\lineht@ amstex.tex
+\linepenalty *primitive
+\lineskip *primitive
+\lineskiplimit *primitive
+\ll plain.tex
+\llap plain.tex
+\llap@ amstex.tex
+\lmmeasure@ amstex.tex
+\lmoustache plain.tex
+\lmultline@ amstex.tex
+\lmultline@@ amstex.tex
+\lmultline@@@ amstex.tex
+\ln plain.tex
+\lnot plain.tex
+\log plain.tex
+\logo@false amsppt.sty
+\logo@true amsppt.sty
+\long *primitive
+\longleftarrow plain.tex
+\Longleftarrow plain.tex
+\longleftrightarrow plain.tex
+\Longleftrightarrow plain.tex
+\longmapsto plain.tex
+\Longrightarrow plain.tex
+\longrightarrow plain.tex
+\loop plain.tex
+\looseness *primitive
+\lor plain.tex
+\lower *primitive
+\lowercase *primitive
+\lq plain.tex
+\ltwidth@ amstex.tex
+\lwidth@ amstex.tex
+\m@g plain.tex
+\m@ketabbox plain.tex
+\m@ne plain.tex
+\m@th plain.tex
+\macro@ amstex.tex
+\macro@@ amstex.tex
+\macro@false amstex.tex
+\macro@true amstex.tex
+\mag *primitive
+\magnification plain.tex
+\magstep plain.tex
+\magstephalf plain.tex
+\makeacc@ amstex.tex
+\Makeacc@ amstex.tex
+\makefootline plain.tex
+\makefootnote@ amsppt.sty
+\makeheadline plain.tex
+\makeph@nt plain.tex
+\makesm@sh plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
+\maketag@ amstex.tex
+\Maketag@ amstex.tex
+\manyby amsppt.sty
+\manyby@false amsppt.sty
+\manyby@true amsppt.sty
+\mapsto plain.tex
+\mapstochar plain.tex
+\mark *primitive
+\math@ amstex.tex
+\math@false amstex.tex
+\math@true amstex.tex
+\mathaccent *primitive
+\mathaccent@ amstex.tex
+\mathbin *primitive
+\mathbin@ amstex.tex
+\mathbin@false amstex.tex
+\mathbin@true amstex.tex
+\mathbreak amstex.tex
+\mathch@ amstex.tex
+\mathch@false amstex.tex
+\mathch@true amstex.tex
+\mathchar *primitive
+\mathchardef *primitive
+\mathchoice *primitive
+\mathclose *primitive
+\mathcode *primitive
+\mathhexbox plain.tex
+\mathinner *primitive
+\mathmodeerr@ amstex.tex
+\mathop *primitive
+\mathopen *primitive
+\mathord *primitive
+\mathpalette plain.tex
+\mathph@nt plain.tex
+\mathpunct *primitive
+\mathrel *primitive
+\mathrel@ amstex.tex
+\mathrel@false amstex.tex
+\mathrel@true amstex.tex
+\mathsm@sh plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
+\mathstrut plain.tex
+\Mathstrut@ amstex.tex
+\Mathstrut@noalign amstex.tex
+\mathsurround *primitive
+\mathtags@false amstex.tex
+\mathtags@true amstex.tex
+\matrix plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
+\max plain.tex
+\maxbysamerule@ amsppt.sty
+\maxdeadcycles *primitive
+\maxdepth *primitive
+\maxdimen plain.tex
+\maxlwidth@ amstex.tex
+\maxrwidth@ amstex.tex
+\mdots@ amstex.tex
+\mdots@@ amstex.tex
+\meaning *primitive
+\meaning@ amstex.tex
+\meaning@@ amstex.tex
+\measure@ amstex.tex
+\measuring@false amstex.tex
+\measuring@true amstex.tex
+\medbreak plain.tex
+\medmuskip *primitive
+\medpagebreak amstex.tex
+\medskip plain.tex
+\medskipamount plain.tex
+\medspace amstex.tex
+\message *primitive
+\mid plain.tex (symbol)
+\mid@false amstex.tex
+\mid@true amstex.tex
+\midinsert plain.tex
+\midspace amstex.tex
+\min plain.tex
+\minaw@ amstex.tex
+\minCDarrowwidth amstex.tex
+\minCDaw@ amstex.tex
+\mit plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
+\mkern *primitive
+\mlineht@ amstex.tex
+\mltagbox@ amstex.tex
+\mlwidth@ amstex.tex
+\mod amstex.tex
+\models plain.tex
+\month *primitive
+\moreref amsppt.sty
+\moveleft *primitive
+\moveright *primitive
+\mp plain.tex
+\mrwidth@ amstex.tex
+\mscount plain.tex
+\mskip *primitive
+\msx@ amstex.tex
+\msxfam amstex.tex
+\msy@ amstex.tex
+\msyfam amstex.tex
+\mtagbox@ amstex.tex
+\mu plain.tex
+\MultC@ltrue multcol.out
+\multilimits@ amstex.tex
+\multint@ amstex.tex
+\multintlimits@ amstex.tex
+\multiply *primitive
+\multispan plain.tex
+\multispan@ amstex.tex
+\multline amstex.tex
+\multline@ amstex.tex
+\multlinegap amstex.tex
+\MultlineGap amstex.tex
+\multlinegap@ amstex.tex
+\multlinetaggap@ amstex.tex
+\muskip *primitive
+\muskipdef *primitive
+\mwidth@ amstex.tex
+\n@space plain.tex
+\nabla plain.tex
+\narrower plain.tex
+\natural plain.tex
+\ne plain.tex
+\nearrow plain.tex
+\neg plain.tex
+\negintic@ amstex.tex
+\negmedspace amstex.tex
+\negthickspace amstex.tex
+\negthinspace plain.tex
+\neq plain.tex
+\newbox plain.tex
+\newbox@ amstex.tex
+\newcodes@ amstex.tex
+\newcount plain.tex
+\newdimen plain.tex
+\newfam plain.tex
+\newhelp plain.tex
+\newif plain.tex
+\newinsert plain.tex
+\newline amstex.tex
+\newlinechar *primitive
+\newmuskip plain.tex
+\newread plain.tex
+\newskip plain.tex
+\newtoks plain.tex
+\newtoks@ amstex.tex
+\newwrite plain.tex
+\next plain.tex
+\next@ amstex.tex
+\nextii@ amstex.tex
+\nextiii@ amstex.tex
+\nextiv@ amstex.tex
+\nextix@ amstex.tex
+\nextRunin@ amsppt.sty
+\nextRunin@false amsppt.sty
+\nextv@ amstex.tex
+\nextvi@ amstex.tex
+\nextvii@ amstex.tex
+\nextviii@ amstex.tex
+\ni plain.tex
+\ninebf amsppt.sty
+\ninei amsppt.sty
+\nineit amsppt.sty
+\ninerm amsppt.sty
+\ninesl amsppt.sty
+\ninesy amsppt.sty
+\nlimits@ amstex.tex
+\no amsppt.sty
+\no@false amsppt.sty
+\noaccents@ amstex.tex
+\noalign *primitive
+\NoBlackBoxes amstex.tex
+\nobox@ amsppt.sty
+\nobreak plain.tex
+\noexpand *primitive
+\nofrills amsppt.sty
+\nofrills@ amsppt.sty
+\nofrills@false amsppt.sty
+\nofrills@true amsppt.sty
+\noguidelines amsppt.sty
+\noindent *primitive
+\nointerlineskip plain.tex
+\nojourinfo@false amsppt.sty
+\nojourinfo@true amsppt.sty
+\nolimits *primitive
+\NoLimitsOnInts amstex.tex
+\NoLimitsOnNames amstex.tex
+\NoLimitsOnSums amstex.tex
+\nolinebreak amstex.tex
+\nologo amsppt.sty
+\nomathbreak amstex.tex
+\nomultlinegap amstex.tex
+\nondmatherr@ amstex.tex
+\nonfrenchspacing plain.tex
+\nonmatherr@ amstex.tex
+\nonscript *primitive
+\nonstopmode *primitive
+\nonvmodeerr@ amstex.tex
+\nopagebreak amstex.tex
+\nopagenumbers plain.tex
+\nopages@ amstex.tex
+\normalbaselines plain.tex
+\normalbaselineskip plain.tex
+\normalbottom plain.tex
+\normallineskip plain.tex
+\normallineskiplimit plain.tex
+\not plain.tex
+\not@ amstex.tex
+\not@false amstex.tex
+\not@true amstex.tex
+\notin plain.tex
+\nu plain.tex
+\null plain.tex
+\nulldelimiterspace *primitive
+\number *primitive
+\nwarrow plain.tex
+\o plain.tex
+\O plain.tex
+\oalign plain.tex
+\obeylines plain.tex
+\obeyspaces plain.tex
+\odot plain.tex
+\oe plain.tex
+\OE plain.tex
+\of plain.tex
+\offinterlineskip plain.tex
+\oint plain.tex
+\ointop plain.tex
+\oldcodes@ amstex.tex
+\oldnos amstex.tex
+\oldstyle plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
+\omega plain.tex
+\Omega plain.tex
+\ominus plain.tex
+\omit *primitive
+\onecr@false amstex.tex
+\onecr@true amstex.tex
+\onlydmatherr@ amstex.tex
+\ooalign plain.tex
+\openin *primitive
+\openout *primitive
+\openup plain.tex
+\operatorname amstex.tex
+\operatornamewithlimits amstex.tex
+\oplus plain.tex
+\or *primitive
+\oslash plain.tex
+\otimes plain.tex
+\outer *primitive
+\output *primitive
+\output@ amsppt.sty
+\outputpenalty *primitive
+\outsplit@ amstex.tex
+\over *primitive
+\overarrow amstex.tex
+\overbrace plain.tex
+\overfullrule *primitive
+\overleftarrow plain.tex
+\overleftarrow@ amstex.tex
+\overleftrightarrow amstex.tex
+\overleftrightarrow@ amstex.tex
+\overline *primitive
+\overline@ amstex.tex
+\overlong amsppt.sty
+\overlong@ amsppt.sty
+\overrightarrow plain.tex
+\overrightarrow@ amstex.tex
+\overset amstex.tex
+\oversetbrace amstex.tex
+\overwithdelims *primitive
+\owns plain.tex
+\P plain.tex
+\p@ plain.tex
+\P@ amstex.tex
+\p@gefalse plain.tex
+\p@getrue plain.tex
+\p@renwd plain.tex
+\page amsppt.sty
+\page@false amsppt.sty
+\page@true amsppt.sty
+\pagebody plain.tex
+\pagebreak amstex.tex
+\pagecontents plain.tex
+\pagedepth *primitive
+\pagefilllstretch *primitive
+\pagefillstretch *primitive
+\pagefilstretch *primitive
+\pagegoal *primitive
+\pageheight amstex.tex
+\pageinsert plain.tex
+\pageno plain.tex
+\pages amsppt.sty
+\pages@false amsppt.sty
+\pagesbox@ amsppt.sty
+\pageshrink *primitive
+\pagestretch *primitive
+\pagetotal *primitive
+\pagewidth amstex.tex
+\paper amsppt.sty
+\paper@false amsppt.sty
+\paperbox@ amsppt.sty
+\paperinfo amsppt.sty
+\paperinfo@false amsppt.sty
+\paperinfobox@ amsppt.sty
+\par *primitive
+\par@ amsppt.sty
+\parallel plain.tex
+\parfillskip *primitive
+\parindent *primitive
+\parshape *primitive
+\parskip *primitive
+\partial plain.tex
+\patterns *primitive
+\pausing *primitive
+\penalty *primitive
+\penalty@ amsppt.sty
+\perp plain.tex
+\ph@nt plain.tex
+\phantom plain.tex
+\phi plain.tex
+\Phi plain.tex
+\pi plain.tex
+\Pi plain.tex
+\plaincdots@ amstex.tex
+\plainfootnote amstex.tex (undefined)
+\plainitem@ amsppt.sty
+\plainldots@ amstex.tex
+\plainoutput plain.tex
+\plainproclaim amstex.tex
+\plainroot@ amstex.tex
+\pm plain.tex
+\pmatrix plain.tex
+\pmb amstex.tex
+\pmb@ amstex.tex
+\pmb@@ amstex.tex
+\pmbraise@ amstex.tex
+\pmod plain.tex
+\pod amstex.tex
+\pointcount@ amstex.tex
+\pointsize@ amsppt.sty
+\postdisplaypenalty *primitive
+\ppunbox@ amsppt.sty
+\Pr plain.tex
+\pr@@@s plain.tex
+\pr@@@t plain.tex
+\pr@m@s plain.tex
+\preabstract amsppt.sty
+\preaffil amsppt.sty
+\preamble@ amstex.tex
+\Preamble@ amstex.tex
+\preamble@@ amstex.tex
+\preauthor amsppt.sty
+\prec plain.tex
+\preceq plain.tex
+\predate amsppt.sty
+\predefine amstex.tex
+\predisplaypenalty *primitive
+\predisplaysize *primitive
+\preloaded plain.tex
+\preloaded@ amstex.tex
+\prepaper amsppt.sty
+\prepunct@ amsppt.sty
+\pretend amstex.tex
+\pretitle amsppt.sty
+\pretolerance *primitive
+\prevdepth *primitive
+\prevgraf *primitive
+\previnbook@false amsppt.sty
+\previnbook@true amsppt.sty
+\prevjour@false amsppt.sty
+\prevjour@true amsppt.sty
+\prim@s plain.tex
+\prime plain.tex
+\prime@ amstex.tex
+\printoptions amstex.tex
+\proclaim plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
+\proclaim (redefined in amsppt.sty)
+\proclaim@ amsppt.sty
+\proclaim@false amsppt.sty
+\proclaim@true amsppt.sty
+\prod plain.tex
+\prod@ amstex.tex
+\projlim amstex.tex
+\propto plain.tex
+\psi plain.tex
+\Psi plain.tex
+\publ amsppt.sty
+\publ@false amsppt.sty
+\publaddr amsppt.sty
+\publaddr@false amsppt.sty
+\publaddrbox@ amsppt.sty
+\publbox@ amsppt.sty
+\qed amsppt.sty
+\qopname@ amstex.tex
+\qopnamewl@ amstex.tex
+\qquad plain.tex
+\quad plain.tex
+\r amstex.tex
+\r@@t plain.tex (modified by amstex.tex)
+\r@ggedbottomfalse plain.tex
+\r@ggedbottomtrue plain.tex
+\radical *primitive
+\raggedbottom plain.tex
+\raggedright plain.tex
+\raise *primitive
+\ralign@ amstex.tex
+\rangle plain.tex
+\rbrace plain.tex
+\rbrace@ amstex.tex
+\rbrack plain.tex
+\rceil plain.tex
+\rcfrac amstex.tex
+\rdelim@ amstex.tex
+\Re plain.tex
+\read *primitive
+\redefine amstex.tex
+\ref amsppt.sty
+\ref@ amsppt.sty
+\refdef@ amsppt.sty
+\Refs amsppt.sty
+\refskip@ amstex.tex
+\relax *primitive
+\relaxnext@ amstex.tex
+\relbar plain.tex
+\Relbar plain.tex
+\relpenalty *primitive
+\removelastskip plain.tex
+\rendmultline@ amstex.tex
+\rendsplit@ amstex.tex
+\repeat plain.tex
+\ResetBuffer amstex.tex
+\retry@AmSfalse amstex.tex
+\retry@AmStrue amstex.tex
+\rfloor plain.tex
+\rgather@ amstex.tex
+\rgroup plain.tex
+\rho plain.tex
+\rhook plain.tex
+\right *primitive
+\rightappend@ amstex.tex
+\rightarrow plain.tex
+\Rightarrow plain.tex
+\rightarrowfill plain.tex
+\rightdelim@ amstex.tex
+\rightdelim@false amstex.tex
+\rightdelim@true amstex.tex
+\rightharpoondown plain.tex
+\rightharpoonup plain.tex
+\rightleftharpoons plain.tex
+\rightline plain.tex
+\rightskip *primitive
+\rlap plain.tex
+\rlap@ amstex.tex
+\rlh@ plain.tex
+\rm plain.tex
+\rmfam amstex.tex
+\rmmeasure@ amstex.tex
+\rmoustache plain.tex
+\rmultline@ amstex.tex
+\rmultline@@ amstex.tex
+\rmultline@@@ amstex.tex
+\rom@ amstex.tex
+\rom@@ amstex.tex
+\roman amstex.tex
+\roman@ amstex.tex
+\roman@@ amstex.tex
+\romannumeral *primitive
+\root plain.tex
+\rootbox plain.tex
+\roster amsppt.sty
+\rostercount@ amsppt.sty
+\rosterhangafter@ amsppt.sty
+\rosteritem@ amsppt.sty
+\rq plain.tex
+\rtwidth@ amstex.tex
+\runinitem amsppt.sty
+\Runinitem amsppt.sty
+\runinitem@ amsppt.sty
+\rwidth@ amstex.tex
+\S plain.tex
+\S@ amstex.tex
+\s@tcols plain.tex
+\s@tt@b plain.tex
+\savealignat@ amstex.tex
+\saveskip@ amstex.tex
+\sb plain.tex
+\Sb amstex.tex
+\scriptfont *primitive
+\scriptscriptfont *primitive
+\scriptscriptstyle *primitive
+\scriptspace *primitive
+\scriptstyle *primitive
+\scrollmode *primitive
+\searrow plain.tex
+\sec plain.tex
+\setbox *primitive
+\setminus plain.tex
+\setpunct@ amsppt.sty
+\sett@b plain.tex
+\settabs plain.tex
+\sevenbf plain.tex
+\seveni plain.tex
+\sevenmsx amstex.tex (depends on font availability)
+\sevenmsy amstex.tex (depends on font availability)
+\sevenrm plain.tex
+\sevensy plain.tex
+\sfcode *primitive
+\sharp plain.tex
+\shave amstex.tex
+\shipout *primitive
+\shoveleft amstex.tex
+\shoveright amstex.tex
+\show *primitive
+\showallocations amstex.tex
+\showbox *primitive
+\showboxbreadth *primitive
+\showboxdepth *primitive
+\showhyphens plain.tex
+\showlists *primitive
+\showthe *primitive
+\sideset amstex.tex
+\sigma plain.tex
+\Sigma plain.tex
+\sim plain.tex
+\simeq plain.tex
+\sin plain.tex
+\sinh plain.tex
+\sixbf amsppt.sty
+\sixi amsppt.sty
+\sixrm amsppt.sty
+\sixsy amsppt.sty
+\sixt@@n plain.tex
+\skew plain.tex
+\skewchar *primitive
+\skewcharcount@ amstex.tex
+\skip *primitive
+\skip@ plain.tex
+\skipdef *primitive
+\sl plain.tex
+\slanted amstex.tex
+\slanted@ amstex.tex
+\slanted@@ amstex.tex
+\slash plain.tex
+\sldl@ amstex.tex
+\slfam plain.tex
+\slimits@ amstex.tex
+\smallbreak plain.tex
+\smallcaptionwidth@ amstex.tex
+\smallint plain.tex
+\smallmatrix amstex.tex
+\smallpagebreak amstex.tex
+\smallskip plain.tex
+\smallskipamount plain.tex
+\smash plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
+\smash@ amstex.tex
+\smc amstex.tex % amsppt.sty
+\smile plain.tex
+\snug amstex.tex
+\sp plain.tex
+\Sp amstex.tex
+\sp@n plain.tex
+\space plain.tex
+\space@ amstex.tex
+\spacefactor *primitive
+\spacehdots amstex.tex
+\spaceinnerdots amstex.tex
+\spaces@ amstex.tex
+\spaces@@ amstex.tex
+\spaceskip *primitive
+\spacute amstex.tex
+\spadesuit plain.tex
+\span *primitive
+\spbar amstex.tex
+\spbreve amstex.tex
+\spcheck amstex.tex
+\spddddot amstex.tex
+\spdddot amstex.tex
+\spddot amstex.tex
+\spdot amstex.tex
+\special *primitive
+\spgrave amstex.tex
+\sphat amstex.tex
+\split amstex.tex
+\split@ amstex.tex
+\splitbotmark *primitive
+\splitfirstmark *primitive
+\splitmaxdepth *primitive
+\splittopskip *primitive
+\spreadlines amstex.tex
+\spreadmatrixlines amstex.tex
+\spreadmlines@ amstex.tex
+\sptilde amstex.tex
+\spvec amstex.tex
+\sqcap plain.tex
+\sqcup plain.tex
+\sqrt plain.tex
+\sqsupseteq plain.tex
+\srdr@ amstex.tex
+\ss plain.tex
+\ssize amstex.tex
+\sssize amstex.tex
+\star plain.tex
+\string *primitive
+\string@ amstex.tex
+\strip@ amstex.tex
+\strut plain.tex
+\strut@ amstex.tex
+\strutbox plain.tex
+\strutbox@ amstex.tex
+\styname amsppt.sty
+\styversion amsppt.sty
+\subheading amsppt.sty
+\subheading@ amsppt.sty
+\subjclass amsppt.sty
+\subjclass@ amsppt.sty
+\subset plain.tex
+\subseteq plain.tex
+\succ plain.tex
+\succeq plain.tex
+\sum plain.tex
+\sum@ amstex.tex
+\sup plain.tex
+\supereject plain.tex
+\supset plain.tex
+\supseteq plain.tex
+\surd plain.tex
+\swarrow plain.tex
+\syntax amstex.tex
+\syntax@true amstex.tex
+\t plain.tex
+\t@bb@x plain.tex
+\t@bbox plain.tex
+\tabalign plain.tex
+\tabs plain.tex
+\tabsdone plain.tex
+\tabskip *primitive
+\tabsyet plain.tex
+\tag amstex.tex
+\tagform@ amstex.tex
+\tagin@ amstex.tex
+\tagin@false amstex.tex
+\tagin@true amstex.tex
+\TagsAsMath amstex.tex
+\TagsAsText amstex.tex
+\tagsleft@false amstex.tex
+\tagsleft@true amstex.tex
+\TagsOnLeft amstex.tex
+\TagsOnRight amstex.tex
+\tan plain.tex
+\tanh plain.tex
+\tau plain.tex
+\tbinom amstex.tex
+\tdots@ amstex.tex
+\tenbf plain.tex
+\tenbig@ amsppt.sty
+\tenex plain.tex
+\teni plain.tex
+\tenit plain.tex
+\tenmsx amstex.tex (depends on font availability)
+\tenmsy amstex.tex (depends on font availability)
+\tenpoint amsppt.sty
+\tenrm plain.tex
+\tensl plain.tex
+\tensmc amsppt.sty
+\tensy plain.tex
+\tentt plain.tex
+\TeX plain.tex
+\text amstex.tex
+\text@ amstex.tex
+\text@@ amstex.tex
+\textdef@ amstex.tex
+\textdef@@ amstex.tex
+\textfont *primitive
+\textfont@ amstex.tex
+\textfonti amstex.tex
+\textfontii amstex.tex
+\textindent plain.tex
+\textstyle *primitive
+\tfrac amstex.tex
+\thanks amsppt.sty
+\thanks@ amsppt.sty
+\thanks@true amsppt.sty
+\the *primitive
+\theabstract@ amsppt.sty
+\thecaption@ amstex.tex
+\thedots@ amstex.tex
+\thefam@ amstex.tex
+\thefootnotemark amsppt.sty
+\thekeywords@ amsppt.sty
+\therosteritem amsppt.sty
+\theskewchar@ amstex.tex
+\thespace@ amstex.tex
+\thesubjclass@ amsppt.sty
+\theta plain.tex
+\Theta plain.tex
+\thetag amstex.tex
+\thickfrac amstex.tex
+\thickfracwithdelims amstex.tex
+\thickmuskip *primitive
+\thickness amstex.tex
+\thickspace amstex.tex
+\thinmuskip *primitive
+\thinspace plain.tex
+\thr@@ plain.tex
+\tie amstex.tex
+\tilde plain.tex
+\Tilde amstex.tex
+\tildeaccent amstex.tex
+\time *primitive
+\times plain.tex
+\title amsppt.sty
+\titlebox@ amsppt.sty
+\to plain.tex
+\toappear amsppt.sty
+\toappear@false amsppt.sty
+\toappear@true amsppt.sty
+\toks *primitive
+\toks@ plain.tex
+\toks@@ amstex.tex
+\toksdef *primitive
+\tolerance *primitive
+\top plain.tex
+\top@false amstex.tex
+\top@true amstex.tex
+\topaligned amstex.tex
+\topfolded@false amstex.tex
+\topfolded@true amstex.tex
+\topfoldedtext amstex.tex
+\topins plain.tex
+\topinsert plain.tex
+\topmark *primitive
+\topmatter amsppt.sty
+\TopOrBottomTagsOnSplits amstex.tex
+\topshave amstex.tex
+\topskip *primitive
+\topsmash amstex.tex
+\topspace amstex.tex
+\totwidth@ amstex.tex
+\tracingall plain.tex
+\tracingcommands *primitive
+\tracinglostchars *primitive
+\tracingmacros *primitive
+\tracingonline *primitive
+\tracingoutput *primitive
+\tracingpages *primitive
+\tracingparagraphs *primitive
+\tracingrestores *primitive
+\tracingstats *primitive
+\triangle plain.tex
+\triangleleft plain.tex
+\triangleright plain.tex
+\tsize amstex.tex
+\tt plain.tex
+\ttfam plain.tex
+\ttraggedright plain.tex
+\tw@ plain.tex
+\u plain.tex
+\uccode *primitive
+\uchyph *primitive
+\unbracefonts@ amstex.tex
+\undefined plain.tex
+\undefined@ amstex.tex
+\underarrow amstex.tex
+\underbar plain.tex
+\underbrace plain.tex
+\underleftarrow amstex.tex
+\underleftarrow@ amstex.tex
+\underleftrightarrow amstex.tex
+\underleftrightarrow@ amstex.tex
+\underline *primitive
+\underline@ amstex.tex
+\underrightarrow amstex.tex
+\underrightarrow@ amstex.tex
+\underscore amstex.tex
+\underset amstex.tex
+\undersetbrace amstex.tex
+\unhbox *primitive
+\unhcopy *primitive
+\unkern *primitive
+\unpenalty *primitive
+\unskip *primitive
+\unvbox *primitive
+\unvcopy *primitive
+\uparrow plain.tex
+\Uparrow plain.tex
+\upbracefill plain.tex
+\updownarrow plain.tex
+\Updownarrow plain.tex
+\uplus plain.tex
+\uppercase *primitive
+\uproot amstex.tex
+\uproot@ amstex.tex
+\upsilon plain.tex
+\Upsilon plain.tex
+\us@false plain.tex
+\us@true plain.tex
+\usualspace amsppt.sty
+\usualspace@ amsppt.sty
+\v plain.tex
+\v@false plain.tex
+\v@true plain.tex
+\vadjust *primitive
+\valign *primitive
+\varDelta amstex.tex
+\varepsilon plain.tex
+\varGamma amstex.tex
+\varinjlim amstex.tex
+\varLambda amstex.tex
+\varliminf amstex.tex
+\varlimsup amstex.tex
+\varOmega amstex.tex
+\varphi plain.tex
+\varPhi amstex.tex
+\varpi plain.tex
+\varPi amstex.tex
+\varprojlim amstex.tex
+\varPsi amstex.tex
+\varrho plain.tex
+\varsigma plain.tex
+\varSigma amstex.tex
+\vartheta plain.tex
+\varTheta amstex.tex
+\varUpsilon amstex.tex
+\varXi amstex.tex
+\vbadness *primitive
+\vbox *primitive
+\vcenter *primitive
+\vcorrection amstex.tex
+\vdash plain.tex
+\vdots plain.tex
+\vec plain.tex
+\Vec amstex.tex
+\vee plain.tex
+\Vert plain.tex
+\vert plain.tex
+\vfil *primitive
+\vfill *primitive
+\vfilneg *primitive
+\vfootnote plain.tex
+\vfuzz *primitive
+\vgl@ plain.tex
+\vglue plain.tex
+\vmatrix amstex.tex
+\Vmatrix amstex.tex
+\vmodeerr@ amstex.tex
+\vnonvmode@ amstex.tex
+\voffset *primitive
+\voidb@x plain.tex
+\vol amsppt.sty
+\vol@false amsppt.sty
+\volbox@ amsppt.sty
+\vphantom plain.tex
+\vrule *primitive
+\vsize *primitive
+\vskip *primitive
+\vspace amstex.tex
+\vspace@ amstex.tex
+\vsplit *primitive
+\vss *primitive
+\vtop *primitive
+\W@ amstex.tex
+\wd *primitive
+\wedge plain.tex
+\widehat plain.tex
+\widetilde plain.tex
+\widowpenalty *primitive
+\wlog plain.tex
+\wp plain.tex
+\wr plain.tex
+\write *primitive
+\xalignat amstex.tex
+\xalignat@ amstex.tex
+\xat@false amstex.tex
+\xat@true amstex.tex
+\xdef *primitive
+\xi plain.tex
+\Xi plain.tex
+\xleaders *primitive
+\xspaceskip *primitive
+\xxalignat amstex.tex
+\xxalignat@ amstex.tex
+\xxattag@ amstex.tex
+\year *primitive
+\yr amsppt.sty
+\yr@false amsppt.sty
+\yrbox@ amsppt.sty
+\z@ plain.tex
+\z@skip plain.tex
+\zerocr@false amstex.tex
+\zerocr@true amstex.tex
+\zeta plain.tex
+\[ plain.tex
+\] plain.tex
+\^ plain.tex
+\^^I plain.tex
+\^^J amstex.tex
+\^^M plain.tex
+\_ plain.tex
+\` plain.tex
+\{ plain.tex
+\| plain.tex
+\} plain.tex
+\~ plain.tex
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5194083aa2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% %
+% A SMALL TUTORIAL ON THE MULTILINGUAL FEATURES OF PATGEN2 %
+% %
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\documentstyle{article}
+\title{A small tutorial on the multilingual features of PatGen2}
+\author{Yannis Haralambous}
+\date{}
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+\def\XeT{X\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emT}
+
+I will very briefly discuss and illustrate by an example the features
+of PatGen2\footnote{the extension to PatGen by Peter Breitenlohner,
+author of many beautiful and extremely useful \TeX ware, such as
+\TeX--\XeT, {\tt DVIcopy} etc.}, related to the {\em translation}
+file.
+
+\section{Syntax of the translation file}
+\subsection{What is the problem}
+The problem is that in our (non-English, non-Latin,
+non-Indonesian\footnote{As far as I know, English, Latin and
+Indonesian are the only languages without diacritics or special
+characters...}) languages, we have more characters than just the~26
+letters of the Latin alphabet. Not to mention that alphabetical orders
+can be quite different (remember: in Spanish, cucaracha comes before
+chacal), and that there can be many ways to express these additional
+characters: for example the French \oe{} (like in << Histoire de l'\oe
+il >> by Georges Bataille) can be given to \TeX\ as an 8-bit
+character, or as \verb*=\oe =, or as \verb=\oe{}=, or as \verb=^^f7=
+(since we are {\em all} now working with DC fonts) and so forth.
+
+Now let's make (or enhance the) hyphenation patterns for our language(s).
+Fred Liang has not provided PatGen with the extensibility feature: before
+PatGen2, if your language had less than~26 letters you could hack patterns by
+substituting letters, if it had more\ldots then the odds were against you.
+
+So the problem is to express additional characters in the patterns, in some
+understandable way (and if possible to get the results in the appropriate
+alphabetical order).
+
+\subsection{The solution}
+PatGen2 allows you to include more characters than the~26 letters of
+the alphabet. You can specify arbitrary many {\em input forms} for
+each of them (these forms will be identified internally), and you can
+specify the alphabetical order of your language. The latter feature is
+only interesting when you want to study the patterns file to correct
+bugs, it doesn't affect the result.
+
+These informations are transmitted to PatGen2 by means of a {\em
+translation} file (usually with the extension \verb=.tra=). The syntax
+of this file is not very user-friendly, but if you deal with PatGen
+you are supposed to be a hacker anyway, and hackers just {\bf love}
+weird-but-efficient-syntaxes [the proof: we all like
+\TeX!\footnote{\ldots just joking}].
+
+On the first line you specify the \verb=\lefthyphenmin= and
+\verb=\righthyphenmin= values. The seven first positions of this line
+are used as follows: two positions for \verb=\lefthyphenmin=, two
+positions for \verb=\righthyphenmin=, and one position for substitute
+symbols of each of \verb=.=, \verb=-=, \verb=*= in the output file.
+This can be useful if you are going to use the dot the asterisk or the
+hyphen to describe your additional characters (for example one may use
+the dot to specify the dot accent on a letter).
+
+The next lines concern letters of the alphabet of our language. The
+first position of each line is the delimiter of our fields. You know
+from languages like C or {\tt awk} that it is very useful to define
+our own delimiter (instead of the blank space) if for any reason we
+want to {\em include} a blank space into our fields. This will be the
+case in the example: one usually leaves a blank space after a \TeX\
+macro without argument.
+
+Otherwise just leave the first position blank. Next comes the
+standard representation of our character (preferably lowercase). This
+is how the character will appear in the patterns and in the hyphenated
+output file.
+
+Follows again a delimiter, and all the {\em equivalent}
+representations of your character: its uppercase form, and as many
+other input forms we wish, always followed by a delimiter.
+
+The order of lines specifies the alphabetical order of your characters.
+
+When PatGen sees two consecutive delimiters,
+it stops reading; so we can include
+comments after that.
+
+\section{An example}
+To illustrate this I have taken some
+Greek words (people who know $X\acute\alpha%
+\rho\rho\upsilon$ $K\lambda\acute\upsilon\nu\nu$
+and his album $\Pi\alpha\tau%
+\acute\alpha\tau\epsilon\varsigma$ will recognize some of these
+words\ldots) and included an $\alpha$ with accent, and a variant
+representation of $\pi$, in form of a macro \verb*=\varpi =. Also I
+followed the Greek alphabetical order in the translation file.
+
+Here is my list of words:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+A-NU-PO-TA-QTOS
+A-KA-TA-M'A-QH-TOS
+A-EI-MNH-STOS
+MA-NA
+TOUR-KO-GU-FTIS-SA
+NU-QO-KO-PTHS
+LI-ME-NO-FU-LA-KAS
+MPRE-LOK
+A-GA-\varpi A-EI
+PEI-RAI-'AS
+\end{verbatim}
+
+(file {\tt greek.dic}); and here is my translation file ({\tt greek.tra}):
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ 1 1
+ a A
+ 'a 'A
+ b B
+ g G
+ d D
+ e E
+ z Z
+ h H
+ j J
+ i I
+ k K
+ l L
+ m M
+ n N
+ o O
+#p#P#\varpi ##
+ r R
+ s S
+ t T
+ u U
+ f F
+ q Q
+ y Y
+ w W
+\end{verbatim}
+
+(yes, yes, that's not a joke; Greek really uses values~1
+and~1 for minimal right
+and left hyphenations!). As you see, I have chosen \verb=#= as delimiter
+in the case of $\pi$, because \verb=\varpi= is supposed to be followed
+by a blank space. And then I wrote two delimiters (\verb=##=) to show PatGen2
+that I finished talking about $\pi$.
+
+Here is what I got on my console:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+PatGen -t greek.tra -o greek.out greek.dic
+This is PatGen, C Version 2.1 / Macintosh Version 2.0
+Copyright (c) 1991-93 by Wilfried Ricken. All rights reserved.
+left_hyphen_min = 1, right_hyphen_min = 1, 24 letters
+0 patterns read in
+pattern trie has 266 nodes, trie_max = 290, 0 outputs
+hyph_start: 1
+hyph_finish: 2
+pat_start: 2
+pat_finish: 4
+good weight: 1
+bad weight: 1
+threshold: 1
+processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 1
+
+0 good, 0 bad, 31 missed
+0.00 %, 0.00 %, 100.00 %
+69 patterns, 325 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 440
+25 good and 42 bad patterns added (more to come)
+finding 29 good and 0 bad hyphens, efficiency = 1.16
+pattern trie has 333 nodes, trie_max = 349, 2 outputs
+processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 0
+
+29 good, 0 bad, 2 missed
+93.55 %, 0.00 %, 6.45 %
+45 patterns, 301 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 378
+2 good and 43 bad patterns added
+finding 2 good and 0 bad hyphens, efficiency = 1.00
+pattern trie has 339 nodes, trie_max = 386, 6 outputs
+processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 2
+
+31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed
+100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 %
+47 patterns, 303 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 369
+0 good and 47 bad patterns added
+finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens
+pattern trie has 344 nodes, trie_max = 386, 13 outputs
+51 nodes and 11 outputs deleted
+total of 27 patterns at hyph_level 1
+
+pat_start: 2
+pat_finish: 4
+good weight: 1
+bad weight: 1
+threshold: 1
+processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 1
+
+31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed
+100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 %
+27 patterns, 283 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 315
+0 good and 27 bad patterns added
+finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens
+pattern trie has 295 nodes, trie_max = 386, 4 outputs
+processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 0
+
+31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed
+100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 %
+27 patterns, 283 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 303
+0 good and 27 bad patterns added
+finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens
+pattern trie has 320 nodes, trie_max = 386, 6 outputs
+processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 2
+
+31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed
+100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 %
+24 patterns, 280 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 286
+0 good and 24 bad patterns added
+finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens
+pattern trie has 328 nodes, trie_max = 386, 9 outputs
+35 nodes and 7 outputs deleted
+total of 0 patterns at hyph_level 2
+hyphenate word list? y
+writing PatTmp.2
+
+31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed
+100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 %
+Time elapsed: 0:37:70 minutes.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+and here are the results: first of all the patterns
+(file {\tt greek.out})
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+a1g
+a1e
+a1k
+a1m
+a1n
+a1p
+a1t
+a1q
+'a1q
+e1l
+e1n
+h1t
+i1'a
+i1m
+i1r
+1ko
+o1g
+o1p
+o1t
+o1f
+r1k
+s1s
+1st
+u1l
+u1p
+u1f
+u1q
+\end{verbatim}
+
+As you see, {\tt o1t} comes before {\tt o1f}: (smile) simply
+because we are talking about $o1\tau$ and $o1\phi$. So the
+alphabetical order is well respected. Also you see that PatGen2
+has read the word \verb*=A-GA-\varpi A-EI= exactly as if it
+were \verb*=A-GA-PA-EI= and has made out of it the pattern
+{\tt a1p} (if you look in the input words there is no other
+reason for this pattern to exist).
+
+And here is our result (file {\tt PatTmp.2}):
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+a*nu*po*ta*qtos
+a*ka*ta*m'a*qh*tos
+a*ei*mnh*stos
+ma*na
+tour*ko*gu*ftis*sa
+nu*qo*ko*pths
+li*me*no*fu*la*kas
+mpre*lok
+a*ga*pa*ei
+pei*rai*'as
+\end{verbatim}
+
+(Of course, it is correct; you think I would have shown it if it
+weren't correct?) As you see there is no \verb*=\varpi = anymore:
+PatGen2 has really replaced it by \verb=p=, and so
+\verb*=A-GA-\varpi A-EI= has become \verb=a*ga*pa*ei=.
+
+\section{Where do I find more information?}
+I voluntarily didn't discussed the various parameters used for
+pattern generation. For these there is very good litterature:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item the \TeX book, by the Grand Wizard of \TeX\ arcana,
+appendix H;
+\item \LaTeX\ Erweiterungsm\"oglichkeiten, by Helmut Kopka,
+Addison-Wesley, Pages 482--489;
+\item Swedish Hyphenation for \TeX, by Jan Michael Rynning,
+[sorry, I don't know where this paper is published];
+\item Word Hy-phen-a-tion by Com-put-er, Stanford University
+Report {\tt STAN-CS-83-977};
+\item forthcoming paper by Dominik Wujastyk, on British
+hyphenation;
+\item Hyphenation Patterns for Ancient Greek and Latin,
+TUGboat~13 (4), pages 457--469.
+\item and many others\ldots
+\end{itemize}
+
+Where to get PatGen2? probably everywhere, but certainly in
+Stuttgart ({\tt IP 129.69.1.12}),
+\verb=soft/tex/systems/pc/utilities/patgen.zip= (take a look also at
+\verb=soft/tex/systems/knuth/texware/patgen.version2.1/patgen.README=).
+
+\section{Go forth, etc etc}
+OK, once again {\sc Go Forth} and make masterpieces of hyphenation
+patterns\ldots
+{\bf but} please get in touch with the TWGMLC (Technical Working
+Group on Multiple Language Coordination) first, since people there
+are working on many languages: maybe they have already done what
+you need and are still testing it; or maybe they haven't and in
+that case you could help us a lot.
+
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..614bf08950b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+[unixtex.ftp: 11 November 1995]
+
+The master version of this file is on ftp.cs.umb.edu [158.121.104.33]
+in pub/tex/unixtex.ftp. Mail kb@cs.umb.edu with comments or questions.
+
+=========================================================================
+ Consider joining the TeX Users Group (TUG):
+ support the maintenance and development of the programs you retrieve.
+ Send membership request to: tug@tug.org.
+=========================================================================
+
+ GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
+
+... for Unix sites wanting to install (plain) TeX, LaTeX (2e), BibTeX,
+Metafont, and DVI processors for any of the X window system,
+PostScript, and/or the PCL language in the HP LaserJet.
+
+The files mentioned below are available from any of the following:
+
+ Host Internet address TeX root dir
+ ---- ---------------- ------------
+ ftp.shsu.edu 192.92.115.10 /tex-archive
+ ftp.tex.ac.uk 134.151.44.19 /tex-archive
+ ftp.dante.de 128.69.1.12 /tex-archive
+
+ For additional ftp sites, get /README.mirrors from one of the above or
+ finger ctan@ftp.shsu.edu.
+
+ These instructions use non-generic features of FTP supported by the
+ hosts above. For details, get:
+ /README.archive-features
+ /README.site-commands
+
+The /tex-archive/help and /tex-archive/documentation directories on
+these hosts have much additional documentation on all aspects of TeX. If
+you don't know (for example) what Metafont is, or the relationship of
+LaTeX to TeX, look there.
+
+
+Retrieving a basic set of input files and fonts:
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+ftp> cd /tex-archive/systems/web2c
+ftp> bi [set binary mode]
+ftp> get lib.tar.gz [unpacks into texmf; 2.8MB->11.5MB]
+
+ This file contains a minimal collection of fonts (TFM files only,
+ and only for Computer Modern, DC, LaTeX, Pandora, and the free
+ PostScript fonts), base (La)TeX macros, MF macros, and BibTeX files
+ -- enough to get started. The AMS fonts and macros are included.
+ The LaTeX release may be out of date; for the latest, and for
+ additional LaTeX packages; investigate /tex-archive/macros/latex.
+
+ lib.tar.gz unpacks into a directory named `texmf', which you will
+ want in your equivalent of /usr/local/lib -- whatever you will
+ define as your $(datadir) in the Makefiles.
+
+ The organization of the archive was debated at great length. We hope
+ it will be useful. If you don't like our organization, feel free to
+ move the files around as you see fit, not forgetting to redefine the
+ search paths and installation directories. The Makefiles,
+ kpathsea/HIER, kpathsea/paths.h.in, and web2c/README (``Directory
+ hierarchies'') have more information. The organization will
+ change to conform to the standard TeX directory structure
+ promulgated by the TUG Working Group when the TDS is released.
+
+ You must decide on your directory structure *before* doing the
+ compilations, since you must specify default search paths, and
+ since by default the web2c Makefile tries to create the basic .fmt
+ and .base files, which require the .{tex,mf,tfm} input files.
+
+
+Retrieving web2c (that is, TeX, Metafont, and friends):
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+Still in /tex-archive/systems/web2c:
+
+ftp> get web.tar.gz [Knuth's WEB sources for TeX, MF, & family:
+ unpacks into ./web2c-<version>; 1.2MB->4MB]
+ftp> get web2c.tar.gz [WEB-to-C source: also unpacks into ./web2c-<version>
+ .75MB->2.7K]
+
+ You must retrieve and unpack *both* web.tar.gz and web2c.tar.gz.
+
+ The web2c distribution uses an older version of the path-searching
+ library than the drivers below. For an interim patch, get the
+ latest ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/web2c.kpathsea-2.*.help file, and
+ read it. (I'm working on the next release of web2c as hard as I
+ can, really.) The two versions can coexist; by using the web2c
+ distribution as it stands, you merely lose the features added to
+ kpathsea over the last year or so.
+
+
+Retrieving device drivers:
+-------------------------
+
+ For an X window system previewer (xdvik):
+ftp> cd /tex-archive/dviware/xdvik
+ftp> get xdvik.tar.gz [unpacks into ./xdvik-<version>; .5MB->1.8MB]
+
+ For a DVI-to-PostScript translator (dvipsk):
+ftp> cd /tex-archive/dviware/dvipsk
+ftp> get dvipsk.tar.gz [unpacks into ./dvipsk-<version>; .7MB->2.7MB]
+
+ For a DVI-to-PCL (HP LaserJet) translator (dviljk):
+ftp> cd /tex-archive/dviware/dviljk
+ftp> get dviljk.tar.gz [unpacks into ./dviljk-<version>; .6MB->3MB]
+
+ftp> quit [end ftp session]
+
+
+Compilation and installation:
+----------------------------
+
+Each of these packages -- web2c, xdvik, dvipsk, dviljk -- contains its
+own installation instructions. It is possible to build all the programs
+in a single make (see the web2c.kpathsea-*.help file), but it is simpler
+to make them separately.
+
+Compile web2c first (i.e.,, the material in both web.tar.gz and
+web2c.tar.gz, unpacked, possibly patched for the most recent kpathsea --
+see above, under `retrieving web2c'). For an overview,
+
+ ./web2c-<version>/README
+ ./web2c-<version>/kpathsea/INSTALL
+ ./web2c-<version>/web2c/README
+ ./web2c-<version>/web2c/INSTALL
+
+The INSTALL files are your guides to installation.
+At the simplest, you do configure && make && make install at the top level.
+
+Remember to set up your texmf directory hierarchy before embarking on
+your compilation (see `For a basic set of input files and fonts' above).
+
+After installation, if basic input files such as plain.tex aren't being
+found, or if the file searching is very slow, read kpathsea/INSTALL from
+one of the *k driver distributions. (This is much more recent than
+kpathsea/INSTALL from web2c.)
+
+All installation processes require careful attention to detail, and
+knowledge of your system. Festina lente -- make haste slowly -- and you
+improve your chances of success.
+
+ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/*.help describe some common problems with the
+current version of web2c. Here's some more:
+
+-- Contrary to what the web2c installation instructions imply, you must use
+ configure --prefix=/your/tex/root
+instead of editing the prefix in the Makefile(s). (Editing does work in
+some cases, but not all.)
+
+-- configure does not always guess the type of yytext properly; the
+symptom will be compiler errors involving yytext. Replace the line
+`DECLARE_YYTEXT' in web2c-6.1/web2c/web2c.h with the right thing. See
+web2c.yytext.help.
+
+-- If the compiler complains about something involving foil_x_wchar_t, try
+ make CFLAGS="-g -DNO_FOIL_X_WCHAR_T" (for web2c); or
+ make CFLAGS="-g -DFOIL_X_WCHAR_T" (for everything else).
+
+-- I messed up and declared alloca in web2c/web2c/web2c.h. Just delete
+the declaration. ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/web2c.alloca.help does this.
+
+-- make clean removes *.pool in web2c/tex and web2c/mf. Use make
+distclean or make mostlyclean instead. Or edit tex/Makefile and
+mf/Makefile to remove *.pool at distclean instead of clean.
+ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/web2c.pool.help does this. (You must apply this
+patch before web2c.kpathsea-2.6.help.)
+
+
+Distribution on tape and CD/ROM:
+-------------------------------
+
+For TeX on a single tape (4mm DAT or QIC-24), ordering information is
+available from unixtex@u.washington.edu. A distribution fee
+of US$210.00 is requested to cover administrative costs.
+
+The Free Software Foundation distributes the minimal TeX system
+described here on CD/ROM. Write gnu@prep.ai.mit.edu or finger
+fsf@prep.ai.mit.edu for info.
+
+The 4allTeX CD-ROM comes from the NTG, the Dutch-speaking TeX user
+group. Email ntg@nic.surfnet.nl, or see http://ei0.ei.ele.tue.nl/ntg/.
+
+The Prime Time TeXcetera CD-ROM is a copy of CTAN; email ptf@ctcl.com or
+see http://www.ptf.com/ptf/.
+
+Walnut Creek has a TeX CD. Email info@cdrom.com or see
+http://www.cdrom.com:/titles/tex.html.
+
+Other organizations may provide TeX on a CD/ROM, but I do not know the
+details to include them here. (Please inform me if you do.)
+
+
+Precompiled Unix TeX executables:
+--------------------------
+
+I recommend the teTeX distribution for precompiled binaries or if you
+want to retrieve a ready-made system instead of building your own. It's
+available from CTAN hosts in systems/unix/tetex.
+
+If you get these binaries, you do not need to get web.tar.gz,
+web2c.tar.gz, or the other source distributions.
+
+
+If you do not have GNU's gunzip utility, you will need to retrieve and
+install gzip.
+
+ftp> cd /tex-archive/tools/info-zip
+ftp> get gzip-1.2.4.tar
+
+gzip does a better job of compression than standard Unix compress, and
+it is (as far as is known) patent-free. It is illegal to use Unix
+compress in the USA, because it infringes a software patent. Write to
+the League for Programming Freedom <lpf@uunet.uu.net> for information
+about fighting the new software monopolies.
+
+
+Acknowledgements:
+----------------
+
+The three main sites listed above are part of the Comprehensive TeX Archive
+Network (CTAN) -- the result of cooperative work among members of TUG,
+DANTE [German-speaking TeX Users Group], and UKTUG [U.K. TeX Users Group],
+under the leadership of George Greenwade, Chair for TUG's Technical
+Working Group on TeX Archive Guidelines <ctan@shsu.edu>.
+
+Special thanks to George Greenwade for establishing the CTAN site at
+Sam Houston State University (US); to Rainer Schoepf, Barbara Burr,
+and members of DANTE for the CTAN site in Heidelberg (Germany); and to
+Sebastian Rahtz for the CTAN site in Cambridge (UK).
+
+unixtex.ftp was conceived and created by a wonderful person (not the
+current maintainer!) who wishes to remain electronically anonymous.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..48006bbadc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+<html><head>
+<!-- $Id: usergroups.html,v 1.121 2003/08/25 10:17:19 kaja Exp $ -->
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" Content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<title>All TeX User Groups</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="/tugstyle.css">
+</head><body>
+
+<h2>All TeX User Groups</h2>
+
+<p>The TeX Users Group itself (contact info below) serves as the local
+user group (LUG) of TeX users in North America and any other area not
+appearing in the following list. TUG is always interested in fostering
+the formation of local TeX users groups; please contact the <a
+href="mailto:board@tug.org">TUG board</a> for assistance: forwarding
+information about others who might be interested, publicity, and of
+course moral support.
+
+<p><b>Please send additions or corrections by email to
+<a href="mailto:webmaster@tug.org"><tt>webmaster@tug.org</tt></a>.</b>
+
+<p>See also the <a href="http://www.servalys.nl/lug/">Electronic LUG
+database</a> for more information, and the TeX calendar
+(<a href="http://texcalendar.dante.de/month.php">month view</a>,
+<a href="http://texcalendar.dante.de/year.php">year view</a>) for user
+group activities.
+
+<hr>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><a href="http://www.univ-orleans.fr/EXT/ASTEX/astex/doc/en/web/html/astex000.htm">
+ <b>AsTEX </b></a> (French-speaking)<br>
+ <dd>Michel Lavaud, President<br>
+ Association pour la diffusion de logiciels scientifiques li&eacute;s TeX<br>
+ Association AsTEX<br>
+ BP 6532<br>
+ 45066 ORLEANS cedex 2<br>
+ FRANCE<br>
+ Tel: 33 2 38 64 09 94<br>
+ Email: <A href="mailto:astex-admin@univ-orleans.fr"><tt>astex-admin@univ-orleans.fr</tt></A><br>
+ Mailing list: <a href="mailto:astex@univ-orleans.fr"><tt>astex@univ-orleans.fr</tt></a>
+<p></dd>
+
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.cervantex.org/">
+ <b>CervanTeX</b></a> (Spanish-speaking).<br>
+ <DD>Javier Bezos, President: <br>
+ Grupo de Usuarios de TeX Hispanohablantes<br>
+ Email: <a href="secretario@cervantex.org">
+ secretario@cervantex.org</a><br>
+ Mailing list:
+ <a href="mailto:sptex@ls.cica.es">sptex@ls.cica.es</a>.<p></dd>
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.rons.net.cn/">
+ <B> Chinese TeX Users Group</B></a><br>
+ <DD>Hong Feng, Chairman<br>
+ RON's Datacom Co., Ltd. <br>
+ Suite 3-3, 200 WuZhong Street,<br>
+ Wuhan, Hubei Province<br>
+ 430040 China P.R.<br>
+ Phone/Fax: +86 27 83222108<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:info@mail.rons.net.cn">
+ <tt> info@mail.rons.net.cn</tt> </a><p></dd>
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.cstug.cz/">
+ <b>CsTUG</b></a> (Czech and Slovak Republics) <br>
+ <dd>Petr Sojka, President<br>
+ Ceskoslovensk&eacute; sdruzen&iacute; uzivatelu TeXu <br>
+ CsTUG, c/o FI MU <br>
+ Botanick&aacute; 68a <br>
+ CZ-602 00 Brno <br>
+ CZECH REPUBLIC <br>
+ Tel: +420-5-41212352<br>
+ FAX: +420-5-41212568<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:cstug@cstug.cz"><tt>cstug@cstug.cz</tt></a><br>
+ FTP: <tt><a href="ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex">ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex</a></tt><p> </dd>
+
+
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.cemi.rssi.ru/cyrtug/">
+ <b>CyrTUG</b></a> (Russia)
+ <dd>Eugenii V. Pankratiev, President<br>
+ CyrTUG, c/o Mir Publishers<br>
+ 2 Pervyi Rizhskii Pereulok<br>
+ Moscow, 129820, Russia<br>
+ Phone: (095) 286 0622<br>
+ Fax: (095) 288 9522<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:cyrtug@cemi.rssi.ru">cyrtug@cemi.rssi.ru</a>
+ or <a href="cyrtug@mir.msk.su">cyrtug@mir.msk.su</a>
+ <p></dd>
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.dante.de">
+ <b>DANTE</b></a> (German-speaking)
+ <dd>Volker Schaa, President <br>
+ Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. <br>
+ Postfach 101840 <br>
+ D-69008 Heidelberg, Germany <br>
+ Tel: +49 6221 29766 <br>
+ FAX: +49 6221 167906 <br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:dante@dante.de">
+ <tt>dante@dante.de</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.tug.dk/">
+ <b>DK-TUG</b></a> (Danish TeX Users Group)
+ <dd>Kaja Christiansen, President<br>
+ DK-TUG, Department of Mathematical Sciences<br>
+ University of Aarhus, Ny Munkegade, Bldg 530<br>
+ DK-8000 Århus C., Denmark<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:bestyrelse@tug.dk">
+ <tt>bestyrelse@tug.dk</tt></a><br>
+ Mailing list:
+ <a href="mailto:dk-tug@tug.dk"><tt>dk-tug@tug.dk</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+<dt><b>Estonian User Group</b>
+ <dd>Astrophysical Observatory, Toravere <br>
+ Enn Saar, Tartu <br>
+ EE 2444 Estonia <br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto: saar@aai.ee">
+ <tt>saar@aai.ee</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+
+<dt><a href="http://obelix.ee.duth.gr/eft">
+<img src="greek-img.jpg" alt="Greek TeX Friends"
+ align="left" hspace="5">The Greek TeX Friends Group</a>
+ <dd>Apostolos Syropoulos, President <br>
+ 366, 28th October Str.<br>
+ GR-671 00 Xanthi<br>
+ GREECE<br>
+ Telephone: Tel.:+30 541 28704<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:apostolo@obelix.ee.duth.gr">
+ <tt>apostolo@obelix.ee.duth.gr</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+
+<dt><a href="http://hilbert.mat.uc.pt/~GUTpt">
+<b>GUTpt</b></a> (Portugal)
+ <dd>Pedro Quaresma de Almeida, President <br>
+ Grupo de Utilizadores de TeX<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:GUTpt@hilbert.mat.uc.pt">
+ <tt>GUTpt@hilbert.mat.uc.pt</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.guit.sssup.it">
+<b>GuIT</b></a> (Italy)
+ <dd>Gruppo Utilizzatori Italiani TeX<br>
+ For information, contact <br>
+ Maurizio Himmelmann <br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:guit@sssup.it">
+ <tt>guit@sssup.it</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.gust.org.pl/">
+<b>GUST</b></a> (Poland)
+ <dd>Andrzej Borzyszkowski, President<br>
+ Polska Grupa Uzytkownik&oacute;w Systemu TeX <br>
+ Uczelniane Centrum Informatyczne<br>
+ Uniwersytet Mikolaja Kopernika<br>
+ ul. Gagarina 7<br>
+ 87 - 100 Torun, Poland <br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:prezes@gust.org.pl">
+ <tt>prezes@gust.org.pl</tt></a><br>
+ <a href="mailto:sekretariat@gust.org.pl">
+ sekretariat@gust.org.pl</a><br>
+ Mailing list: <a href="mailto:gust-l@man.torun.pl">
+ gust-l@man.torun.pl</a><p></dd>
+
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.gutenberg.eu.org">
+<b>GUTenberg</b> </a> (French-speaking)
+ <dd>Maurice Laugier, President <br>
+ Group francophone des Utilisateurs de TeX <br>
+ Association GUTenberg <br>
+ c/o Irisa, Campus universitaire de Beaulieu<br>
+ F-35042 Rennes cedex, France<br>
+ Tel: +33 1 30 87 06 25<br>
+ FAX: +33 1 30 87 06 25<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:secretariat@gutenberg.eu.org">
+ <tt>secretariat@gutenberg.eu.org</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+
+<dt><b>ITALIC</b> (Irish)
+ <dd>No formal user group yet.<br>
+ Public mailing list:
+ <a href="mailto:ITALIC-L@listserv.heanet.ie">
+ <tt>ITALIC-L@listserv.heanet.ie</tt> </a><br>
+ (send subscription requests
+ to <a href="mailto:LISTSERV@listserv.heanet.ie">
+ <tt>LISTSERV@listserv.heanet.ie</tt></a>).<br>
+ Peter Flynn<br>
+ Computer Centre<br>
+ University College<br>
+ Cork, Ireland<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:pflynn@www.ucc.ie">
+ <tt>pflynn@www.ucc.ie</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.ktug.or.kr" target="_top">
+<b>KTUG</b></a> (Korean TeX Users Group)<br>
+
+<dd><a href="mailto:director@ktug.or.kr">Kim Kangsu, Director</a><br>
+Email: <a href="mailto:info@mail.ktug.or.kr">
+<tt>info@mail.ktug.or.kr</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.vtex.lt/tex/">
+ <b>Lietovos TeX'o Vartotoj&oslash; Grup&euml;</b></a>
+ (Lithuanian TeX Users Group)
+ <dd>Vytas Statulevicius, Chair<br>
+ Akademijos 4<br>
+ LT-2600 Vilnius, Lithuania<br>
+ Tel: +370 2 359 609<br>
+ FAX: +370 2 359 804<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:vytass@ktl.mii.lt">
+ <tt>vytass@ktl.mii.lt</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.math.klte.hu/~matex/">
+ <b>Magyar TeX Egyes&uuml;let</b></a> (Hungarian TeX Users Group)
+ <dd>Antal J&aacute;rai, President<br>
+ <dd>Contact address:<br>
+ <dd>Gy&ouml;ngyi Bujdos&oacute;<br>
+ <dd>University of Debrecen<br>
+ <dd>H-4010 Debrecen, P.O.B. 12<br>
+ <dd>Hungary<br>
+Email: <a href="mailto:matex@math.klte.hu"><tt>matex@math.klte.hu</tt></a>
+<p></dd>
+
+<dt> <a href="http://www.ifi.uio.no/~dag/ntug/">
+ <b>Nordic TeX Group</b></a> (Scandinavian Countries)
+ <dd>Dag Langmyhr, Chair <br>
+ Department of Informatics<br>
+ PO Box 1080 Blindern<br>
+ University of Oslo<br>
+ N-0316 Oslo, Norway<br>
+ Tel: +47 22 85 24 50<br>
+ FAX: +47 22 85 24 01<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:dag@ifi.uio.no">
+ <tt>dag@ifi.uio.no</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.ntg.nl/">
+<b>NTG</b> </a> (Dutch-speaking)
+ <dd>Hans Hagen, Chair <br>
+ Nederlandstalige TeX Gebruikersgroep <br>
+ Utrechtsestraatweg 64<br>
+ NL-3445 AV Woerden<br>
+ The Netherlands, <br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:ntg@ntg.nl">
+ <tt>ntg@ntg.nl</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+
+<dt> <a href="http://vlado.fmf.uni-lj.si/texceh/texceh.htm">
+<b>TeXCeH</b> </a> (Slovenian TeX User Group)
+ <dd>Vladimir Batagelj<br>
+ Jadranska 19<br>
+ SI-61111 Ljubljana, Slovenia<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:Tex.Ceh@fmf.uni-lj.si">
+ <tt>Tex.Ceh@fmf.uni-lj.si</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+<dt><a href="http://linuxopensource.com.mx/tex/">
+ <b>TeX M&eacute;xico</b></a> (Mexican TeX User Group)
+ <dd> Cuauht&eacute;moc Pacheco D&iacute;az (TeX Mexico coordinator)<br>
+ Rayon No. 523, Centro CP 58000<br>
+ Morelia, Michoac&#225;n, Mexico<br>
+ Tel: +52 443 312-8724 / Fax: +52 443 317-3945<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:tex@linuxopensource.com.mx">
+ tex@linuxopensource.com.mx</a><br>
+ URL: <a href="http://linuxopensource.com.mx/tex/" target="_top">http://linuxopensource.com.mx/tex/</a><p>
+</dd>
+
+<dt> <a href="http://www-lsi.upc.es/~valiente/tug-catalan.html">
+ <b>Tirant lo TeX</b> </a> (Catalan TeX Users Group)
+ <dd> Gabriel Valiente Feruglio<br>
+ Technical University of Catalonia<br>
+ Department of Software<br>
+ M&ograve;dul C6, Campus Nord<br>
+ Jordi Girona Salgado, 1-3<br>
+ E-08034 Barcelona, Catalonia<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:valiente@lsi.upc.es">
+ <tt>valiente@lsi.upc.es</tt></a><br>
+ discussion list:
+ <a href="mailto:catala-tex@aliga.cesca.es">
+ <tt>catala-tex@aliga.cesca.es</tt> </a><br>
+ (send subscription requests
+ to <a href="mailto:listserv@cesca.es">
+ <tt>listserv@cesca.es</tt></a>).<p></dd>
+
+<dt> <a href="http://tug.org/">
+ <b>TUG</b></a> (International TeX users group, LUG for TeX users not
+ covered by some other group)
+ <dd>Mimi Jett, President <br>
+ TeX Users Group <br>
+ 1466 NW Naito Parkway, Suite 3141<br>
+ Portland, OR 97209, U.S.A.<br>
+ Tel: +1-503-223-9994<br>
+ FAX: +1-503-223-3960<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:office@tug.org">
+ <tt>office@tug.org</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.tug.org.in/index.html" target="_top">
+ <b>TUGIndia</b></a> (Indian TeX Users Group)
+<dd> Prof. (Dr.) K. S. S. Nambooripad, Chairman<br>
+ Floor III, SJP Buildings<br>
+ Cotton Hills, Trivandrum 695014, India<br>
+ Tel: +91 471 33 7501<br>
+ Fax. +91 471 33 3186<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:tugindia@tug.org.in">
+ <tt>tugindia@tug.org.in</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+<DT><B>TUG-Philippines</B> (Philippines TeX Users Group)
+<dd>Dr. Felix P. Muga II, President<br>
+ Mathematics Department<br>
+ Ateneo de Manila University<br>
+ Loyola Heights, Quezon City<br>
+ Tel: (63-2) 426 6001 local 2515<br>
+ Fax: (63-2) 426 6008<br>
+
+ Email: <a href="mailto:fpmuga@admu.edu.ph"><tt>fpmuga@admu.edu.ph</tt></a><br>
+ <a href="mailto:fpmuga@philonline.com"><tt>fpmuga@philonline.com</tt></a><br>
+<p></dd>
+
+<dt><A HREF="http://uk.tug.org">
+ <b>UK TUG</b></a> (United Kingdom)
+<dd>R.W.D. Nickalls, Chairman<br>
+ For information:<br>
+ Simon Dales<br>
+ c/o 196 Eccles Old Road,<br>
+ Salford<br>
+ Manchester<br>
+ M6 8AL UK<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:uktug-enquiries@tex.ac.uk">
+ <tt>uktug-enquiries@tex.ac.uk</tt></a><p>
+</dd>
+
+<dt><a href="http://w3.to/viettug" target="_top">
+ <b>Vi&ecirc;tTUG</b></a> (Vietnamese TeX Users Group)
+<dd>Nguy&ecirc;n-&ETH;ai Qu&yacute;<br>
+
+ LTAS-University of Li&egrave;ge<br>
+ Rue des Chevreuils, 1, B&acirc;t B52, Local 522B<br>
+ B4000, Li&egrave;ge, Belgium<br>
+ Tel: +32-4-366.9098 Fax: +32-4-366.9311<br>
+
+ Email: <a href="mailto:viettug@eGroups.com">
+ <tt>viettug@eGroups.com</tt></a><br>
+</dd>
+
+</dl>
+
+<hr><small>$Date: 2003/08/25 10:17:19 $;</small>
+<!-- $Id: footer.html,v 1.7 2003/01/30 16:19:38 karl Exp $ (generic footer) -->
+<small>
+<a href="mailto:webmaster@tug.org">contact webmaster</a>;
+<a href="/contact.html">contact TUG</a>;
+<a href="/index.html">TUG home page</a>.
+</small>
+</body></html>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1bc3a2bc405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth
@@ -0,0 +1,633 @@
+Date: 08 Jan 90 1727 PST
+From: Don Knuth <DEK@SAIL.Stanford.EDU>
+Subject: Virtual fonts: More fun for Grand Wizards
+Keywords: fonts
+
+Many writers to TeXhax during the past year or so have been struggling with
+interfaces between differing font conventions. For example, there's been a
+brisk correspondence about mixing oldstyle digits with a caps-and-small-caps
+alphabet. Other people despair of working with fonts supplied by manufacturers
+like Autologic, Compugraphic, Monotype, etc.; still others are afraid to leave
+the limited accent capabilities of Computer Modern for fonts containing letters
+that are individually accented as they should be, because such fonts are not
+readily available in a form that existing TeX software understands.
+
+There is a much better way to solve such problems than the remedies
+that have been proposed in TeXhax. This better way was first realized
+by David Fuchs in 1983, when he installed it in our DVI-to-APS
+software at Stanford (which he also developed for commercial
+distribution by ArborText). We used it, for example, to typeset my
+article on Literate Programming for The Computer Journal, using native
+Autologic fonts to match the typography of that journal.
+
+I was expecting David's strategy to become widely known and adopted.
+But alas --- and this has really been the only significant
+disappointment I've had with respect to the way TeX has been
+propagating around the world --- nobody else's DVI-to-X drivers have
+incorporated anything resembling David's ideas, and TeXhax
+contributors have spilled gallons of electronic ink searching for
+answers in the wrong direction.
+
+The right direction is obvious once you've seen it (although it wasn't
+obvious in 1983): All we need is a good way to specify a mapping from
+TeX's notion of a font character to a device's capabilities for
+printing. Such a mapping was called a "virtual font" by the AMS
+speakers at the TUG meetings this past August. At that meeting I spoke
+briefly about the issue and voiced my hope that all DVI drivers be
+upgraded within a year to add a virtual font capability. Dave Rodgers
+of ArborText announced that his company would make their WEB routines
+for virtual font design freely available, and I promised to edit them
+into a form that would match the other programs in the standard
+TeXware distribution.
+
+The preparation of TeX Version 3 and MF Version 2 has taken me much longer
+than expected, but at last I've been able to look closely at the concept of
+virtual fonts. (The need for such fonts is indeed much greater now than it
+was before, because TeX's new multilingual capabilities are significantly
+more powerful only when suitable fonts are available. Virtual fonts can
+easily be created to meet these needs.)
+
+After looking closely at David Fuchs's original design, I decided to design
+a completely new file format that would carry his ideas further, making the
+virtual font mechanism completely device-independent; David's original code
+was very APS-specific. Furthermore I decided to extend his notions so that
+arbitrary DVI commands (including rules and even specials) could be
+part of a virtual font. The new file format I've just designed is called
+VF; it's easy for DVI drivers to read VF files, because VF format is similar
+to the PK and DVI formats they already deal with.
+
+The result is two new system routines called VFtoVP and VPtoVF. These
+routines are extensions of the old ones called TFtoPL and PLtoTF;
+there's a property-list language called VPL that extends the ordinary
+PL format so that virtual fonts can be created easily.
+
+In addition to implementing these routines, I've also tested the ideas by
+verifying that virtual fonts could be incorporated into Tom Rokicki's dvips
+system without difficulty. I wrote a C program (available from Tom) that
+converts Adobe AFM files into virtual fonts for TeX; these virtual fonts
+include almost all the characteristics of Computer Modern text fonts
+(lacking only the uppercase Greek and the dotless j) and they include all
+the additional Adobe characters as well. These virtual fonts even include
+all the "composite characters" listed in the AFM file, from `Aacute' to
+`zcaron'; such characters are available as ligatures. For example, to get
+`Aacute' you type first `acute' (which is character 19 = ~S in Computer Modern
+font layout, it could also be character 194 = Meta-B if you're using an
+8-bit keyboard with the new TeX) followed by `A'. Using such fonts, it's
+now easier for me to typeset European language texts in Times-Roman and
+Helvetica and Palatino than in Computer Modern! [But with less than an hour's
+work I could make a virtual font for Computer Modern that would do the same
+things; I just haven't gotten around to it yet.]
+
+[A nice ligature scheme for dozens of European languages was just published
+by Haralambous in the November TUGboat. He uses only ASCII characters, getting
+Aacute with the combination <A. I could readily add his scheme to mine, by
+adding a few lines to my VPL files. Indeed, multiple conventions can be
+supported simultaneously (although I don't recommend that really).]
+
+Virtual fonts make it easy to go from DVI files to the font layouts of
+any manufacturer or font supplier. They also (I'm sorry to say) make
+"track kerning" easy, for people who have to resort to that oft-abused
+feature of lead-free type.
+
+Furthermore, virtual fonts solve the problem of proofreading with screen
+fonts or with lowres laserprinter fonts, because you can have several
+virtual fonts sharing a common TFM file. Suppose, for example, that you
+want to typeset camera copy on an APS machine using Univers as the
+ultimate font, but you want to do proofreading with a screen previewer and
+with a laserprinter. Suppose further that you don't have Univers for your
+laserprinter; the closest you have is Helvetica. And suppose that you
+haven't even got Helvetica for your screen, but you do have cmss10. Here's
+what you can do: First make a virtual property list (VPL) file
+univers-aps.vpl that describes the high-quality font of your ultimate
+output. Then edit that file into univers-laser.vpl, which has identical
+font metric info but maps the characters into Helvetica; similarly, make
+univers-screen.vpl, which maps them into cmss10. Now run VPtoVF on each of
+the three VPL files. This will produce three identical TFM files
+univers.tfm, one of which you should put on the directory read by TeX.
+You'll also get three distinct VF files called univers.vf, which you
+should put on three different directories --- one directory for your
+DVI-to-APS software, another for your DVI-to-laserwriter software, and the
+third for the DVI-to-screen previewer. Voil~~Ra.
+
+So virtual fonts are evidently quite virtuous. But what exactly are
+virtual fonts, detail-wise? Appended to this message are excerpts from
+VFtoVP.WEB and VPtoVF.WEB, which give a complete definition of the
+VF and VPL file formats.
+
+I fully expect that all people who have implemented DVI drivers will
+immediately see the great potential of virtual fonts, and that they will
+be unable to resist installing a VF capability into their own software
+during the first few months of 1990. (The idea is this: For each font
+specified in a DVI file, the software looks first in a special table to
+see if the font is device-resident (in which case the TFM file is loaded,
+to get the character widths); failing that, it looks for a suitable GF or
+PK file; failing that, it looks for a VF file, which may in turn lead to
+other actual or virtual files. The latter files should not be loaded
+immediately, but only on demand, because the process is recursive.
+Incidentally, if no resident or GF or PK or VF file is found, a TFM file
+should be loaded as a last resort, so that the characters can be left
+blank with appropriate widths.)
+
+%--- an excerpt from VFtoVP.web -----------------------------------------------
+
+@* Virtual fonts. The idea behind \.{VF} files is that a general
+interface mechanism is needed to switch between the myriad font
+layouts provided by different suppliers of typesetting equipment.
+Without such a mechanism, people must go to great lengths writing
+inscrutable macros whenever they want to use typesetting conventions
+based on one font layout in connection with actual fonts that have
+another layout. This puts an extra burden on the typesetting system,
+interfering with the other things it needs to do (like kerning,
+hyphenation, and ligature formation).
+
+These difficulties go away when we have a ``virtual font,''
+i.e., a font that exists in a logical sense but not a physical sense.
+A typesetting system like \TeX\ can do its job without knowing where the
+actual characters come from; a device driver can then do its job by
+letting a \.{VF} file tell what actual characters correspond to the
+characters \TeX\ imagined were present. The actual characters
+can be shifted and/or magnified and/or combined with other characters
+from many different fonts. A virtual font can even make use of characters
+from virtual fonts, including itself.
+
+Virtual fonts also allow convenient character substitutions for proofreading
+purposes, when fonts designed for one output device are unavailable on another.
+
+@ A \.{VF} file is organized as a stream of 8-bit bytes, using conventions
+borrowed from \.{DVI} and \.{PK} files. Thus, a device driver that knows
+about \.{DVI} and \.{PK} format will already
+contain most of the mechanisms necessary to process \.{VF} files.
+We shall assume that \.{DVI} format is understood; the conventions in the
+\.{DVI} documentation (see, for example, {\sl \TeX: The Program}, part 31)
+are adopted here to define \.{VF} format.
+
+A preamble
+appears at the beginning, followed by a sequence of character definitions,
+followed by a postamble. More precisely, the first byte of every \.{VF} file
+must be the first byte of the following ``preamble command'':
+
+\yskip\hang|pre| 247 |i[1]| |k[1]| |x[k]| |cs[4]| |ds[4]|.
+Here |i| is the identification byte of \.{VF}, currently 202. The string
+|x| is merely a comment, usually indicating the source of the \.{VF} file.
+Parameters |cs| and |ds| are respectively the check sum and the design size
+of the virtual font; they should match the first two words in the header of
+the \.{TFM} file, as described below.
+
+\yskip
+After the |pre| command, the preamble continues with font definitions;
+every font needed to specify ``actual'' characters in later
+\\{set\_char} commands is defined here. The font definitions are
+exactly the same in \.{VF} files as they are in \.{DVI} files, except
+that the scaled size |s| is relative and the design size |d| is absolute:
+
+\yskip\hang|fnt_def1| 243 |k[1]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|.
+Define font |k|, where |0<=k<256|.
+
+\yskip\hang|@!fnt_def2| 244 |k[2]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|.
+Define font |k|, where |0<=k<65536|.
+
+\yskip\hang|@!fnt_def3| 245 |k[3]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|.
+Define font |k|, where |0<=k<@t$2~{24}$@>|.
+
+\yskip\hang|@!fnt_def4| 246 |k[4]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|.
+Define font |k|, where |@t$-2~{31}$@><=k<@t$2~{31}$@>|.
+
+\yskip\noindent
+These font numbers |k| are ``local''; they have no relation to font numbers
+defined in the \.{DVI} file that uses this virtual font. The dimension%|s|,
+which represents the scaled size of the local font being defined,
+is a |fix_word| relative to the design size of the virtual font.
+Thus if the local font is to be used at the same size
+as the design size of the virtual font itself, |s| will be the
+integer value $2~{20}$. The value of |s| must be positive and less than
+$2~{24}$ (thus less than 16 when considered as a |fix_word|).
+The dimension%|d| is a |fix_word| in units of printer's points; hence it
+is identical to the design size found in the corresponding \.{TFM} file.
+
+@d id_byte=202
+
+@<Glob...@>=
+@!vf_file:packed file of 0..255;
+
+@ The preamble is followed by zero or more character packets, where each
+character packet begins with a byte that is $<243$. Character packets have
+two formats, one long and one short:
+
+\yskip\hang|long_char| 242 |pl[4]| |cc[4]| |tfm[4]| |dvi[pl]|. This long form
+specifies a virtual character in the general case.
+
+\yskip\hang|short_char0..short_char241|
+|pl[1]| |cc[1]| |tfm[3]| |dvi[pl]|. This short form specifies a
+virtual character in the common case
+when |0<=pl<242| and |0<=cc<256| and $0\le|tfm|<2~{24}$.
+
+
+\yskip\noindent
+Here |pl| denotes the packet length following the |tfm| value; |cc| is
+the character code; and |tfm| is the character width copied from the
+\.{TFM} file for this virtual font. There should be at most one character
+packet having any given |cc| code.
+
+The |dvi| bytes are a sequence of complete \.{DVI} commands, properly
+nested with respect to |push| and |pop|. All \.{DVI} operations are
+permitted except |bop|, |eop|, and commands with opcodes |>=243|.
+Font selection commands (|fnt_num0| through |fnt4|) must refer to fonts
+defined in the preamble.
+
+Dimensions that appear in the \.{DVI} instructions are analogous to
+|fix_word| quantities; i.e., they are integer multiples of $2~{-20}$ times
+the design size of the virtual font. For example, if the virtual font
+has design size $10\,$pt, the \.{DVI} command to move down $5\,$pt
+would be a \\{down} instruction with parameter $2~{19}$. The virtual font
+itself might be used at a different size, say $12\,$pt; then that
+\\{down} instruction would move down $6\,$pt instead. Each dimension
+must be less than $2~{24}$ in absolute value.
+
+Device drivers processing \.{VF} files treat the sequences of |dvi| bytes
+as subroutines or macros, implicitly enclosing them with |push| and |pop|.
+Each subroutine begins with |w=x=y=z=0|, and with current font%|f| the
+number of the first-defined in the preamble (undefined if there's no
+such font). After the |dvi| commands have been
+performed, the |h| and%|v| position registers of \.{DVI} format are restored
+to their former values, and then |h| is increased by the \.{TFM} width
+(properly scaled)---just as if a simple character had been typeset.
+
+@d long_char=242 {\.{VF} command for general character packet}
+@d set_char_0=0 {\.{DVI} command to typeset character 0 and move right}
+@d set1=128 {typeset a character and move right}
+@d set_rule=132 {typeset a rule and move right}
+@d put1=133 {typeset a character}
+@d put_rule=137 {typeset a rule}
+@d nop=138 {no operation}
+@d push=141 {save the current positions}
+@d pop=142 {restore previous positions}
+@d right1=143 {move right}
+@d w0=147 {move right by |w|}
+@d w1=148 {move right and set |w|}
+@d x0=152 {move right by |x|}
+@d x1=153 {move right and set |x|}
+@d down1=157 {move down}
+@d y0=161 {move down by |y|}
+@d y1=162 {move down and set |y|}
+@d z0=166 {move down by |z|}
+@d z1=167 {move down and set |z|}
+@d fnt_num_0=171 {set current font to 0}
+@d fnt1=235 {set current font}
+@d xxx1=239 {extension to \.{DVI} primitives}
+@d xxx4=242 {potentially long extension to \.{DVI} primitives}
+@d fnt_def1=243 {define the meaning of a font number}
+@d pre=247 {preamble}
+@d post=248 {postamble beginning}
+@d improper_DVI_for_VF==139,140,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,
+ 253,254,255
+
+@ The character packets are followed by a trivial postamble, consisting of
+one or more bytes all equal to |post| (248). The total number of bytes
+in the file should be a multiple of%4.
+
+%------------- and here's an extract from VPtoVF.web --------------------------
+
+@* Property list description of font metric data.
+The idea behind \.{VPL} files is that precise details about fonts, i.e., the
+facts that are needed by typesetting routines like \TeX, sometimes have to
+be supplied by hand. The nested property-list format provides a reasonably
+convenient way to do this.
+
+A good deal of computation is necessary to parse and process a
+\.{VPL} file, so it would be inappropriate for \TeX\ itself to do this
+every time it loads a font. \TeX\ deals only with the compact descriptions
+of font metric data that appear in \.{TFM} files. Such data is so compact,
+however, it is almost impossible for anybody but a computer to read it.
+
+Device drivers also need a compact way to describe mappings from \TeX's idea
+of a font to the actual characters a device can produce. They can do this
+conveniently when given a packed sequence of bytes called a \.{VF} file.
+
+The purpose of \.{VPtoVF} is to convert from a human-oriented file of text
+to computer-oriented files of binary numbers. There's a companion program,
+\.{VFtoVP}, which goes the other way.
+
+@<Glob...@>=
+@!vpl_file:text;
+
+@ @<Set init...@>=
+reset(vpl_file);
+
+@ A \.{VPL} file is like a \.{PL} file with a few extra features, so we
+can begin to define it by reviewing the definition of \.{PL} files. The
+material in the next few sections is copied from the program \.{PLtoTF}.
+
+A \.{PL} file is a list of entries of the form
+$$\.{(PROPERTYNAME VALUE)}$$
+where the property name is one of a finite set of names understood by
+this program, and the value may itself in turn be a property list.
+The idea is best understood by looking at an example, so let's consider
+a fragment of the \.{PL} file for a hypothetical font.
+$$\vbox{\halign{\.{#}\hfil\cr
+(FAMILY NOVA)\cr
+(FACE F MIE)\cr
+(CODINGSCHEME ASCII)\cr
+(DESIGNSIZE D 10)\cr
+(DESIGNUNITS D 18)\cr
+(COMMENT A COMMENT IS IGNORED)\cr
+(COMMENT (EXCEPT THIS ONE ISN'T))\cr
+(COMMENT (ACTUALLY IT IS, EVEN THOUGH\cr
+\qquad\qquad IT SAYS IT ISN'T))\cr
+(FONTDIMEN\cr
+\qquad (SLANT R -.25)\cr
+\qquad (SPACE D 6)\cr
+\qquad (SHRINK D 2)\cr
+\qquad (STRETCH D 3)\cr
+\qquad (XHEIGHT R 10.55)\cr
+\qquad (QUAD D 18)\cr
+\qquad )\cr
+(LIGTABLE\cr
+\qquad (LABEL C f)\cr
+\qquad (LIG C f O 200)\cr
+\qquad (SKIP D 1)\cr
+\qquad (LABEL O 200)\cr
+\qquad (LIG C i O 201)\cr
+\qquad (KRN O 51 R 1.5)\cr
+\qquad (/LIG C ? C f)\cr
+\qquad (STOP)\cr
+\qquad )\cr
+(CHARACTER C f\cr
+\qquad (CHARWD D 6)\cr
+\qquad (CHARHT R 13.5)\cr
+\qquad (CHARIC R 1.5)\cr
+\qquad )\cr}}$$
+This example says that the font whose metric information is being described
+belongs to the hypothetical
+\.{NOVA} family; its face code is medium italic extended;
+and the characters appear in ASCII code positions. The design size is 10
+points, and all other sizes in this \.{PL} file are given in units such that
+18 units
+equals the design size. The font is slanted with a slope of $-.25$ (hence the
+letters actually slant backward---perhaps that is why the family name is
+\.{NOVA}). The normal space between words is 6 units (i.e., one third of
+the 18-unit design size), with glue that shrinks by 2 units or stretches by 3.
+The letters for which accents don't need to be raised or lowered are 10.55
+units high, and one em equals 18 units.
+
+The example ligature table is a bit trickier. It specifies that the
+letter \.f followed by another \.f is changed to code @'200, while
+code @'200 followed by \.i is changed to @'201; presumably codes @'200
+and @'201 represent the ligatures `ff' and `ffi'. Moreover, in both cases
+\.f and @'200, if the following character is the code @'51 (which is a
+right parenthesis), an additional 1.5 units of space should be inserted
+before the @'51. (The `\.{SKIP}~\.D~\.1' skips over one \.{LIG} or
+\.{KRN} command, which in this case is the second \.{LIG}; in this way
+two different ligature/kern programs can come together.)
+Finally, if either \.f or @'200 is followed by a question mark,
+the question mark is replaced by \.f and the ligature program is
+started over. (Thus, the character pair `\.{f?}' would actually become
+the ligature `ff', and `\.{ff?}' or `\.{f?f}' would become `fff'. To
+avoid this restart procedure, the \.{/LIG} command could be replaced
+by \.{/LIG>}; then `\.{f?} would become `f\kern0ptf' and `\.{f?f}'
+would become `f\kern0ptff'.)
+
+Character \.f itself is 6 units wide and 13.5 units tall, in this example.
+Its depth is zero (since \.{CHARDP} is not given), and its italic correction
+is 1.5 units.
+
+@ The example above illustrates most of the features found in \.{PL} files.
+Note that some property names, like \.{FAMILY} or \.{COMMENT}, take a
+string as their value; this string continues until the first unmatched
+right parenthesis. But most property names, like \.{DESIGNSIZE} and \.{SLANT}
+and \.{LABEL}, take a number as their value. This number can be expressed in
+a variety of ways, indicated by a prefixed code; \.D stands for decimal,
+\.H for hexadecimal, \.O for octal, \.R for real, \.C for character, and
+\.F for ``face.'' Other property names, like \.{LIG}, take two numbers as
+their value. And still other names, like \.{FONTDIMEN} and \.{LIGTABLE} and
+\.{CHARACTER}, have more complicated values that involve property lists.
+
+A property name is supposed to be used only in an appropriate property
+list. For example, \.{CHARWD} shouldn't occur on the outer level or
+within \.{FONTDIMEN}.
+
+The individual property-and-value pairs in a property list can appear in
+any order. For instance, `\.{SHRINK}' precedes `\.{STRETCH}' in the above
+example, although the \.{TFM} file always puts the stretch parameter first.
+One could even give the information about characters like `\.f' before
+specifying the number of units in the design size, or before specifying the
+ligature and kerning table. However, the \.{LIGTABLE} itself is an exception
+to this rule; the individual elements of the \.{LIGTABLE} property list
+can be reordered only to a certain extent without changing the meaning
+of that table.
+
+If property-and-value pairs are omitted, a default value is used. For example,
+we have already noted that the default for \.{CHARDP} is zero. The default
+for {\sl every\/} numeric value is, in fact, zero, unless otherwise stated
+below.
+
+If the same property name is used more than once, \.{VPtoVF} will not notice
+the discrepancy; it simply uses the final value given. Once again, however, the
+\.{LIGTABLE} is an exception to this rule; \.{VPtoVF} will complain if there
+is more than one label for some character. And of course many of the
+entries in the \.{LIGTABLE} property list have the same property name.
+
+@ A \.{VPL} file also includes information about how to create each character,
+by typesetting characters from other fonts and/or by drawing lines, etc.
+Such information is the value of the `\.{MAP}' property, which can be
+illustrated as follows:
+$$\vbox{\halign{\.{#}\hfil\cr
+(MAPFONT D 0 (FONTNAME Times-Roman))\cr
+(MAPFONT D 1 (FONTNAME Symbol))\cr
+(MAPFONT D 2 (FONTNAME cmr10)(FONTAT D 20))\cr
+(CHARACTER O 0 (MAP (SELECTFONT D 1)(SETCHAR C G)))\cr
+(CHARACTER O 76 (MAP (SETCHAR O 277)))\cr
+(CHARACTER D 197 (MAP\cr
+\qquad(PUSH)(SETCHAR C A)(POP)\cr
+\qquad(MOVEUP R 0.937)(MOVERIGHT R 1.5)(SETCHAR O 312)))\cr
+(CHARACTER O 200 (MAP (MOVEDOWN R 2.1)(SETRULE R 1 R 8)))\cr
+(CHARACTER O 201 (MAP\cr
+\qquad (SPECIAL ps: /SaveGray currentgray def .5 setgray)\cr
+\qquad (SELECTFONT D 2)(SETCHAR C A)\cr
+\qquad (SPECIAL SaveGray setgray)))\cr
+}}$$
+(These specifications appear in addition to the conventional \.{PL}
+information. The \.{MAP} attribute can be mixed in with other attributes
+like \.{CHARWD} or it can be given separately.)
+
+In this example, the virtual font is composed of characters that can be
+fabricated from three actual fonts, `\.{Times-Roman}',
+`\.{Symbol}', and `\.{cmr10} \.{at} \.{20\\u}' (where \.{\\u}
+is the unit size in this \.{VPL} file). Character |@'0| is typeset as
+a `G' from the symbol font. Character |@'76| is typeset as character |@'277|
+from the ordinary Times font. (If no other font is selected, font
+number~0 is the default. If no \.{MAP} attribute is given, the default map
+is a character of the same number in the default font.)
+
+Character 197 (decimal) is more interesting: First an A is typeset (in the
+default font Times), and this is enclosed by \.{PUSH} and \.{POP} so that
+the original position is restored. Then the accent character |@'312| is
+typeset, after moving up .937 units and right 1.5 units.
+
+To typeset character |@'200| in this virtual font, we move down 2.1 units,
+then typeset a rule that is 1 unit high and 8 units wide.
+
+Finally, to typeset character |@'201|, we do something that requires a
+special ability to interpret PostScript commands; this example
+sets the PostScript ``color'' to 50\char`\%\ gray and typesets an `A'
+from \.{cmr10} in that color.
+
+In general, the \.{MAP} attribute of a virtual character can be any sequence
+of typesetting commands that might appear in a page of a \.{DVI} file.
+A single character might map into an entire page.
+
+@ But instead of relying on a hypothetical example, let's consider a complete
+grammar for \.{VPL} files, beginning with the (unchanged) grammatical rules
+for \.{PL} files. At the outer level, the following property names
+are valid in any \.{PL} file:
+
+\yskip\hang\.{CHECKSUM} (four-byte value). The value, which should be a
+nonnegative integer less than $2^{32}$, is used to identify a particular
+version of a font; it should match the check sum value stored with the font
+itself. An explicit check sum of zero is used to bypass
+check sum testing. If no checksum is specified in the \.{VPL} file,
+\.{VPtoVF} will compute the checksum that \MF\ would compute from the
+same data.
+
+
+\yskip\hang\.{DESIGNSIZE} (numeric value, default is 10). The value, which
+should be a real number in the range |1.0<=x<2048|, represents the default
+amount by which all quantities will be scaled if the font is not loaded
+with an `\.{at}' specification. For example, if one says
+`\.{\\font\\A=cmr10 at 15pt}' in \TeX\ language, the design size in the \.{TFM}
+file is ignored and effectively replaced by 15 points; but if one simply
+says `\.{\\font\\A=cmr10}' the stated design size is used. This quantity is
+always in units of printer's points.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{DESIGNUNITS} (numeric value, default is 1). The value
+should be a positive real number; it says how many units equals the design
+size (or the eventual `\.{at}' size, if the font is being scaled). For
+example, suppose you have a font that has been digitized with 600 pixels per
+em, and the design size is one em; then you could say `\.{(DESIGNUNITS R 600)}'
+if you wanted to give all of your measurements in units of pixels.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{CODINGSCHEME} (string value, default is `\.{UNSPECIFIED}').
+The string should not contain parentheses, and its length must be less than 40.
+It identifies the correspondence between the numeric codes and font characters.
+(\TeX\ ignores this information, but other software programs make use of it.)
+
+\yskip\hang\.{FAMILY} (string value, default is `\.{UNSPECIFIED}').
+The string should not contain parentheses, and its length must be less than 20.
+It identifies the name of the family to which this font belongs, e.g.,
+`\.{HELVETICA}'. (\TeX\ ignores this information; but it is needed, for
+example, when converting \.{DVI} files to \.{PRESS} files for Xerox
+equipment.)
+
+\yskip\hang\.{FACE} (one-byte value). This number, which must lie
+between 0 and 255 inclusive, is a subsidiary ident\-ifi\-ca\-tion of
+the font within its family. For example, bold italic condensed fonts
+might have the same family name as light roman extended fonts,
+differing only in their face byte. (\TeX\ ignores this information;
+but it is needed, for example, when converting \.{DVI} files to
+\.{PRESS} files for Xerox equipment.)
+
+\yskip\hang\.{SEVENBITSAFEFLAG} (string value, default is
+`\.{FALSE}'). The value should start with either `\.T' (true) or `\.F'
+(false). If true, character codes less than 128 cannot lead to codes
+of 128 or more via ligatures or charlists or extensible characters.
+(\TeX82 ignores this flag, but older versions of \TeX\ would only
+accept \.{TFM} files that were seven-bit safe.) \.{VPtoVF} computes
+the correct value of this flag and gives an error message only if a
+claimed ``true'' value is incorrect.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{HEADER} (a one-byte value followed by a four-byte value).
+The one-byte value should be between 18 and a maximum limit that can be
+raised or lowered depending on the compile-time setting of |max_header_bytes|.
+The four-byte value goes into the header word whose index is the one-byte
+value; for example, to set |header[18]:=1|, one may write
+`\.{(HEADER D 18 O 1)}'. This notation is used for header information that
+is presently unnamed. (\TeX\ ignores it.)
+
+\yskip\hang\.{FONTDIMEN} (property list value). See below for the names
+allowed in this property list.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{LIGTABLE} (property list value). See below for the rules
+about this special kind of property list.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{BOUNDARYCHAR} (one-byte value). If this character appears in
+a \.{LIGTABLE} command, it matches ``end of word'' as well as itself.
+If no boundary character is given and no \.{LABEL} \.{BOUNDARYCHAR} occurs
+within \.{LIGTABLE}, word boundaries will not affect ligatures or kerning.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{CHARACTER}. The value is a one-byte integer followed by
+a property list. The integer represents the number of a character that is
+present in the font; the property list of a character is defined below.
+The default is an empty property list.
+
+@ Numeric property list values can be given in various forms identified by
+a prefixed letter.
+
+\yskip\hang\.C denotes an ASCII character, which should be a standard visible
+character that is not a parenthesis. The numeric value will therefore be
+between @'41 and @'176 but not @'50 or @'51.
+
+\yskip\hang\.D denotes an unsigned decimal integer, which must be
+less than $2^{32}$, i.e., at most `\.{D 4294967295}'.
+
+\yskip\hang\.F denotes a three-letter Xerox face code; the admissible codes
+are \.{MRR}, \.{MIR}, \.{BRR}, \.{BIR}, \.{LRR}, \.{LIR}, \.{MRC}, \.{MIC},
+\.{BRC}, \.{BIC}, \.{LRC}, \.{LIC}, \.{MRE}, \.{MIE}, \.{BRE}, \.{BIE},
+\.{LRE}, and \.{LIE}, denoting the integers 0 to 17, respectively.
+
+\yskip\hang\.O denotes an unsigned octal integer, which must be less than
+$2^{32}$, i.e., at most `\.{O 37777777777}'.
+
+\yskip\hang\.H denotes an unsigned hexadecimal integer, which must be less than
+$2^{32}$, i.e., at most `\.{H FFFFFFFF}'.
+
+\yskip\hang\.R denotes a real number in decimal notation, optionally preceded
+by a `\.+' or `\.-' sign, and optionally including a decimal point. The
+absolute value must be less than 2048.
+
+@ The property names allowed in a \.{FONTDIMEN} property list correspond to
+various \TeX\ parameters, each of which has a (real) numeric value. All
+of the parameters except \.{SLANT} are in design units. The admissible
+names are \.{SLANT}, \.{SPACE}, \.{STRETCH}, \.{SHRINK}, \.{XHEIGHT},
+\.{QUAD}, \.{EXTRASPACE}, \.{NUM1}, \.{NUM2}, \.{NUM3}, \.{DENOM1},
+\.{DENOM2}, \.{SUP1}, \.{SUP2}, \.{SUP3}, \.{SUB1}, \.{SUB2}, \.{SUPDROP},
+\.{SUBDROP}, \.{DELIM1}, \.{DELIM2}, and \.{AXISHEIGHT}, for parameters
+1~to~22. The alternate names \.{DEFAULTRULETHICKNESS},
+\.{BIGOPSPACING1}, \.{BIGOPSPACING2}, \.{BIGOPSPACING3},
+\.{BIGOPSPACING4}, and \.{BIGOPSPACING5}, may also be used for parameters
+8 to 13.
+
+The notation `\.{PARAMETER} $n$' provides another way to specify the
+$n$th parameter; for example, `\.{(PARAMETER} \.{D 1 R -.25)}' is another way
+to specify that the \.{SLANT} is $-0.25$. The value of $n$ must be positive
+and less than |max_param_words|.
+
+@ The elements of a \.{CHARACTER} property list can be of six different types.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{CHARWD} (real value) denotes the character's width in
+design units.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{CHARHT} (real value) denotes the character's height in
+design units.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{CHARDP} (real value) denotes the character's depth in
+design units.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{CHARIC} (real value) denotes the character's italic correction in
+design units.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{NEXTLARGER} (one-byte value), specifies the character that
+follows the present one in a ``charlist.'' The value must be the number of a
+character in the font, and there must be no infinite cycles of supposedly
+larger and larger characters.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{VARCHAR} (property list value), specifies an extensible
+character. This option and \.{NEXTLARGER} are mutually exclusive;
+i.e., they cannot both be used within the same \.{CHARACTER} list.
+
+\yskip\noindent
+The elements of a \.{VARCHAR} property list are either \.{TOP}, \.{MID},
+\.{BOT} or \.{REP}; the values are integers, which must be zero or the number
+or a character in the font. A zero value for \.{TOP}, \.{MID}, or \.{BOT} means
+that the corresponding piece of the extensible character is absent. A nonzero
+value, or a \.{REP} value of zero, denotes the character code used to make
+up the top, middle, bottom, or replicated piece of an extensible character.
+